Generac
Annual Report 2011

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWASHINGTON, D.C. 20549FORM 10-K (Mark One) xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011oroTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For the transition period from to Commission File Number 001-34627GENERAC HOLDINGS INC.(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or formation)20-5654756(IRS Employer Identification No.)S45 W29290 Hwy. 59, Waukesha, WI(Address of principal executive offices)53189(Zip Code)(262) 544-4811(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:Common Stock, $0.01 par value(Title of class)New York Stock Exchange(Name of exchange on which registered)SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filingrequirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data Filerequired to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorterperiod that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, tothe best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment tothis Form 10-K o Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. Seedefinitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer oAccelerated filer xNon-accelerated filer o(Do not check if a smallerreporting company)Smaller reporting company o Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes o No x The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2011, the last business day of theregistrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $494,323,000 based upon the closing price reported for such date on the NewYork Stock Exchange. As of March 5, 2012, 67,906,706 shares of registrant's common stock were outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2012 Proxy Statement”), which will be filed by the registrant onor prior to 120 days following the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.   2011 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORTTABLE OF CONTENTS Page PART IItem 1.Business2Item 1A.Risk Factors8Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments18Item 2.Properties18Item 3.Legal Proceedings19Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures19 PART IIItem 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities19Item 6.Selected Financial Data21Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations28Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk45Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data47Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure86Item 9A.Controls and Procedures87Item 9B.Other Information88 PART IIIItem 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance88Item 11.Executive Compensation88Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters88Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence88Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services88 PART IVItem 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules89 Table of Contents PART I Forward-Looking Statements This annual report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements give our currentexpectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You canidentify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as“anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “confident,” “may,” “should,” “can have,” “likely,” “future” andother words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance orother events. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our industry experience andon our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under thecircumstances. As you read and consider this annual report, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance orresults. They involve risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-lookingstatements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results and cause them todiffer materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report includeestimates regarding: · our business, financial and operating results and future economic performance; · proposed new product and service offerings; and · management's goals, expectations and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Factors that could affect our actual financial results and cause them to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statementsinclude: · demand for our products; · frequency of major power outages; · availability, cost and quality of raw materials and key components used producing our products; · the possibility that the expected synergies, efficiencies and cost savings of the acquisition of the Magnum Products business will not berealized, or will not be realized within the expected time period; · the risk that the Magnum Products business will not be integrated successfully; · competitive factors in the industry in which we operate; · our dependence on our distribution network; · our ability to invest in, develop or adapt to changing technologies and manufacturing techniques; · our ability to adjust to operating as a public company; · loss of our key management and employees; · increase in liability claims; and · changes in environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. 1Table of Contents Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of these assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary inmaterial respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. A detailed discussion of these and other factors that may affect futureresults is contained in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this annual report speaks only as of the date on which we make it. Factors or events that could cause ouractual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to update anyforward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law. Item 1. Business We are a leading designer and manufacturer of a wide range of generators and other engine powered products for the residential, light commercial, industrialand construction markets. We are the only significant market participant focused predominantly on these products, and we have one of the leading marketpositions in the power equipment markets in the United States and Canada. We design, manufacture, source and modify engines, alternators, automatictransfer switches and other components necessary for our products. Our products are fueled by natural gas, liquid propane, gasoline, diesel and Bi-Fuel™and are available through a broad network of independent dealers, retailers, wholesalers, and equipment rental companies.We have what we believe is an industry leading, multi-layered distribution network, and our products are available in thousands of outlets across the UnitedStates and Canada. We distribute our products through independent residential and industrial dealers, electrical wholesalers, national accounts, private labelarrangements, retailers, catalogs, e-commerce merchants, equipment rental companies, equipment dealers and construction companies. We currently sell ourproducts primarily in North America. We have a significant market share in the residential and light commercial generator markets, which we believe arecurrently under penetrated. We believe that our leading market position is largely attributable to our strategy of providing a broad product line of high-quality,innovative and affordable products through our extensive and multi-layered distribution network. In addition, through our acquisition of Magnum Products,we are a leading provider of light towers and mobile generators.We own and operate four manufacturing plants and one distribution facility in Eagle, Wisconsin, Waukesha, Wisconsin, Berlin, Wisconsin and Whitewater,Wisconsin, totaling approximately 1,200,000 total square feet. We also maintain inventory warehouses in the United States that accommodate material storageand rapid response requirements of our customers.HistoryGenerac Holdings Inc. (Generac) is a Delaware corporation that was founded in 2006. Generac Power Systems, Inc., or Generac Power Systems, our principaloperating subsidiary, is a Wisconsin corporation, which was founded in 1959 to market a line of affordable portable generators that offered superiorperformance and features. We expanded beyond portable generators in 1980 into the industrial market with the introduction of our first stationary generatorsthat provided up to 200 kW. We entered the residential market in 1989 with a residential standby generator, and expanded our product development and globaldistribution system in the 1990s, forming a series of alliances that tripled our higher output generator net sales. In 1998, we sold our Generac® portableproducts business to the Beacon Group, a private equity firm, which eventually sold this business to Briggs & Stratton. Our growth accelerated in 2000 aswe expanded our automatic residential standby generator product offering, implemented our multi-layered distribution philosophy, and introduced our quiet-running QT Series generators in 2005, accelerating our penetration in the commercial market. In 2008, we successfully expanded our position in the portablegenerator market after the expiration of our non-compete agreement with the Beacon Group entered into in connection with the aforementioned Beacon Grouptransaction. In late 2011, our subsidiary Magnum Power Products, LLC acquired the assets of the Magnum Products business (Magnum or MagnumProducts) which is the number one light tower manufacturer in the U.S. and has a growing share of the mobile generator market. Today, we manufacture a fullline of power products for a wide variety of applications and markets. Our success is built on engineering expertise, manufacturing excellence and ourinnovative approaches to the market. 2Table of Contents CCMP transactionsIn November 2006, affiliates of CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC, or CCMP, together with certain other investors and members of our management, purchasedan aggregate of $689 million of our equity capital. In addition, on November 10, 2006, Generac Power Systems borrowed an aggregate of $1.38 billion,consisting of an initial drawdown of $950 million under a $1.1 billion first lien secured credit facility and $430 million under a $430 million second liensecured credit facility. With the proceeds from these equity and debt financings, together with cash on hand at Generac Power Systems, we (1) acquired all ofthe capital stock of Generac Power Systems and repaid certain pre-transaction indebtedness of Generac Power Systems for $2.0 billion, (2) paid $66 millionin transaction costs related to the transaction and (3) retained $3.0 million for general corporate purposes.We refer to the foregoing transactions collectively as the “CCMP Transactions.”Initial public offering and corporate reorganizationOn February 17, 2010, we completed our initial public offering (IPO) of 18,750,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $13.00 per share. In addition,on March 18, 2010, the underwriters exercised their option and purchased an additional 1,950,500 shares of our common stock from us. We receivedapproximately $224.1 million in net proceeds at the initial closing, and approximately $23.8 million in net proceeds from the underwriters’ option exercise,after deducting the underwriting discount and total expenses related to the offering. The proceeds from the initial closing of the IPO were used entirely to paydown our second lien credit facility in full and to repay a portion of our first lien credit facility. Proceeds from the option exercise were used for generalcorporate purposes, including additional pre-payment of the first lien credit facility.Our capitalization prior to the IPO consisted of Series A Preferred Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock. In connection with the IPO,we effected a corporate reorganization in which, after giving effect to a 3.294 for one reverse Class A Common Stock split, our Class B Common Stock andSeries A Preferred Stock was converted into Class A Common Stock and our Class A Common Stock was then reclassified as common stock. Following theIPO, we have only one class of common stock outstanding. We refer to these transactions, as the “Corporate Reorganization.” For more information regardingour Corporate Reorganization, see “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Corporatereorganization.” Our productsWe design, engineer and manufacture generators with an output of between 800W and 9mW, as well as other engine powered products such as light towers,pumps and power washers. In the manufacturing process, we design, manufacture, source and modify engines, alternators, transfer switches and othercomponents necessary to production. We classify our products into three classes based on similar range of power output geared for varying end customer uses:residential power products; commercial and industrial power products; and other products. The following summary outlines our portfolio of products,including their key attributes and customer applications.Residential power productsOur automatic residential standby generators range in output from 6kW to 60kW, with manufacturer's suggested retail prices, or MSRPs, fromapproximately $1,800 to $15,000. They operate on either natural gas or liquid propane and are permanently installed with an automatic transfer switch,which we also manufacture. Air-cooled residential standby generators range in outputs from 6kW to 20kW, are available in steel and aluminum enclosuresand serve as an emergency backup for small to medium homes. Liquid-cooled generators serve as emergency backup for larger homes and small businessesand range in output from 20kW to 60kW. Liquid-cooled brands include the Guardian® Series and the premium Quietsource® Series, which have a quiet,low-speed engine and a standard aluminum enclosure.We provide portable generators fueled by gasoline that range in size from 800W to 17,500W. These products serve as an emergency home backup and are usedfor construction and recreational purposes. Following the expiration of a non-compete agreement in 2007, we expanded our portable product offering tointroduce portable generators below 12,500W. We currently have four portable product lines: the GP series, targeted at homeowners, ranging from 1,850W to17,500W; the XG series, targeted at the premium homeowner markets, ranging from 4,000 to 10,000W; the XP series, targeted at the professional contractormarket, ranging from 4,000 to 8,000W; and the iX series, targeted at the recreational market, ranging from 800W to 2,000W. With our acquisition of Gen-Tran in February 2012, we now offer manual transfer switches to supplement our portable generator product offering. 3Table of Contents Residential power products comprised 63.0%, 62.9% and 62.0%, respectively, of total net sales in 2009, 2010 and 2011.Industrial and commercial power productsOur light-commercial standby generators include a full range of affordable generators from 22kW to 150kW and related transfer switches, providing three-phase power sufficient for most small and mid-sized businesses including grocery stores, convenience stores, restaurants, gas stations, pharmacies, retailbanks and small health care facilities. Our light-commercial generators run on natural gas or liquid propane thereby eliminating the fuel spillages, spoilage,environmental or odor concerns common with traditional diesel units.We manufacture a broad line of standard and configured standby generators and related transfer switches for industrial applications. Our single-engineindustrial generators range in output from 10kW to 600kW with our Modular Power System (MPS) technology extending our product range up to 9mW. Weoffer four fuel options including diesel, natural gas, liquid propane or Bi-Fuel™. Bi-Fuel™ generators operate on a combination of both diesel and natural gasto allow our customers the advantage of multiple fuel sources and extended run times. These units are primarily used as emergency backup for largehealthcare, telecom, datacom, commercial office, municipal and manufacturing customers.Our MPS technology combines the power of several smaller generators to produce the output of a larger generator, providing our customers with redundancyand scalability in a cost-effective manner. For larger industrial applications, our MPS products offer customers an efficient, affordable way to scale theirstandby power needs. By offering a series of smaller Generac generators integrated with Generac's proprietary PowerManager control system, we provide alower cost alternative to traditional large, single-engine generators. The MPS product line also offers superior reliability given its built-in redundancy whichallows individual units to be taken off-line for routine maintenance while retaining coverage for critical circuits.We provide the telecommunications market our full range of generator systems, ranging from 20kW air-cooled generators to 3mW MPS.Our light towers and mobile generators provide temporary lighting and power for various end markets, such as road and commercial construction, energy,mining, military and special events. We also manufacture mobile pumps which utilize wet and dry-priming pump systems for a wide variety of wastewaterapplications.Industrial and commercial power products comprised 31.9%, 31.0% and 31.6%, respectively, of total net sales in 2009, 2010 and 2011.Other power productsWe sell aftermarket service parts to our dealers and proprietary engines to third-party original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. We also sell RV generators,which are available in gasoline, liquid propane and diesel fuel models, directly to OEMs as well as aftermarket dealers.Other power products comprise 5.1%, 6.1% and 6.4%, respectively, of total net sales in 2009, 2010 and 2011. Distribution channels and customersWe distribute our product through several channels to increase awareness of our product categories and the Generac® and Magnum® brands, and to ensureour products reach a broad customer base. This distribution network includes independent residential and industrial dealers, wholesalers, national accounts,private label arrangements, retailers, catalogs, e-commerce merchants, equipment rental companies, equipment dealers and construction companies. We believeour distribution network is a competitive advantage that has strengthened over the last decade by expanding our network from our base of industrial dealers toinclude other channels of distribution as product offerings have increased. Our network is well balanced with no single sales channel providing more than25% of our sales and no customer providing more than 8% of our sales in 2011. 4Table of Contents Our dealer network, which is located principally in the United States and Canada, is the industry's largest network of independent generator contractors.Our residential/commercial dealer network sells, installs and services our residential and light-commercial products to end users. We have developed a numberof proprietary dealer management programs to evaluate, manage and incentivize our dealers, which we believe has an important impact on the high level ofcustomer service we provide to end customers. These programs include both technical and sales training, under which we train new and existing dealers aboutour products, service and installation. We regularly perform market analyses to determine if a given market is either under-served or has poor residential dealerrepresentation. Within these locations, we selectively add distribution or invest resources in existing dealer support and training to improve dealer performance.Our industrial dealer network provides industrial and commercial end-users with on-going, local and nationwide product support. Our industrial dealersmaintain the local relationships with commercial electrical contractors, specifying engineers and national account regional buying offices. Our sales groupworks in conjunction with our industrial dealers to ensure that national accounts receive engineering support, competitive pricing and nationwide service. Wepromote our industrial generators through the use of product demonstrations, specifying engineer education events, dealer forums and training. In recent years,we have been particularly focused on expanding our dealer network in Latin America in order to expand our international sales opportunities.Our wholesaler network consists of selling branches of both national and local distribution houses for electrical and HVAC products. Our wholesalersdistribute our residential and light-commercial generators and are a key introduction to the standby generator category for electrical and HVAC contractors whomay not be Generac dealers.On a selective basis, we have established private label and licensing arrangements with third party partners to provide residential, light-commercial andindustrial generators. The partners include leading home equipment, electrical equipment and construction machinery companies, each of which providesaccess to incremental channels of distribution for our products. We have agreements in place with these partners having terms of between three and four yearsand further establishing additional terms and conditions of these arrangements.Our retail distribution network includes thousands of locations and includes regional and national home improvement chains, retailers, clubs, buying groupsand farm supply stores. These physical retail locations are supplemented by a number of catalogue and e-commerce retailers. This network primarily sells ourresidential standby, portable and light-commercial generators. In some cases, we have worked with our retail partners to create installation programs using ourresidential dealers to support the sale and installation of standby generator products sold at retail. We also use a combination of display units and advertisingthrough our retail accounts to promote awareness for our products.The distribution for our mobile products includes international, national and regional equipment rental companies, equipment dealers and constructioncompanies.Additionally, we sell certain generators and engines directly to OEM manufacturers and after-market dealers for use in the lawn and garden and RV markets.ManufacturingOur excellence in manufacturing reflects our philosophy of high standards, continuous improvement and commitment to quality. Our facilities showcase ouradvanced manufacturing techniques and demonstrate the effectiveness of lean manufacturing.We continually seek to reduce manufacturing costs while improving product quality. We deliver an affordable product to our customers through our valueengineering philosophy, our strategic foreign sourcing, our scale, and adherence to lean manufacturing principles. We believe we have sufficient capacity toachieve our business goals for the near term.Our product quality is essential to maintaining a leading market position. Incoming shipments from our suppliers are tested to ensure engineeringspecifications are met. Purchased components are tested for quality at the supplier’s factory and prior to entering production lines and are continuously testedthroughout the manufacturing process. Internal product and production audits are performed to ensure a reliable product and process. We test finishedproducts under a variety of simulated conditions at each of our manufacturing facilities. 5Table of Contents Research and development and intellectual propertyOur primary focus on generators and engine powered equipment drives technological innovation, specialized engineering and manufacturing competencies.Research and development is a core competency and includes a staff of over 150 engineers working on numerous active projects. Our sponsored research anddevelopment expense was $10.8 million, $14.7 million and $16.5 million for the years ended December 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Research anddevelopment is conducted at each of our manufacturing facilities and additionally at our technical center in Suzhou, China with dedicated teams for eachproduct line. Research and development is focused on developing new technologies and product enhancements as well as maintaining product competitivenessby improving manufacturing costs, safety characteristics, reliability and performance while ensuring compliance with governmental standards. We have hadover 30 years of experience using natural gas engines and have developed specific expertise with fuel systems and emissions technology. In the residential andlight commercial markets, we have developed proprietary engines, cooling packages, controls, fuel systems and emissions systems. We believe that ourexpertise in engine powered equipment gives us the capability to develop new products that will allow continued diversification in our end markets. We rely on a combination of patents and trademarks to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Our commitment to research and development has resultedin a portfolio of approximately 90 U.S. and international patents and patent applications. Our patents expire between 2016 and 2028 and protect certainfeatures and technologies we have developed for use in our products including fuel systems, air flow, electronics and controls, noise reduction and air-cooledengines. U.S. trademark registrations generally have a perpetual duration if they are properly maintained and renewed. New U.S. patents that are issuedgenerally have a life of 20 years from the date the patent application is initially filed. We believe the existence of these patents and trademarks, along with ourongoing processes to register additional patents and trademarks, protect our intellectual property rights and enhance our competitive position. We also useproprietary manufacturing processes that require customized equipment. Suppliers of raw materialsOur primary raw material inputs are steel, copper and aluminum, all of which are purchased from third parties and, in many cases, as part of machined ormanufactured components. We have developed an extensive network of reliable, low-cost suppliers in the United States and abroad. Our strategic globalsourcing function continuously evaluates the cost structure of our products and capabilities of our supply chain, and sources components accordingly basedon this evaluation. In 2011, we sourced more than half of our components from outside the United States.CompetitionThe market for onsite standby generators is competitive. We face competition from a variety of large diversified industrial companies as well as smallergenerator manufacturers abroad. However, most of the traditional participants in the standby generator market compete on a more specialized basis, focusedon specific applications within their larger diversified product mix. We are the only significant market participant focused predominantly on standby andportable generators with broad capabilities across the residential, industrial and light-commercial generator markets. We believe that our engineering capabilitiesand core focus on generators provide us with manufacturing flexibility and enable us to maintain a first-mover advantage over our competition for productinnovation. We also believe our broad product offering and diverse distribution model provide for additional advantages as well.In the market for standby commercial and industrial generators, our primary competitors are Caterpillar, Cummins, Kohler and MTU, most of which focuson the market for diesel generators as they are also diesel engine manufacturers. In the market for residential standby generators, our primary competitorsinclude Briggs & Stratton, Cummins (Onan division) and Kohler, which also have broad operations in other manufacturing businesses. In the portablegenerator market, our primary competitors include Briggs & Stratton, Honda and Techtronics International (TTI), along with a number of smaller domesticand foreign competitors. In the market for mobile generators, our primary competitors are Doosan/IR, Aggreko, Caterpiller and Wacker. Our competitors in themarket for light towers include Terex, Allmand and Wacker.There are a number of other standby generator manufacturers located outside North America, but most supply their products mainly to their respectiveregional markets. In a continuously evolving sector, we believe our size and broad capabilities make us well positioned to remain competitive.We compete primarily on the basis of brand reputation, quality, reliability, pricing, innovative features, breadth of product and product availability. 6Table of Contents EmployeesAs of December 31, 2011, we had 2,223 employees (2,021 full time and 202 part-time and temporary employees). Of those, 1,364 employees were directlyinvolved in manufacturing at our manufacturing facilities.We have had an “open shop” bargaining agreement for the past 45 years. Our current agreement is with the Communication Workers of America, Local 4603.The current agreement, which expires October 17, 2016, covers our Waukesha and Eagle facilities. Currently, less than 2% of our workforce is a member of alabor union. Our facilities in Whitewater, Wisconsin and Berlin, Wisconsin are not unionized.Regulation, including environmental mattersAs a manufacturing company, our operations are subject to a variety of foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulationsincluding those governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharges to water, noise and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment anddisposal of waste and other materials. In addition, our products are subject to various laws and regulations relating to, among other things, emissions and fuelrequirements, as well as labeling and marketing.Our products are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), California Air Resources Board (CARB) and various other state and local airquality management districts. These governing bodies continue to pass regulations that require us to meet more stringent emission standards, and all of ourengines and engine-driven products are regulated within the United States and its territories. Other countries have various degrees of regulation depending uponproduct application and fuel types. New regulations could require us to redesign our products and could affect market growth for our products. Segment informationWe refer you to Note 2, “Segment Reporting,” of our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for informationabout our business segment and geographic areas.Executive officersThe following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers:Name Age PositionAaron P. Jagdfeld 40 Chief Executive Officer and DirectorYork A. Ragen 40 Chief Financial OfficerDawn A. Tabat 59 Chief Operating OfficerTerrence J. Dolan 46 Executive Vice President, Industrial ProductsRussell S. Minick 51 Executive Vice President, Residential ProductsAllen A. Gillette 55 Senior Vice President, EngineeringRoger W. Schaus, Jr. 57 Senior Vice President, Service OperationsRoger F. Pascavis 51 Senior Vice President, OperationsAaron P. Jagdfeld has served as our Chief Executive Officer since September 2008 and as a director since November 2006. Prior to becoming ChiefExecutive Officer, Mr. Jagdfeld worked for Generac for 15 years. He began his career in the finance department in 1994 and became our Chief FinancialOfficer in 2002. In 2007, he was appointed president and was responsible for sales, marketing, engineering and product development. Prior to joiningGenerac, Mr. Jagdfeld worked in the audit practice of the Milwaukee, Wisconsin office of Deloitte and Touche. Mr. Jagdfeld holds a Bachelor of BusinessAdministration in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater. 7Table of Contents York A. Ragen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2008. Prior to becoming Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Ragen held Director ofFinance and Vice President of Finance positions at Generac. Prior to joining Generac in 2005, Mr. Ragen was Vice President, Corporate Controller atAPW Ltd., a spin-off from Applied Power Inc., now known as Actuant Corporation. Mr. Ragen began his career in the Audit division of Arthur Andersen'sMilwaukee office. Mr. Ragen holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.Dawn A. Tabat has served as our Chief Operating Officer since 2002. Ms. Tabat joined Generac in 1972 and served as Personnel Manager and PersonnelDirector before being promoted to Vice President of Human Resources in 1992. During this period, Ms. Tabat was responsible for creating the human resourcefunction within Generac, including recruiting, compensation, training and workforce relations. In her current position, Ms. Tabat oversees manufacturing,logistics, global supply chain, quality, safety and information services.Terrence J. Dolan began serving as our Executive Vice President of Industrial Products in October 2011. Prior to becoming Executive Vice President ofIndustrial Products, he served as our Senior Vice President of Sales from January 2010 to October 2011. Prior to joining Generac, Mr. Dolan was Senior VicePresident of Business Development and Marketing at Boart Longyear from 2007 to 2008, Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Ingersoll Rand from 2002to 2007, and Director of Strategic Accounts at Case Corporation from 1991 to 2001. Mr. Dolan holds a B.A. in Management and Communications fromConcordia University.Russell S. Minick joined Generac in August 2011, and was named Executive Vice President of Residential Products in October 2011. Prior to joiningGenerac, Mr. Minick was President & CEO of Home Care Products for Electrolux from 2006 to 2011, President of The Gunlocke Company at HNICorporation from 2003 to 2006, Senior Vice President of Sales, Marketing and Product Development at True Temper Sports from 2002 to 2003, and GeneralManager of Extended Warranty Operations for Ford Motor Company from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Minick is a graduate of the University of Northern Iowa, andholds a degree in marketing.Allen A. Gillette is our Senior Vice President of Engineering. Mr. Gillette joined Generac in 1998 and has served as Engineering Manager, Director ofEngineering and Vice President of Engineering. Prior to joining Generac, Mr. Gillette was Manager of Engineering at Transamerica Delaval Enterprise Division,Chief Engineer—High-Speed Engines at Ajax-Superior Division and Manager of Design & Development, Cooper-Bessemer Reciprocating Products Division.Mr. Gillette holds an M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Purdue University and a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Gonzaga University.Roger W. Schaus, Jr. serves as our Senior Vice President of Service Operations. Mr. Schaus joined Generac in 1988 and has served as Director ofManufacturing Services, Vice President of Manufacturing Services and Senior Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining Generac, Mr. Schaus was aManufacturing Area Manager for Harley Davidson Motor Company in Wauwatosa, Wisconsin and a Plant Manager for Custom Products in MenomoneeFalls, Wisconsin. Mr. Schaus holds a B.S. in Agricultural Economics from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.Roger F. Pascavis has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since January 2008. Mr. Pascavis joined Generac in 1995 and has served asDirector of Materials and Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining Generac, Mr. Pascavis was a Plant Manager for MTI in Waukesha, Wisconsin.Mr. Pascavis holds a B.S. in Industrial Technology from the University of Wisconsin, Stout and an M.B.A. from Lake Forest Graduate School ofManagement. Item 1A. Risk Factors You should carefully consider the following risks. These risks could materially affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, causethe trading price of our common stock to decline materially or cause our actual results to differ materially from those expected or those expressed inany forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. These risks are not exclusive, and additional risks to which we are subject include, butare not limited to, the factors mentioned under “Forward-Looking Statements” and the risks of our businesses described elsewhere in this Report. Risk factors related to our business and industry Demand for our products is significantly affected by unpredictable major power-outage events that can lead to substantial variations in, anduncertainties regarding, our financial results from period to period. Sales of our products are subject to consumer buying patterns, and demand for our products is affected by power outage events caused by thunderstorms,hurricanes, ice storms, blackouts and other grid reliability issues. The impact of these outage events on our sales can vary depending on the location andseverity of the outages. Sustained periods without major power disruptions can lead to reduced consumer awareness of the benefits of standby and portablegenerator products and can result in reduced sales growth rates and excess inventory. The lack of major power-outage events can affect our net sales in theyears following a given storm season. Unpredictable fluctuations in demand are therefore part of managing our business, and these fluctuations could have anadverse effect on our net sales and profits. Despite their unpredictable nature, we believe major power outages create awareness and accelerate adoption for ourhome standby products. 8Table of Contents Demand for our products is significantly affected by durable goods spending by consumers and businesses and other macroeconomic conditions. Our business is affected by general economic conditions, and uncertainty or adverse changes such as the prolonged downturn in U.S. residential investmentand the impact of more stringent credit standards could lead to a decline in demand for our products and pressure to reduce our prices. Our sales of light-commercial and industrial generators are affected by conditions in the non-residential construction sector and by the capital investment trends for small andlarge businesses and municipalities. If these businesses and municipalities cannot access credit markets or do not utilize discretionary funds to purchase ourproducts as a result of the economy or other factors, our business could suffer and our ability to realize benefits from our strategy of increasing sales in thelight-commercial and industrial sectors through, among other things, our focus on innovation and product development, including natural gas engine andmodular technology, could be adversely affected. In addition, consumer confidence and home remodeling expenditures have a significant impact on sales ofour residential products, and prolonged periods of weakness in consumer durable goods spending could have a material impact on our business. Typically,we do not have contracts with our customers, and we cannot guarantee that our current customers will continue to purchase our products. If general economicconditions or consumer confidence were to worsen, or if the non-residential construction sector or rate of capital investments were to decline, our net sales andprofits would likely be adversely affected. Additionally, timing of capital spending by our national account customers can vary from quarter-to-quarter basedon capital availability and internal capital spending budgets. Decreases in the availability and quality, or increases in the cost, of raw materials and key components we use could materially reduce ourearnings. The principal raw materials that we use to produce our products are steel, copper and aluminum. We also source a significant number of component partsfrom third parties that we utilize to manufacture our products. The prices of those raw materials and components are susceptible to significant fluctuations dueto trends in supply and demand, transportation costs, government regulations and tariffs, price controls, economic conditions and other unforeseencircumstances beyond our control. We do not have long-term supply contracts in place to ensure the raw materials and components we use are available innecessary amounts or at fixed prices. If we are unable to mitigate raw material or component price increases through product design improvements, priceincreases to our customers, manufacturing productivity improvements, or hedging transactions, our profitability could be adversely affected. Also, our abilityto continue to obtain quality materials and components is subject to the continued reliability and viability of our suppliers, including in some cases, supplierswho are the sole source of certain important components. If we are unable to obtain adequate, cost efficient or timely deliveries of required raw materials andcomponents, we may be unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of products on a timely basis. This could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs,delay new product introductions or suffer harm to our reputation. The industry in which we compete is highly competitive, and our failure to compete successfully could adversely affect our results of operationsand financial condition. We operate in markets that are highly competitive. Some of our competitors have established brands and are larger in size or are divisions of large diversifiedcompanies and have substantially greater financial resources. Some of our competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower margins in order tocompete with us. In addition, we could face new competition from large international or domestic companies with established industrial brands that enter ourend markets. Demand for our products may also be affected by our ability to respond to changes in design and functionality, to respond to downward pricingpressure, and to provide shorter lead times for our products than our competitors. If we are unable to respond successfully to these competitive pressures, wecould lose market share, which could have an adverse impact on our results. For more information, see “Item 1—Business—Competition.” Our industry is subject to technological change, and our failure to continue developing new and improved products and to bring these productsrapidly to market could have an adverse impact on our business. New products, or refinements and improvements of existing products, may have technical failures, their introduction may be delayed, they may have higherproduction costs than originally expected or they may not be accepted by our customers. If we are not able to anticipate, identify, develop and market highquality products in line with technological advancements that respond to changes in customer preferences, demand for our products could decline and ouroperating results could be adversely affected. 9Table of Contents We rely on independent dealers and distribution partners, and the loss of these dealers and distribution partners, or of any of our salesarrangements with significant private label, telecommunications, retail or equipment rental customers, would adversely affect our business. In addition to our direct sales force and manufacturer sales representatives, we depend on the services of independent distributors and dealers to sell ourproducts and provide service and aftermarket support to our end customers. We also rely upon our distribution channels to drive awareness for our productcategories and our brands. In addition, we sell our products to end users through private label arrangements with leading home equipment, electrical equipmentand construction machinery companies, arrangements with top retailers and equipment rental companies, and our direct national accounts withtelecommunications and industrial customers. Our distribution agreements and any contracts we have with large telecommunications, retail and othercustomers are typically not exclusive, and many of the distributors and customers with whom we do business offer products and services of our competitors.Impairment of our relationships with our distributors, dealers or large customers, loss of a substantial number of these distributors or dealers or of one or morelarge customers, or an increase in our distributors' or dealers' sales of our competitors' products to our customers or of our large customers' purchases of ourcompetitors' products could materially reduce our sales and profits. Also, our ability to successfully realize our growth strategy is dependent in part on ourability to identify, attract and retain new distributors at all layers of our distribution platform, and we cannot be certain that we will be successful in theseefforts. Our business could be negatively impacted if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or if third parties claim that we are inviolation of their intellectual property rights. We view our intellectual property rights as important assets. We seek to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark,copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing and confidentiality agreements. These protections may not be adequate to prevent third parties from usingour intellectual property without our authorization, breaching any confidentiality agreements with us, copying or reverse engineering our products, ordeveloping and marketing products that are substantially equivalent to or superior to our own. The unauthorized use of our intellectual property by otherscould reduce our competitive advantage and harm our business. If it became necessary for us to litigate to protect these rights, any proceedings could beburdensome and costly and we may not prevail. We cannot guarantee that any patents, issued or pending, will provide us with any competitive advantage orwill not be challenged by third parties. Moreover, the expiration of our patents may lead to increased competition with respect to certain products. In addition, we cannot be certain that we do not or will not infringe third parties' intellectual property rights. Any such claim, even if it is without merit, maybe expensive and time-consuming to defend, subject us to damages, cause us to cease making, using or selling certain products that incorporate the disputedintellectual property, require us to redesign our products, divert management time and attention and/or require us to enter into costly royalty or licensingarrangements. Furthermore, in connection with our sale of Generac Portable Products to the Beacon Group in 1998, we granted the Beacon Group an exclusiveperpetual license for the use of the “Generac Portable Products” trademark in connection with the manufacture and sale of certain engine driven consumerproducts. This perpetual license was eventually transferred to Briggs and Stratton (Briggs) when the Beacon Group sold that business to Briggs. Currently,this trademark is not being used in commerce. However, in the event that the Beacon Group or Briggs use this trademark in the future, we could suffercompetitive confusion and our business could be negatively impacted. Our operations are subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and non-compliance with or liabilities under suchlaws and regulations could result in substantial costs, fines, sanctions and claims. Our operations are subject to a variety of foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations including those governing,among other things, emissions to air, discharges to water, noise, the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste and othermaterials. In addition, under federal and state environmental laws, we could be required to investigate, remediate and/or monitor the effects of the release ordisposal of materials both at sites associated with past and present operations and at third-party sites where wastes generated by our operations were disposed.This liability may be imposed retroactively and whether or not we caused, or had any knowledge of, the existence of these materials and may result in ourpaying more than our fair share of the related costs. Violations of or liabilities under such laws and regulations could result in substantial costs, fines and civilor criminal proceedings or personal injury and workers' compensation claims. 10Table of Contents Our products are subject to substantial government regulation. Our products are subject to extensive statutory and regulatory requirements governing, among other things, emissions and noise, including standards imposedby the federal Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, state regulatory agencies, such as CARB, and other regulatory agencies around the world. These lawsare constantly evolving and many are becoming increasingly stringent. Changes in applicable laws or regulations, or in the enforcement thereof, could requireus to redesign our products and could adversely affect our business or financial condition in the future. Developing and marketing products to meet such newrequirements could result in substantial additional costs that may be difficult to recover in some markets. In some cases, we may be required to modify ourprojects or develop new products to comply with new regulations, particularly those relating to air emissions. For example, we were required to modify ourspark-ignited air-cooled gaseous engines to comply with the 2011 EPA and CARB regulations, as well as the continued implementation of Tier 4 nonroaddiesel engine changes associated with the Magnum acquisition. Typically, additional costs associated with significant compliance modifications are passed onto the market. While we have been able to meet previous deadlines, failure to comply with other existing and future regulatory standards could adversely affectour position in the markets we serve. We may incur costs and liabilities as a result of product liability claims. We face a risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury or other damage. Although wecurrently maintain product liability insurance coverage, we may not be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if at all, or obtaininsurance that will provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention ofmanagement and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. A significant unsuccessful product liability defense could have amaterial adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we believe our business depends on the strong brand reputation wehave developed. If our reputation is damaged, we may face difficulty in maintaining our market share and pricing with respect to some of our products, whichcould reduce our sales and profitability. The loss of any key members of our senior management team or key employees could disrupt our operations and harm our business. Our success depends, in part, on the efforts of certain key individuals, including the members of our senior management team, who have significantexperience in the power products industry. If, for any reason, our senior executives do not continue to be active in management, or if our key employees leaveour company, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. Failure to continue to attract these individuals atreasonable compensation levels could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity and results of operations. Although we do not anticipate that wewill have to replace any of these individuals in the near future, the loss of the services of any of our key employees could disrupt our operations and have amaterial adverse effect on our business. Disruptions caused by labor disputes or organized labor activities could harm our business. We may from time to time experience union organizing activities in our non-union facilities. Disputes with the current labor union or new union organizingactivities could lead to work slowdowns or stoppages and make it difficult or impossible for us to meet scheduled delivery times for product shipments to ourcustomers, which could result in loss of business. In addition, union activity could result in higher labor costs, which could harm our financial condition,results of operations and competitive position. We may experience material disruptions to our manufacturing operations. While we seek to operate our facilities in compliance with applicable rules and regulations and take measures to minimize the risks of disruption at ourfacilities, a material disruption at one of our manufacturing facilities could prevent us from meeting customer demand, reduce our sales and/or negativelyimpact our financial results. Any of our manufacturing facilities, or any of our machines within an otherwise operational facility, could cease operationsunexpectedly due to a number of events, including: · equipment or information technology infrastructure failure; 11Table of Contents · disruptions in the transportation infrastructure including roads, bridges, railroad tracks; · fires, floods, tornados, earthquakes, or other catastrophes; and · other operational problems. In addition, the vast majority of our manufacturing and production facilities are located in Wisconsin within a 100-mile radius. We could experience prolongedperiods of reduced production due to unforeseen events occurring in or around our manufacturing facilities in Wisconsin. In the event of a businessinterruption at our Wisconsin facilities, we may be unable to shift manufacturing capabilities to alternate locations, accept materials from suppliers or meetcustomer shipment needs, among other severe consequences. Such an event could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results ofour operations. A significant portion of our purchased components are sourced in foreign countries, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in theUnited States. We source a significant portion of our purchased components overseas, primarily in Asia and Europe. Our international sourcing subjects us to a number ofpotential risks in addition to the risks associated with third-party sourcing generally. Such risks include: · inflation or changes in political and economic conditions; · unstable regulatory environments; · changes in import and export duties; · domestic and foreign customs and tariffs; · currency rate fluctuations; · trade restrictions; · labor unrest; · logistical and communications challenges; and · other restraints and burdensome taxes. These factors may have an adverse effect on our ability to efficiently and cost effectively source our purchased components overseas. In particular, if the U.S.dollar were to depreciate significantly against the currencies in which we purchase raw materials from foreign suppliers, our cost of goods sold could increasematerially, which would adversely affect our results of operations. 12Table of Contents As a U.S. corporation that sources components in foreign countries, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. A determination that weviolated this act may affect our business and operations adversely. As a U.S. corporation, we are subject to the regulations imposed by the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S.companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business. Any determinationthat we have violated the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, operating results and cash flows. We have significant tax assets, usage of which may be subject to limitations in the future. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $127.1 million of net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any subsequentaccumulations of common stock ownership leading to a change of control under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including throughsales of stock by large stockholders, all of which are outside of our control, could limit and defer our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards tooffset future federal income tax liabilities. Our total assets include goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles. If we determine these have become impaired in the future, net incomecould be materially adversely affected. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Indefinite-lived intangibles are comprised ofcertain trade names. At December 31, 2011, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles totaled $695.9 million, most of which arose from the CCMPTransactions. We review goodwill and other intangibles at least annually for impairment and any excess in carrying value over the estimated fair value ischarged to the results of operations. A reduction in net income resulting from the write-down or impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles, such asthe $9.4 million non-cash charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011 primarily related to the write down of a certain trade name as we strategically transitionto the Generac brand, could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. In accordance with FASB ASC (Accounting StandardsCodification) Topic 350-20, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles are reviewed at least annually for impairment and definite-lived intangible assets arereviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Future impairment may resultfrom, among other things, deterioration in the performance of the acquired business or product line, adverse market conditions and changes in the competitivelandscape, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of the acquired business or product line, and avariety of other circumstances. The amount of any impairment is recorded as a charge to the statement of operations. We may never realize the full value of ourintangible assets. Any future determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of intangible assets would have an adverse effect on our financialcondition and results of operations. See “Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for details. We may need additional capital to finance our growth strategy or to refinance our existing credit facilities, and we may not be able to obtain it onacceptable terms, or at all, which may limit our ability to grow. We may require additional financing to expand our business. Financing may not be available to us or may be available to us only on terms that are notfavorable. The terms of our senior secured credit facilities limit our ability to incur additional debt. In addition, economic conditions, including a downturn inthe credit markets, could impact our ability to finance our growth on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds or obtain capital onacceptable terms, we may have to delay, modify or abandon some or all of our growth strategies. In February 2012, we completed the planned refinancing ofour former credit facility, and the new credit facility is comprised of a $150 million unfunded Revolver, a $325 million Term Loan A and $250 million TermLoan B. The Revolver and Term Loan A both have a five (5) year term, with interest payable on a leveraged-based pricing grid starting at LIBOR plus2.25%. The Term Loan B matures in seven (7) years and accrues interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%. For more information regardingthe refinance of our credit facility see “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – “16. Subsequent Events.” In the future, if we are unable torefinance such facilities on acceptable terms, our liquidity could be adversely affected. 13Table of Contents We are unable to determine the specific impact of changes in selling prices or changes in volumes of our products on our net sales. Because of the wide range of products that we sell, the level of customization for many of our products, the frequent rollout of new products and the fact thatwe do not apply pricing changes uniformly across our entire portfolio of products, we are unable to determine with specificity the effect of volume changes orchanges in selling prices on our net sales. We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of the Magnum Products business or those benefits may take longer to realizethan expected. We may also encounter significant unexpected difficulties in integrating the two businesses. Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Magnum Products acquisition, which was consummated on October 3, 2011, will depend, to a large extent,on our ability to integrate the Magnum Products business with our business. The combination of two independent businesses is a complex, costly and time-consuming process. As a result, we will be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating the business practices andoperations of the Magnum Products business with ours. The integration process may disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, would precluderealization of the full benefits expected by us. Our failure to meet the challenges involved in integrating the Magnum Products business into our existingoperations or otherwise to realize the anticipated benefits of the transaction could cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, our activities and couldadversely affect our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of the Magnum Products business may result in material unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitiveresponses, loss of customer relationships, and diversion of management's attention, and may cause our stock price to decline. The difficulties of combining the operations of the companies include, among others: · managing a larger company; · maintaining employee morale and retaining key management and other employees; · integrating two business cultures, which may prove to be incompatible; · the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying expectations regarding the integration process; · retaining existing customers and attracting new customers; · consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations; · the diversion of management's attention from ongoing business concerns and performance shortfalls as a result of the diversion of management'sattention to the acquisition; · unanticipated issues in integrating information technology, communications and other systems; · unanticipated changes in applicable laws and regulations; · managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating the operations of the combined company; · unforeseen expenses or delays associated with the acquisition; · difficulty comparing financial reports due to differing financial and/or internal reporting systems; and 14Table of Contents · making any necessary modifications to internal financial control standards to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules andregulations promulgated thereunder. Many of these factors will be outside of our control and any one of them could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues anddiversion of management's time and energy, which could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, even if theoperations of the Magnum Products business are integrated successfully with our operations, we may not realize the full benefits of the transaction, includingthe synergies, cost savings or sales or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all. Or,additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of our businesses. All of these factors could cause dilution to our earnings per share, decreaseor delay the expected accretive effect of the acquisition, and cause a decrease in the price of our common stock. As a result, we cannot assure you that thecombination of the Magnum Products business with our business will result in the realization of the full benefits anticipated from the transaction. Risks related to our common stock If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendationsregarding our common stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our common stock price and trading volume coulddecline. The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business.If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets,which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade recommendationsregarding our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline and such decline could be material. Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws could prohibit a change of control that ourstockholders may favor and could negatively affect our stock price. Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire controlof us even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts andcould adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace orremove our management. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws: · permit our board of directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as they determine, without stockholder approval; · provide that only one-third of the members of the board are elected at each stockholders meeting and prohibit removal without cause; · require advance notice for stockholder proposals and director nominations; and · contain limitations on convening stockholder meetings. These provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us without negotiation and could discourage potential takeoverattempts and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 15Table of Contents Risks related to our capital structure We have a significant amount of indebtedness which could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to remain in compliance with debtcovenants and make payments on our indebtedness. We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2011, we had total indebtedness of $597.9 million. As of February 9, 2012 our totalindebtedness was further reduced to $575.0 million. While we reduced this amount of debt during 2010, 2011 and 2012 through the use of the proceeds ofour IPO and of cash on hand, including an additional prepayment of debt of $74.2 million in December of 2010, $24.7 million in April of 2011, $34.6million in December of 2011 and $22.9 million in February 2012 (as discussed elsewhere in this report under “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion andAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”), we still have a significant amount of indebtedness. Our significant level of indebtednessincreases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of ourindebtedness. Our significant indebtedness, combined with our lease and other financial obligations and contractual commitments could have other importantconsequences. For example, it could: · make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including financial and other restrictive covenants, whichcould result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness; · make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in governmentregulation; · require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability ofour cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; · limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; · place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and · limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of ourbusiness strategy or other purposes. Any of the above-listed factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. While we maintaininterest rate swaps covering a significant portion of our outstanding debt, our interest expense could increase if interest rates increase because debt under oursenior secured credit facilities bears interest at a variable rate. If we do not have sufficient earnings to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all orpart of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we will be able to do. The terms of our senior secured credit facilities restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in ourbusiness or to take certain actions. Our former senior secured credit facilities contained, and any future indebtedness of ours or our subsidiaries would likely contain, a number of restrictivecovenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, including restrictions on our ability to engage in acts thatmay be in our best long-term interests. Our new senior secured credit facilities entered into on February 9, 2012 include certain financial covenants. The new credit facility requires Generac Power Systems to maintain a maximum leverage ratio (as defined in the senior secured credit facility) of 4.00 to 1.00from the periods June 30, 2012 to September 30, 2012, and 3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. As of December 31, 2011, Generac Power Systems' leverage ratio was 2.83.In addition, the new credit facility requires Generac Power Systems to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio (as defined in the senior secured creditfacility) of 2.50 to 1.00 from June 30, 2012 to September 30, 2012, 2.75 to 1.00 from December 31, 2012 to June 30, 2013, 3.00 to 1.00 from September 30,2013 to June 30, 2014 and 3.25 to 1.00 thereafter. As of December 31, 2011, Generac Power Systems’ interest coverage ratio was 8.55. Failure to comply withsuch covenants would result in an event of default under our new senior secured credit facilities unless waived by our lenders. Our new senior secured credit facilities require us to use a portion of excess cash flow and proceeds of certain asset sales that are not reinvested in our businessand other dispositions to repay indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities. 16Table of Contents Our new senior secured credit facilities also include covenants restricting, among other things, our ability to: · incur liens; · incur or assume additional debt or guarantees or issue preferred stock; · pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases, with respect to capital stock; · prepay, or make redemptions and repurchases of, subordinated debt; · make loans and investments; · make capital expenditures; · engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, sale/leaseback transactions and transactions with affiliates; · change the business conducted by us or our subsidiaries; and · amend the terms of subordinated debt. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our new senior secured credit facilities and any future financing agreements may adversely affect ourability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. A breach of any of the restrictive covenants in our new seniorsecured credit facilities would result in a default under our new senior secured credit facilities. If any such default occurs, the lenders under our new seniorsecured credit facilities may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable, orenforce their security interest, any of which would result in an event of default. The lenders will also have the right in these circumstances to terminate anycommitments they have to provide further borrowings. Our principal stockholder continues to have substantial control over us. Affiliates of CCMP collectively beneficially own approximately 59.0% of our outstanding common stock. As a consequence, CCMP or its affiliates are able toexert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs and will control matters requiring stockholder approval, including theelection of directors, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and any other significant transaction. The interests of thisstockholder may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For instance, this concentration of ownership may have theeffect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us otherwise favored by our other stockholders and could depress our stock price. Because affiliates of CCMP control more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of theNYSE's Listed Company Manual. Under the NYSE's Listed Company Manual, a controlled company may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporategovernance requirements, including requirements that: (1) a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors; (2) compensation of officers bedetermined or recommended to the board of directors by a majority of its independent directors or by a compensation committee that is composed entirely ofindependent directors; and (3) director nominees be selected or recommended by a majority of the independent directors or by a nominating committeecomposed solely of independent directors. Because we have taken advantage of the controlled company exemption to certain NYSE corporate governancerequirements, our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporategovernance requirements. 17Table of Contents Conflicts of interest may arise because some of our directors are principals of our principal stockholder. Representatives of CCMP and its affiliates occupy seats on our board of directors. CCMP or its affiliates could invest in entities that directly or indirectlycompete with us or companies in which CCMP or its affiliates are currently invested may already compete with us. As a result of these relationships, whenconflicts arise between the interests of CCMP or its affiliates and the interests of our stockholders, these directors may not be disinterested. The representativesof CCMP and its affiliates on our board of directors, by the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, are not required to offer us anytransaction opportunity of which they become aware and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have aninvestment, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to them solely in their capacity as our directors. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 2. Properties We own and operate manufacturing and distribution facilities located in Eagle, Wisconsin, Waukesha, Wisconsin, Whitewater, Wisconsin and Berlin,Wisconsin, which total approximately 1.2 million square feet. We also operate a dealer training center at our Eagle, Wisconsin facility, which allows us totrain new industrial and residential dealers on the service and installation of our products and provide existing dealers with training on product innovations.We also have inventory warehouses in the United States that accommodate material storage and rapid response requirements of our customers. The following table shows the location and activities of our operations: Location Owned / Leased Square Footage Activities Waukesha, WIOwned307,250 Corporate headquarters and manufacturing of liquid-cooled generators and transfer switchesand storageEagle, WIOwned236,000 Manufacturing of liquid-cooled generators and metal fabricationEagle, WIOwned6,000 Training facilityWhitewater, WIBerlin, WIBerlin, WIOwnedOwnedLeased295,000129,000122,500 Manufacturing of vertically integrated engines and generatorsManufacturing of mobile generators, light towers, pumps and metal fabricationR&D, shipping, storage facilities, manufacturingWhitewater, WIFort Atkinson, WIEdgerton, WIOwnedLeasedLeased196,000183,640242,100 Distribution centerStorage facilityStorage facilityMaquoketa, IANor Cross, GACooler, GAAlpharetta, GAOwnedLeasedLeasedLeased137,00012,5552,50013,000 Inventory warehouse and rental propertyDealer facility, sales, distribution, trainingDealer facility, sales, distribution, trainingManufacturing, sales, distribution, light assembly and packaging As of December 31, 2011, substantially all of our owned properties are subject to mortgages under our senior secured credit facilities. 18Table of Contents Item 3. Legal Proceedings From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings primarily involving product liability and employment matters and general commercial disputes arisingin the ordinary course of our business. As of December 31, 2011, we believe that there is no litigation pending that would have a material effect on our resultsof operations or financial condition. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. Not Applicable. PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Price Range of Common Stock Shares of our common stock are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GNRC.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices reported on theNYSE for our common stock by fiscal quarter during 2011 and 2010, respectively. 2011 High Low Fourth Quarter $29.06 $18.29 Third Quarter $21.41 $15.41 Second Quarter $21.10 $17.10 First Quarter $20.85 $14.72 2010 High Low Fourth Quarter $16.51 $13.04 Third Quarter $15.08 $11.99 Second Quarter $15.40 $10.65 First Quarter (beginning February 11, 2010) $15.40 $12.84 19Table of Contents Stock Performance Graph The line graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s S&P500 Index and S&P 500 Industrials Index for the year ended December 31, 2011. The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on February 11, 2010(first day of trading) in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index, S&P 500 Industrials Index, and that all dividends were reinvested. Cumulative totalstockholder returns for our common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P 500 Industrials Index are based on our fiscal year. ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON FEBRUARY 11, 2010ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTEDFISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2011 Company/Market/Peer Group 2/11/2010 3/31/2010 6/30/2010 9/30/2010 12/31/2010 3/31/2011 6/30/2011 9/30/2011 12/31/2011 Generac HoldingsInc. $100.00 $109.11 $109.11 $106.23 $125.93 $158.02 $151.09 $146.50 $218.30 S&P 500 Index $100.00 $108.73 $96.31 $107.18 $118.71 $125.73 $125.85 $108.40 $121.21 S&P 500Industrials Index $100.00 $113.00 $99.09 $113.27 $126.65 $137.74 $136.82 $108.06 $125.90 20Table of Contents Holders As of February 17, 2012, there were approximately 107 registered holders of record of Generac’s common stock. A substantially greater number of holders ofGenerac common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions. Dividends We did not declare or pay cash dividends in 2011. We currently do not have plans to pay any dividends on our common stock in the near term. However, inthe future, subject to factors such as general economic and business conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our capital requirements,our future liquidity and capitalization and such other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant, we may change this policy and choose to paydividends. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently restricted by the terms of our senior secured credit facilities and may be furtherrestricted by any future indebtedness we incur. Our business is conducted through our principal operating subsidiary, Generac Power Systems. Dividendsfrom, and cash generated by Generac Power Systems will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends.Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from Generac Power Systems. Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans The information required by this item will be included in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities None. Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities Not applicable. Item 6. Selected Financial Data The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidatedfinancial data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere inthis annual report. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 are derived from ouraudited historical financial statements not included in this annual report.The results indicated below and elsewhere in this annual report are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this informationtogether with “Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statementsand related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 21Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Year endedDecember 31,2007 Year endedDecember 31,2008 Year endedDecember 31,2009 Year endedDecember 31,2010 Year endedDecember 31,2011 Statement of operations data: Net sales $555,705 $574,229 $588,248 $592,880 $791,976 Costs of goods sold 333,428 372,199 352,398 355,523 497,322 Gross profit 222,277 202,030 235,850 237,357 294,654 Operating expenses: Selling and service 52,652 57,449 59,823 57,954 77,776 Research and development 9,606 9,925 10,842 14,700 16,476 General and administrative 17,581 15,869 14,713 22,599 30,012 Amortization of intangibles (1) 47,602 47,602 51,960 51,808 48,020 Goodwill and trade name impairment charge and trade namewrite-down (2) — 583,486 — — 9,389 Total operating expenses 127,441 714,331 137,338 147,061 181,673 Income (loss) from operations 94,836 (512,301) 98,512 90,296 112,981 Other income (expense): Interest expense (125,366) (108,022) (70,862) (27,397) (23,718)Gain on extinguishment of debt (3) 18,759 65,385 14,745 — — Write-off of deferred financing costs related to debtextinguishment — — — (4,809) (377)Investment income 2,682 600 2,205 235 110 Costs related to acquisition — — — — (875)Other, net (1,196) (1,217) (1,206) (1,105) (1,155)Total other expense, net (105,121) (43,254) (55,118) (33,076) (26,015)Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes (10,285) (555,555) 43,394 57,220 86,966 Provision (benefit) for income taxes (4) (571) 400 339 307 (237,677)Net income (loss) $(9,714) $(555,955) $43,055 $56,913 $324,643 Income (loss) per share - diluted: Class A Common Stock (5) (34,994) (357,628) (41,111) (1.65) 4.79 Class B Common Stock (5) 3,462 3,780 4,171 505 n/a Statement of cash flows data: Depreciation 6,181 7,168 7,715 7,632 8,103 Amortization 47,602 47,602 51,960 51,808 48,020 Expenditures for property and equipment (13,191) (5,186) (4,525) (9,631) (12,060) Other financial data: Adjusted EBITDA (6) 158,148 129,858 159,087 156,249 188,476 Adjusted Net Income (7) 21,931 13,758 83,643 115,954 147,176 (Dollars in thousands) As ofDecember 31,2007 As ofDecember 31,2008 As ofDecember 31,2009 As ofDecember 31,2010 As ofDecember 31,2011 Balance sheet data: Current assets $217,750 $274,997 $345,017 $272,519 $383,265 Property, plant and equipment, net 78,982 76,674 73,374 75,287 84,384 Goodwill 1,029,068 525,875 525,875 527,148 547,473 Other intangibles and other assets 582,859 448,668 392,977 334,929 537,671 Total assets $1,908,659 $1,326,214 $1,337,243 $1,209,883 $1,552,793 Total current liabilities $94,690 $127,981 $131,971 $86,685 $165,390 Long-term debt, less current portion 1,280,750 1,121,437 1,052,463 657,229 575,000 Other long-term liabilities 27,439 43,539 17,418 24,902 43,514 Redeemable stock (8) 747,070 843,451 878,205 — — Total liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity (8) $1,908,659 $1,326,214 $1,337,243 $1,209,883 $1,552,793 22Table of Contents (1) Our amortization of intangibles expenses include the straight-line amortization of customer lists, patents and other finite-lived intangibles assets.(2) As of October 31, 2008, as a result of our annual goodwill and tradename impairment test, we determined that an impairment of goodwill and trade namesexisted, and we recognized a non-cash charge of $583.5 million in 2008. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company decided to strategically transitioncertain products to their more widely known Generac brand. Based on this decision, the Company recorded a $9.4 million non-cash charge which primarilyrelated to the write down of the impacted trade name to net realizable value. In addition, the Company performed its annual goodwill and tradename impairmenttest as of October 31, 2011. Except as noted, no impairment was indicated.(3) During 2007, affiliates of CCMP acquired $80.3 million principal amount of second lien term loans for approximately $60.0 million. CCMP's affiliatesexchanged this debt for additional shares of our Class B Common Stock. The fair value of the shares exchanged was $60.0 million. We recorded thistransaction as additional Class B Common Stock of $60.0 million based on the fair value of the debt contributed by CCMP's affiliates, which approximatedthe fair value of shares exchanged. The debt was held in treasury at face value. Consequently, we recorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $18.8 million,which includes a write-off of deferred financing fees and other closing costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.During 2008, affiliates of CCMP acquired $148.9 million principal amount of second lien term loans for approximately $81.1 million. CCMP's affiliatesexchanged this debt for additional shares of our Class B Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock. The fair value of the shares exchanged was$81.1 million. We recorded this transaction as Series A Preferred Stock of $62.9 million and Class B Common Stock of $18.2 million based on the fairvalue of the debt contributed by CCMP's affiliates, which approximated the fair value of shares exchanged. The debt was held in treasury at face value.Consequently, we recorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $65.4 million, which includes a write-off of deferred financing fees and other closing costs inthe consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.During 2009, affiliates of CCMP acquired $9.9 million principal amount of first lien term loans and $20.0 million principal amount of second lien termloans for approximately $14.8 million. CCMP's affiliates exchanged this debt for 1,475.4596 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The fair value of the sharesexchanged was $14.8 million. We recorded this transaction as additional Series A Preferred Stock of $14.8 million based on the fair value of the debtcontributed by CCMP's affiliates, which approximated the fair value of shares exchanged. The debt was held in treasury at face value. Consequently, werecorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $14.7 million, which includes a write-off of deferred financing fees and other closing costs, in the consolidatedstatement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.(4) The 2011 net tax benefit of $237.7 million includes a tax benefit of $271.4 million recorded due to the reversal of valuation allowances recorded on theCompany’s net deferred tax assets. See discussion in Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 9 for additional information.(5) Diluted earnings per share reflects the impact of the reverse stock split which occurred immediately prior to the initial public offering as discussed in“Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1”. At the time of the IPO on February 17, 2010, all shares of Class B common stock wereconverted into shares of Class A common stock, and the Class A common stock became the one class of outstanding common stock. See discussion of theIPO in Part 1, Item 1 – Initial Public Offering and Corporate Reorganization.(6) Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted for the other itemsreflected in the reconciliation table set forth below. This presentation is substantially consistent with the presentation used in our senior secured credit facilities(Covenant EBITDA), except that we do not give effect to certain additional adjustments that are permitted under those facilities which, if included, wouldincrease the amount reflected in this table. For a description of the additional adjustments permitted for Covenant EBITDA under our senior secured creditfacilities, see "Item 7 - Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources—Seniorsecured credit facilities—Covenant compliance." The definition of Adjusted EBITDA in the new February 2012 credit agreement is substantially the same asthe definition in the previous 2006 credit agreement.We view Adjusted EBITDA as a key measure of our performance. We present Adjusted EBITDA not only due to its importance for purposes of our seniorsecured credit facilities but also because it assists us in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis because it excludes itemsthat we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:• for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and developing and refining our internal projections for futureperiods;• to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business; 23Table of Contents • as a benchmark for the determination of the bonus component of compensation for our senior executives under our management incentive plan, asdescribed further in our Proxy Statement;• to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and as a supplemental tool in evaluating our performance against our budget for each period;and• in communications with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance.We believe Adjusted EBITDA is used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of our company. Management believes thatthe disclosure of Adjusted EBITDA offers an additional financial metric that, when coupled with U.S. GAAP results and the reconciliation to U.S. GAAPresults, provides a more complete understanding of our results of operations and the factors and trends affecting our business. We believe Adjusted EBITDAis useful to investors for the following reasons:• Adjusted EBITDA and similar non-GAAP measures are widely used by investors to measure a company's operating performance without regard toitems that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon financing and accounting methods, book values of assets, taxjurisdictions, capital structures and the methods by which assets were acquired;• Investors can use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall operating performance of our company, including our ability toservice our debt and other cash needs; and• by comparing our Adjusted EBITDA in different historical periods, our investors can evaluate our operating performance excluding the impact ofitems described below.The adjustments included in the reconciliation table listed below are provided for under our senior secured credit facilities (except where noted in footnote (j)below) and also are presented to illustrate the operating performance of our business in a manner consistent with the presentation used by our management andboard of directors. These adjustments eliminate the impact of a number of items that:• we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance, such as non-cash impairment and other charges, transaction costs relating to theCCMP Transactions and repurchases of our debt by affiliates of CCMP, non-cash gains relating to the retirement of debt, severance costs and otherrestructuring-related business optimization expenses;• we believe to be akin to, or associated with, interest expense, such as administrative agent fees, revolving credit facility commitment fees and letter ofcredit fees;• are non-cash in nature, such as share-based compensation; or• were eliminated following the consummation of our initial public offering, such as sponsor fees.We explain in more detail in footnotes (a) through (j) below why we believe these adjustments are useful in calculating Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of ouroperating performance.Adjusted EBITDA does not represent, and should not be a substitute for, net income or cash flows from operations as determined in accordance withU.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our resultsas reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of the limitations are:• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;• Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on ourdebt; 24Table of Contents • although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future,and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;• several of the adjustments that we use in calculating Adjusted EBITDA, such as non-cash impairment charges, while not involving cash expense, dohave a negative impact on the value our assets as reflected in our consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP;• the adjustments for business optimization expenses, which we believe are appropriate for the reasons set out in note (f) below, represent costsassociated with severance and other items which are reflected in operating expenses and income (loss) from continuing operations in our consolidatedstatements of operations prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP; and• other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.Furthermore, as noted above, one of our uses of Adjusted EBITDA is as a benchmark for determining elements of compensation for our senior executives. Atthe same time, some or all of these senior executives have responsibility for monitoring our financial results generally, including the items that are included asadjustments in calculating Adjusted EBITDA (subject ultimately to review by our board of directors in the context of the board's review of our quarterlyfinancial statements). While many of the adjustments (for example, transaction costs and credit facility fees and sponsor fees), involve mathematicalapplication of items reflected in our financial statements, others (such as business optimization adjustments) involve a degree of judgment and discretion.While we believe that all of these adjustments are appropriate, and while the quarterly calculations are subject to review by our board of directors in the contextof the board's review of our quarterly financial statements and certification by our chief financial officer in a compliance certificate provided to the lendersunder our senior secured credit facilities, this discretion may be viewed as an additional limitation on the use of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool.Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of ourbusiness. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally.Our former senior secured credit facility required Generac Power Systems, Inc. to maintain a leverage ratio of consolidated total debt, net of unrestricted cashand marketable securities, to Covenant EBITDA at a level that varied over time. As of December 31, 2011, Generac Power Systems, Inc.’s ratio was 2.83 to1.00, which was below the covenant requirement of 4.75 to 1.00. Generac Holdings Inc. net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio as of December 31, 2011 was2.65x. Our credit agreement does not permit us to net cash and cash equivalents held by the Generac Holdings Inc. entity against our debt balance forcovenant purposes. Our new senior secured credit facilities entered into on February 9, 2012 also include certain financial covenants. The new credit facilityrequires Generac Power Systems to maintain a maximum leverage ratio (as defined in the senior secured credit facility) of 4.00 to 1.00 from the periods June 30,2012 to September 30, 2012, and 3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. In addition, the new credit facility requires Generac Power Systems to maintain a minimum interestcoverage ratio (as defined in the senior secured credit facility) of 2.50 to 1.00 from June 30, 2012 to September 30, 2012, 2.75 to 1.00 from December 31, 2012to June 30, 2013, 3.00 to 1.00 from September 30, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and 3.25 to 1.00 thereafter. Failure to comply with this covenant would result in anevent of default under our new senior secured credit facility unless waived by our lenders. An event of default under our new senior secured credit facilitycould result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, and we may be unable to repay the amounts due. The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA: (Dollars in thousands) Year endedDecember 31,2007 Year endedDecember 31,2008 Year endedDecember 31,2009 Year endedDecember 31,2010 Year endedDecember 31,2011 Net income (loss $(9,714) $(555,955) $43,055 $56,913 $324,643 Interest expense 125,366 108,022 70,862 27,397 23,718 Depreciation and amortization 53,783 54,770 59,675 59,440 56,123 Income taxes provision (benefit) (571) 400 339 307 (237,677)Non-cash impairment and other charges (income)(a) 5,328 585,634 (1,592) (361) 10,400 Non-cash share-based compensation expense(b) — — — 6,363 8,646 Write-off of deferred financing costs related to debtextinguishment(c) — — — 4,809 377 Transaction costs and credit facility fees(d) 1,044 1,319 1,188 1,019 1,719 Non-cash gains(e) (18,759) (65,385) (14,745) — — Business optimization expenses(f) 1,944 971 — 108 277 Sponsor fees(g) 500 500 500 56 — Letter of credit fees(h) 335 169 135 (26) (33)Other state franchise taxes(i) — 53 72 317 342 Holding company interest income(j) (1,108) (640) (402) (93) (59)Adjusted EBITDA $158,148 $129,858 $159,087 $156,249 $188,476 (a) Represents the following non-cash charges: 25Table of Contents • for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily a $3.9 million charge for the step-up in book value of inventory as a result of the application of purchaseaccounting in connection with the CCMP Transactions. Also includes $1.4 million of other charges, including a write-off of a pre-CCMP Transactionsreceivable, stock compensation expense, unsettled mark-to-market losses on copper forward contracts and losses on disposals of assets;• for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily $503.2 million in goodwill impairment charges and $80.3 million in trade name impairment chargesdescribed in "Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical accounting policies—Goodwill andother intangible assets." $1.6 million of the amount is comprised of unsettled mark to market losses on copper forward contracts, a write-off of pre-CCMPTransactions bad debts and losses on disposals of assets. Separately, the amount also includes a write-off of certain inventory;• for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, primarily unrealized mark-to-market adjustments on copper and Euro forward contracts and loss ondisposal of assets;• for the years ended December 31, 2011, primarily $9.4 million trade name write-down described in "Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis ofFinancial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical accounting policies—Goodwill and other intangible assets." Also includes unrealized mark-to-marketadjustment on copper forward contracts and loss on disposal of assets; We believe that adjusting net income for these non-cash charges is useful for the following reasons:• The losses on disposals of assets in several periods described above result from the sale of assets that are no longer useful in our business and thereforerepresent losses that are not from our core operations;• The write-offs of certain pre-CCMP Transaction bad debts in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 are non-cash charges that we believe do notreflect cash outflows after our acquisition by CCMP;• The adjustments for unrealized mark-to-market gains and losses on copper forward and Euro contracts represent non-cash items to reflect changes in the fairvalue of forward contracts that have not been settled or terminated. We believe that it is useful to adjust net income for these items because the charges do notrepresent a cash outlay in the period in which the charge is incurred, although Adjusted EBITDA must always be used together with our U.S. GAAPstatements of operations and cash flows to capture the full effect of these contracts on our operating performance;• The goodwill and trade name impairment charges recorded in the year ended December 31, 2008 and the trade name write-down recorded in the year endedDecember 31, 2011 are one-time items that we believe do not reflect our ongoing operations. These charges are explained in greater detail in "Item 7 -Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Goodwill and Other IntangibleAssets";• The small amount of stock compensation expense recorded in the year ended December 31, 2007 was a non-cash charge for compensation under our 2006Management Equity Incentive Plan. We do not believe that equity awards and the related expense under our 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan, whichterminated in connection with our initial public offering, will be useful in predicting stock compensation expense that we will incur under the new equityincentive plan that we adopted in connection with the IPO. However, we do expect to incur stock compensation expense under the new plan, and you should seeour Proxy Statement under captions "Compensation discussion and analysis—Components of compensation—Equity-based compensation" and "Executivecompensation—2010 Equity incentive plan" for more information about that plan; and• The write-off of certain pre-CCMP Transaction excess inventory recorded in the year ended December 31, 2008 was a non-cash charge that we believe doesnot reflect cash outflows after our acquisition by CCMP.(b) Represents share-based compensation expense to account for stock options, restricted stock and other stock awards over their vesting period.(c) Represents the write-off of a portion of deferred financing costs related to the repayment of debt. 26Table of Contents (d) Represents the following transaction costs and fees relating to our senior secured credit facilities:• administrative agent fees and revolving credit facility commitment fees under our senior secured credit facilities, which we believe to be akin to, or associatedwith, interest expense and whose inclusion in Adjusted EBITDA is therefore similar to the inclusion of interest expense in that calculation;• before 2011, transaction costs relating to repurchases of debt under our first and second lien credit facilities by affiliates of CCMP, which CCMP's affiliatescontributed to our company in exchange for the issuances of securities, which repurchases we do not expect to recur;• in the year ended December 31, 2011, transaction costs relating to the acquisition of the Magnum Products business(e) represents the following non-cash gains: • for all periods before 2010, represents non-cash gains on the extinguishment of debt repurchased by affiliates of CCMP, as described in note (d) above,which we do not expect to recur.(f) Primarily represents severance costs incurred from restructuring-related activities. For the year ended December 31, 2007, consists of $1.4 million ofseverance costs and $0.6 million of other restructuring-related costs. We do not believe the charges for restructuring-related activities in the year endedDecember 31, 2007 reflect our ongoing operations. Although we have incurred severance costs in most of the periods set forth in the table above, it is difficultto predict the amounts of similar costs in the future, and we believe that adjusting for these costs aids in measuring the performance of our ongoing operations.We believe that these costs will tend to be immaterial to our results of operations in future periods.(g) Represents management, consulting, monitoring, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid or accrued to affiliates of CCMP and certainother investors (related parties) under an advisory services and monitoring agreement. This agreement automatically terminated upon consummation of ourinitial public offering, and, accordingly, we believe that these expenses do not reflect the expenses of our ongoing operations.(h) Represents fees on letters of credit outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities, which we believe to be akin to, or associated with, interestexpense and whose inclusion in Adjusted EBITDA is therefore similar to the inclusion of interest expense.(i) Represents franchise and business activity taxes paid at the state level. We believe the inclusion of these taxes in calculating Adjusted EBITDA is similarto the inclusion of income taxes, as set forth in the table above.(j) Represents interest earned on cash held at Generac Holdings Inc. We exclude these amounts because we do not include them in the calculation of "CovenantEBITDA" under and as defined in our senior secured credit facilities. (7) Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income before provision (benefit) for income taxes adjusted for the following items: cash income tax expense,amortization of intangible assets, amortization and write-offs of deferred loan costs related to the Company’s debt, intangible asset impairment charges,transaction costs and purchase accounting adjustments, and non-cash gains reflected in the reconciliation table set forth below.We believe Adjusted Net Income is used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of our company operations. Managementbelieves the disclosure of Adjusted Net Income offers an additional financial metric that, when used in conjunction with U.S. GAAP results and thereconciliation to U.S. GAAP results, provides a more complete understanding of our results of operations and the factors and trends affecting our business. 27Table of Contents The adjustments included in the reconciliation table listed below are presented to illustrate the operating performance of our business in a manner consistentwith the presentation used by investors and securities analysts. Similar to the Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation, these adjustments eliminate the impact of anumber of items we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance, such as amortization costs, and non-cash gains and write-offs relating tothe retirement of debt. We also make adjustments to present cash taxes paid.Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income does not represent, and should not be a substitute for, net income or cash flows from operations asdetermined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted Net Income has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as asubstitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of the limitations are:• Adjusted Net Income does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;• although amortization is a non-cash charge, the assets being amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted Net Income does not reflect anycash requirements for such replacements;• Other companies may calculate Adjusted Net Income differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted Net Income:(Dollars in thousands) Year endedDecember 31,2007 Year endedDecember 31,2008 Year endedDecember 31,2009 Year endedDecember 31,2010 Year endedDecember 31,2011 Net income (loss) $(9,714) $(555,955) $43,055 $56,913 $324,643 Provision (benefit) for income taxes (571) 400 339 307 (237,677)Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes (10,285) (555,555) 43,394 57,220 86,966 Amortization of intangible assets 47,602 47,602 51,960 51,808 48,020 Amortization of deferred loan costs 4,225 3,905 3,417 2,439 1,986 Write-off of deferred financing costs related to debtextinguishment — — — 4,809 377 Intangible impairment charge — 583,486 — — 9,389 Transaction costs and purchase accounting adjustments 3,925 — — — 875 Gain on extinguishment of debt (18,759) (65,385) (14,745) — — Adjusted net income before income taxes 26,708 14,053 84,026 116,276 147,613 Cash income tax expense (4,777) (295) (383) (322) (437) Adjusted net income $21,931 $13,758 $83,643 $115,954 $147,176 (8) Includes our Series A Preferred Stock and Class B Common Stock. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of thisAnnual Report on Form 10-K. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Item 6 - Selected FinancialData” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussioncontains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations and related to future events and our future financial performance, that involverisks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of manyfactors, including those set forth under “Item 1A - Risk Factors.” 28Table of Contents OverviewWe are a leading designer and manufacturer of a wide range of generators and other engine powered products for the residential, light commercial, industrialand commercial markets. As the only significant market participant focused predominantly on these products, we have one of the leading market positions inthe power equipment market in the United States and Canada. We design, manufacture, source and modify engines, alternators, automatic transfer switchesand other components necessary for our products. Our generators and other products are fueled by natural gas, liquid propane, gasoline, diesel and Bi-Fuel™and are available through a broad network of independent dealers, retailers and wholesalers and equipment rental companies. Business drivers and measuresIn operating our business and monitoring its performance, we pay attention to a number of industry trends, performance measures and operational factors.The statements in this section are based on our current expectations.Industry trendsOur performance is affected by the demand for reliable power solutions by our customer base. This demand is influenced by several important trendsaffecting our industry, including the following:Increasing penetration opportunity. Although there have been recent increases in product costs for installed standby generators in the residential and light-commercial markets (driven in the last two years by raw material costs), these costs have declined overall over the last decade, and many potential customersare not aware of the costs and benefits of backup power solutions. We estimate that penetration rates for residential products are approximately 2.5% of U.S.single-family detached, owner-occupied households with a home value of over $100,000, as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau's 2009 American HousingSurvey for the United States, and penetration rates of many light-commercial outlets such as restaurants, drug stores, and gas stations are significantly lowerthan penetration of hospitals and industrial locations. We believe that by expanding our distribution network, continuing to develop our product line, andtargeting our marketing efforts, we can continue to build awareness and increase penetration for our standby generators.Impact of residential investment cycle. The market for residential generators is affected by the residential investment cycle and overall consumersentiment. When homeowners are confident of their household income or net worth, they are more likely to invest in their home. These trends can have amaterial impact on demand for residential generators.Effect of large scale power disruptions. Power disruptions are an important driver of consumer awareness and have historically influenced demand forgenerators. Disruptions in the aging U.S. power grid and other outage activity increase product awareness and may drive consumers to accelerate theirpurchase of a standby or portable generator during the immediate and subsequent period, which we believe may last for six to twelve months for standbygenerators. While there are power outages every year across all regions of the country, major outage activity is unpredictable by nature and, as a result, oursales levels and profitability may fluctuate from period to period.Impact of business capital investment cycle. The market for commercial and industrial stationary and mobile generators and other power equipment isaffected by the capital investment cycle and overall non-residential construction and durable goods spending, as businesses either add new locations or makeinvestments to upgrade existing locations or equipment. These trends can have a material impact on demand for these products. The capital investment cyclemay differ for the various industrial and commercial end markets that we serve (industrial, telecommunications, distribution, retail, health care facilities,construction, energy and municipal infrastructure, among others). The market for these products is also affected by general economic conditions, creditavailability and trends in durable goods spending by businesses. 29Table of Contents Operational factorsWe are subject to various factors that can affect our results of operations, which we attempt to mitigate through factors we can control, including continuedproduct development, expanded distribution, pricing and cost control. The operational factors that affect our business include the following:New product start-up costs. When we launch new products, we generally experience an increase in start-up costs, including engineering expenses,expediting costs, testing expenses, marketing expenses and warranty costs, resulting in lower gross margins after the initial launch of a new product. Marginson new product introductions generally increase over the life of the product as these start-up costs decline and we focus our engineering efforts on product costreduction.Effect of commodity, currency and component price fluctuations. Industry-wide price fluctuations of key commodities, such as steel, copper andaluminum and other components we use in our products, together with foreign currency fluctuations, can have a material impact on our results of operations.We have historically attempted to mitigate the impact of rising commodity, currency and component prices through improved product design, manufacturingefficiencies, price increases and select hedging transactions. Our results are also influenced by changes in fuel prices in the form of freight rates, which insome cases are borne by our customers and in other cases are paid by us. Other factorsOther factors that affect our results of operations include the following:Factors influencing interest expense. Interest expense can be impacted by a variety of factors, including market fluctuations in LIBOR, interest rate electionperiods, interest rate swap agreements and repayments of indebtedness. Interest expense decreased in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to approximately$134 million of debt pre-payments made over the last thirteen months.Factors influencing provision for income taxes. Because we made a Section 338(h)(10) election in connection with the CCMP Transactions, we have$1.2 billion of tax-deductible goodwill and intangible asset amortization remaining as of December 31, 2011 that we expect to generate cash tax savings of$470 million through 2021, assuming continued profitability and a 39% tax rate. The amortization of these assets for tax purposes is expected to be$122 million annually through 2020 and $102 million in 2021, which generates annual cash tax savings of $48 million through 2020 and $40 million in2021, assuming profitability and a 39% tax rate. Additionally, we have federal net operating loss, or NOL, carry-forwards of $127.1 million as of December31, 2011, which we expect to generate an additional $44 million of federal cash tax savings at a 35% rate when and if utilized. Based on current businessplans, we believe that our cash tax obligations through 2021 will be significantly reduced by these tax attributes. However, any subsequent accumulations ofcommon stock ownership leading to a change of control under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including through sales of stock bylarge stockholders, all of which are outside of our control, could limit and defer our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards to offset futurefederal income tax liabilities. In addition, as a result of the asset acquisition of Magnum, we have approximately $57.0 million of tax deductible goodwill and intangible assets remaining asof December 31, 2011. We expect these assets to generate tax savings of $22.2 million through 2026 assuming continued profitability and a 39% tax rate. Theamortization of these assets for tax purposes is expected to be $3.8 million annually through 2025 and $2.9 million in 2026, which generates an additionalannual cash tax savings of $1.5 million through 2025 and $1.1 million in 2026, assuming profitability and a 39% tax rate.Seasonality. Although there is demand for our products throughout the year, in each of the past three years approximately 16% to 24% of our net salesoccurred in the first quarter, 20% to 25% in the second quarter, 25% to 30% in the third quarter and 26% to 34% in the fourth quarter, with differentseasonality depending on the timing of outage activity in each year, such as the outage activity experienced in the third and fourth quarters of 2011. Due to thesignificant demand and awareness created by these outage events in the second half of 2011, we expect growth rates during 2012 to be heavily weighted towardthe first half of the year, assuming no material improvement in the macroeconomic environment and no comparable outage events in 2012. Because of this,our historical seasonality patterns may not apply in 2012.We maintain a flexible production schedule in order to respond to outage-driven peak demand, but typically increase production levels in the second and thirdquarters of each year. 30Table of Contents Transactions with CCMPIn November 2006, affiliates of CCMP, together with certain other investors and members of our management, purchased an aggregate of $689 million of ourequity capital. In addition, on November 10, 2006, Generac Power Systems borrowed an aggregate of $1.38 billion, consisting of an initial drawdown of$950 million under a $1.1 billion first lien secured credit facility and $430 million under a $430 million second lien secured credit facility. With the proceedsfrom these equity and debt financings, together with cash on hand at Generac Power Systems, we (1) acquired all of the capital stock of Generac PowerSystems and repaid certain pre-transaction indebtedness of Generac Power Systems for $2.0 billion, (2) paid $66 million in transaction costs related to thetransaction and (3) retained $3 million for general corporate purposes. For additional information concerning these and other historical transactions withCCMP, see “Item 1—Business—History—CCMP transactions.”During 2007, affiliates of CCMP acquired $80.3 million principal amount of second lien term loans for approximately $60.0 million. CCMP's affiliatesexchanged this debt for additional shares of Class B Common Stock. The fair value of the shares exchanged was $60.0 million. We recorded this transactionas additional Class B Common Stock of $60.0 million based on the fair value of the debt contributed by CCMP's affiliates, which approximated the fairvalue of shares exchanged. The debt was held in treasury at face value. Consequently, we recorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $18.8 million, whichincludes the write-off of deferred financing fees and other closing costs, in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007.During 2008, affiliates of CCMP acquired $148.9 million principal amount of second lien term loans for approximately $81.1 million. CCMP's affiliatesexchanged $24.0 million principal amount of this debt for additional shares of Class B Common Stock and $124.9 million principal amount of this debt forshares of our Series A Preferred Stock. The fair value of the shares of our Class B Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock so exchanged was $18.2million and $62.9 million, respectively. We recorded this transaction as Series A Preferred Stock of $62.9 million and Class B Common Stock of $18.2million based on the fair value of the debt contributed by CCMP's affiliates, which approximated the fair value of shares exchanged. The debt was held intreasury at face value. Consequently, we recorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $65.4 million, which includes the write-off of deferred financing feesand other closing costs, in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.As of September 30, 2008, we failed to satisfy the leverage ratio in our senior secured credit facilities. As permitted by the credit agreement, in November,2008, this violation was remedied by an equity contribution of $15,500,000 from affiliates of CCMP, in exchange for 1,550 shares of Series A Preferredstock.During 2009, affiliates of CCMP acquired $9.9 million principal amount of first lien term loans and $20.0 million principal amount of second lien termloans for approximately $14.8 million. CCMP's affiliates exchanged this debt for 1,475.4596 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The fair value of the sharesexchanged was $14.8 million. We recorded this transaction as additional Series A Preferred Stock of $14.8 million based on the fair value of the debtcontributed by CCMP's affiliates, which approximated the fair value of shares exchanged. The debt was held in treasury at face value. Consequently, werecorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $14.7 million, which includes a write-off of deferred financing fees and other closing costs, in the consolidatedstatement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.In connection with such issuances of our Class B Common Stock to affiliates of CCMP in connection with debt exchanges in 2007 and 2008 and thesatisfaction of preemptive rights under the shareholders' agreement that arose from such issuances, affiliates of CCMP sold some of the shares of our Class BCommon Stock they were issued in connection with such debt exchanges to an entity affiliated with CCMP, certain other investors and certain members of ourmanagement and board of directors. In addition, in connection with such issuances of our Series A Preferred Stock to affiliates and CCMP in connection withdebt exchanges in 2008 and 2009 and the satisfaction of preemptive rights under the shareholders' agreement that arose from such issuances, during the yearended December 31, 2009, we issued 2,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $20.0 million in cash to an entity affiliatedwith CCMP and certain members of management and our board of directors, and affiliates of CCMP sold some of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock theywere previously issued in connection with such debt exchanges to an entity affiliated with CCMP and a member of the board of directors at the same price.Corporate reorganizationOur capitalization prior to the initial public offering consisted of Series A Preferred Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock. OurSeries A Preferred Stock was entitled to a priority return preference equal to a 14% annual return on the amount originally paid for such shares and equityparticipation equal to 24.3% of the remaining equity value of the Company. Our Class B Common Stock was entitled to a priority return preference equal to a10% annual return on the amount originally paid for such shares. In connection with the initial public offering, we undertook a corporate reorganization whichgave effect to the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock and Class B Common Stock into the same class of our common stock that was sold in our initialpublic offering while taking into account the rights and preference of those shares, including the priority returns of our Series A Preferred Stock and ourClass B Common Stock and the equity participation rights of the Series A Preferred Stock. A reverse stock split was needed to reduce the number of shares tobe issued to holders of our Class A and Class B Common Stock to the number that correctly reflected the proportionate interest of such stockholders in ourcompany, taking into account the number of shares of common stock to be issued upon the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock and the number andvalue of shares of common stock to be issued and sold to new investors in the initial public offering. We refer to these transactions as the “CorporateReorganization.” The specific steps in the Corporate Reorganization were as follows: 31Table of Contents Treatment of Class B Common StockOur certificate of incorporation prior to the offering provided for the mandatory conversion of our Class B Voting Common Stock to Class A Common Stockin the event of an initial public offering, so that our Class B Common Stock is converted into the same class of our common stock that is to be offered in aninitial public offering taking into account of the value, rights and preferences of our Class B Common Stock. In accordance with the terms of our certificate ofincorporation prior to the offering, at the time we entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the initial public offering, each share of our Class BCommon Stock automatically converted into a number of shares of our Class A Common Stock equal to one plus the quotient obtained by dividing (i)(x) theamount paid for such share of Class B Common Stock plus (y) an increase to such amount equal to 10% per annum calculated and compounded quarterly onthe basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and which increased amount shall be deemed to have accrued on a daily basis (i.e., the “Class BReturn”), by (ii) the public offering price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). We refer to this as the “Class B Conversion.” Each share of ourClass B Common Stock converted into 1,118.440 shares of our Class A Common Stock (i.e., the “Class B Conversion Ratio”). As a result of the Class BConversion, we issued an aggregate of 88,484,700 shares of our Class A Common Stock.Reverse stock splitImmediately following the Class B Conversion, we effected a 3.294 for one reverse stock split of our then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock,including those shares of our Class A Common Stock issued as part of the Class B Conversion, which decreased the number of shares of our Class ACommon Stock immediately after the Class B Conversion from 88,490,028 shares to 26,861,523 shares. We refer to this as the “Reverse Stock Split.”Treatment of Series A Preferred StockThe certificate of designations for our Series A Preferred Stock prior to our initial public offering provided for the mandatory conversion of the Series APreferred Stock to Class A Common Stock in the event of an initial public offering, so that our Series A Preferred Stock is converted into the same class of ourcommon stock that is to be offered in an initial public offering taking into account of the value, rights and preferences of our Series A Preferred Stock. Inaccordance with the terms of the certificate of designations to our Series A Preferred Stock and our certificate of incorporation prior to the offering, promptlyfollowing the time we entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the initial public offering, each share of our Series A Preferred Stock automaticallyconverted into a number of shares of our Class A Common Stock equal to the sum of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (i)(w) the amount paid for suchshare of Series A Preferred Stock plus (x) an increase to such amount equal to 14% per annum calculated and compounded quarterly on the basis of a 360-dayyear of twelve 30-day months and which increased amount shall be deemed to have accrued on a daily basis (the “Series A Preferred Return”), by (ii) thepublic offering price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions), plus (B) the product of (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and thedenominator of which is the number of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock outstanding at such time, and (z) an additional number of shares of our Class ACommon Stock that, when added to the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding at such time, including after giving effect to the ClassB Conversion and the Reverse Stock Split, equaled 24.3% of the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding at such time (excluding theshares issued pursuant to clause (A) above). We refer to this as the “Series A Preferred Conversion.” Each share of our Series A Preferred Stock converted into1,724.976 shares of our Class A Common Stock (i.e., the “Series A Preferred Conversion Ratio”). As a result of the Series A Preferred Conversion, we issuedan aggregate of 19,511,018 shares of our Class A Common Stock.Reclassification of Class A Common StockAfter giving effect to the Class B Conversion, the Reverse Stock Split and the Series A Preferred Conversion, there were 46,372,541 shares of Class ACommon Stock which were reclassified as common stock.Initial public offeringOn February 17, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering of 18,750,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $13.00 per share. Inaddition, the underwriters exercised their option and purchased an additional 1,950,500 shares of the Company’s common stock from the Company onMarch 18, 2010. We received a total of approximately $247.9 million in net proceeds from the initial public offering and underwriters’ option exercise, afterdeducting the underwriting discounts and expenses. Immediately following the Corporate Reorganization, the IPO and underwriters’ option exercise, we had67,529,290 total shares of common stock outstanding. 32Table of Contents Repayment of debtIn February 2010, we used $221.6 million in net proceeds from the initial closing of the IPO to pay down our second lien term loan in full and to pay down aportion of our first lien term loan. In addition, in March 2010, December 2010, April 2011 and December 2011, we used $138.5 million, $74.2 million,$24.7 million and $34.6 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents on hand to further pay down our first lien term loan. As a result of these debtrepayments, the outstanding balance on the first lien credit facility has been reduced to $597.9 million as of December 31, 2011, and our second lien creditfacility has been repaid in full and terminated. This reduction in debt will have a significant impact on cash flows as a result of lower interest expense infuture periods, based on current LIBOR rates.Additionally, in connection with our refinancing on February 9, 2012, we used $22.9 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand to further pay down ourfirst lien term loan. We classified this portion of debt as a current liability in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. Components of net sales and expensesNet salesSubstantially all of our net sales are generated through the sale of our generators and other engine powered products to the residential, commercial andindustrial markets. We also sell engines to certain customers and service parts to our dealer network. Net sales are recognized upon shipment of products toour customers. Net sales also includes shipping and handling charges billed to customers which are recognized at the time of shipment of products to ourcustomers. Related freight costs are included in cost of sales. Our generators and other products are fueled by natural gas, liquid propane, gasoline, diesel orBi-Fuel™ systems with power output from 800W to 9mW. Our products are primarily manufactured and assembled at our Wisconsin facilities anddistributed through thousands of outlets across the United States and Canada. Our smaller kW generators for the residential, portable and commercialmarkets are typically built to stock, while our larger kW products for the industrial markets are generally customized and built to order.Our net sales are affected primarily by the U.S. economy as sales outside of the United States represent only approximately 5% of total net sales.We are not dependent on any one channel or customer for our net sales, with no single customer representing more than 8% of our net sales for the year endedDecember 31, 2011 and our top ten customers representing less than 30% of our net sales for the same period.Costs of goods soldThe principal elements of costs of goods sold in our manufacturing operations are component parts, raw materials, factory overhead and labor. Componentparts and raw materials comprised over 80% of costs of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2011. The principal component parts are engines andalternators. We design and manufacture air-cooled engines for certain of our products smaller than 20kW. We source engines for some of our smaller productsand all of our products larger than 20kW. We design all the alternators for our units and manufacture alternators for certain of our units. We also manufactureother generator components where we believe we have a design and cost advantage. We source component parts from an extensive global network of reliable,low-cost suppliers.The principal raw materials used in our manufacturing processes and in the manufacturing of the components we source are steel, copper and aluminum. Weare susceptible to fluctuations in the cost of these commodities, impacting our costs of goods sold. We seek to mitigate the impact of commodity prices on ourbusiness through a continued focus on product design improvements and price increases in our products. However, there is typically a lag between rawmaterial price fluctuations and their effect on our costs of goods sold.Other sources of costs include our manufacturing facilities, which require significant factory overhead, labor and shipping costs. Factory overhead includesutilities, support personnel, depreciation, general supplies and support and maintenance. Although we maintain a low-cost, largely non-union workforce andflexible manufacturing processes, our margins can be impacted when we cannot promptly decrease labor and manufacturing costs to match declines in netsales.Operating expensesOur operating expenses consist of costs incurred to support our marketing, distribution, engineering, information systems, human resources, finance,purchasing, risk management, legal and tax functions. All of these categories include personnel costs such as salaries, bonuses, employee benefit costs andtaxes. We typically classify our operating expenses into four categories: selling and service, research and development, general and administrative, andamortization of intangibles. 33Table of Contents Selling and service. Our selling and service expenses consist primarily of personnel expense, marketing expense, warranty expense and other sales expenses.Our personnel expense recorded in selling and services expenses includes the expense of our sales force responsible for our national accounts and otherpersonnel involved in the marketing and sales of our products. Warranty expense, which is recorded at the time of sale, is estimated based on historical trends.Our marketing expenses include direct mail costs, printed material costs, product display costs, market research expenses, trade show expenses and mediaadvertising. Marketing expenses generally increase as our sales efforts increase and are related to the launch of new product offerings and opportunities withinselected markets or associated with specific events such as awareness marketing in areas impacted by storms, participation in trade shows and other events.Research and development. Our research and development expenses support over 130 active research and development projects. We currently operate fouradvanced facilities and employ over 150 engineers who focus on new product development, existing product improvement and cost reduction. Ourcommitment to research and development has resulted in a significant portfolio of approximately 90 U.S. and international patents and patent applications.Our research and development costs are expensed as incurred.General and administrative. Our general and administrative expenses include personnel costs for general and administrative employees, accounting andlegal professional services fees, information technology costs, insurance, travel and entertainment expense and other corporate expense.Amortization of intangibles. Our amortization of intangibles expenses include the straight-line amortization of customer lists, patents and other intangiblesassets.Goodwill and trade name. Goodwill primarily represents the excess of the amount paid to acquire us over the estimated fair value of the net tangible andintangible assets acquired as of the November 2006 date of the CCMP Transactions.Other indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names. The fair value of trade names is measured using a relief-from-royalty approach, which assumesthe fair value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid had we not owned the trade name and instead licensed the tradename from another company.In 2011, we recorded a non-cash charge which primarily related to the write down of a certain trade name. Please see “Critical accounting policies—Goodwilland other intangible assets” for additional detail on this charge.Other income (expense)Our other income (expense) includes the interest expense on the outstanding balances of our $950.0 million first lien term loan, $430.0 million second lien termloan and $150.0 million revolving credit facility entered into in November 2006, and the amortization of debt financing costs. In February 2010, we used thenet proceeds from the initial closing of the initial public offering to pay down our second lien term loan in full and to pay down a portion of our first lien termloan. In addition, in March 2010, December 2010, April 2011 and December 2011, we used cash and cash equivalents on hand to further pay down our firstlien term loan principal. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The amountsborrowed under our term loans bear interest at rates based upon either a base rate or LIBOR, plus an applicable margin. We also earn interest income on ourcash and cash equivalents, which is included in other income (expense). We also recorded expenses related to interest rate swap agreements, which had anotional amount of $300.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2010 at an average rate of 1.5%, and a notional amount of $300.0 million outstanding atDecember 31, 2011 at an average rate of 1.5%. Other income (expense) may also include other financial items such as extinguishment of debt.Costs related to acquisition. In 2011, our other expenses include one-time transaction-related expenses related to the acquisition of the Magnum business. 34Table of Contents Results of operationsYear ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the periods indicated: Year ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) 2010 2011 Net sales $592,880 $791,976 Costs of goods sold 355,523 497,322 Gross profit 237,357 294,654 Operating expenses: Selling and service 57,954 77,776 Research and development 14,700 16,476 General and administrative 22,599 30,012 Amortization of intangibles 51,808 48,020 Trade name write-down - 9,389 Total operating expenses 147,061 181,673 Income from operations 90,296 112,981 Total other expense, net (33,076) (26,015)Income before provision for income taxes 57,220 86,966 Provision for income taxes 307 (237,677)Net income $56,913 $324,643 Year ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) 2010 2011 Residential power products $372,782 $491,016 Commercial & Industrial power products 183,555 250,270 Other 36,543 50,690 Net sales $592,880 $791,976 Net sales. Net sales increased $199.1 million, or 33.6%, to $792.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $592.9 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2010. This increase was driven by a $118.2 million, or a 31.7%, increase in residential product sales largely driven by demand created by themajor power outages in the third and fourth quarters of 2011. The frequency and duration of these major outages in certain regions of the country led to asurge in demand for portable generators as well as increased awareness and accelerated adoption of home standby generators. Commercial and industrialproduct sales increased $66.7 million, or 36.3%. Magnum Products contributed $36.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2011. In addition, overall capitalspending from our national account customers and strong demand for our large industrial systems also contributed to increased commercial and industrialsales. Other product sales increased $14.1 million mainly due to stronger service parts sales as a result of the major power outage events during the secondhalf of 2011. Magnum Products also contributed $2.3 million to service parts sales during the fourth quarter of 2011. 35Table of Contents Costs of goods sold. Costs of goods sold increased $141.8 million, or 39.9%, to $497.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $355.5 millionfor the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was mainly driven by the increase in sales volume and the addition of Magnum Products during thefourth quarter.Gross profit. Gross profit increased $57.3 million, or 24.1%, to $294.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $237.4 million for the yearended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the factors affecting net sales and cost of goods sold described above. As a percent of net sales, gross profit marginfor the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased to 37.2% from 40.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decline is primarily attributable to a highersales mix of lower margin portable generators during 2011 and the mix impact from the addition of the Magnum Products business during the fourth quarterof 2011. To a lesser extent, higher commodity costs versus the prior year also contributed to the year-over-year gross margin decline.Operating expenses. Operating expenses increased $34.6 million to $181.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $147.1 million for the yearended December 31, 2010. Selling and service expenses increased $19.8 million due to higher variable operating expenses and incentive compensation as aresult of higher sales experienced during 2011. General and administration costs increased $7.4 million mainly due to increased incentive compensation andincremental stock-based compensation expense. Operating expenses also increased as a result of investments made in infrastructure in 2011 to support thestrategic growth initiatives of the Company. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2011 the Company recorded a $9.4 million non-cash charge which primarilyrelated to the write down of a certain trade name as we strategically transition to the Generac brand.Other expense. Other expense decreased $7.1 million, or 21.3%, to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $33.1 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2010. This decrease was driven by a decline in interest expense of $3.7 million as a result of approximately $134 million of debt pre-paymentsmade over the last thirteen months. In addition, there was a $4.4 million decrease in the write-off of deferred financing costs related to debtextinguishment. Partially offsetting the aforementioned decreases are transaction costs related to the Magnum Products acquisition totaling $0.9 million.Income tax expense. Income tax expense decreased $238.0 million to a benefit of $237.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $0.3 million forthe year ended December 31, 2011 due to a reversal of the full valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets. See discussion in Item 8 – Financial Statementsand Supplementary Data – Note 9 for additional information.Net income. As a result of the factors identified above, we generated net income of $324.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to a netincome of $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in net income is due to the items previously described.Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased to $188.5 million, compared to $156.2 million in 2010, due to the factors previously discussed. Adjusted net income. Adjusted Net Income increased to $147.2 million in 2011 compared to $116.0 million in 2010, due to the factors discussed above.Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to year ended December 31, 2009The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the periods indicated: Year ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) 2009 2010 Net sales $588,248 $592,880 Costs of goods sold 352,398 355,523 Gross profit 235,850 237,357 Operating expenses: Selling and service 59,823 57,954 Research and development 10,842 14,700 General and administrative 14,713 22,599 Amortization of intangibles 51,960 51,808 Total operating expenses 137,338 147,061 Income (loss) from operations 98,512 90,296 Total other expense, net (55,118) (33,076)Loss before provision for income taxes 43,394 57,220 Provision for income taxes 339 307 Net loss $43,055 $56,913 36Table of Contents Year ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands)2009 2010 Residential power products $370,740 $372,782 Commercial & Industrial power products 187,323 183,555 Other 30,185 36,543 Net sales $588,248 $592,880 Net sales. Net sales increased $4.6 million, or 0.8%, to $592.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $588.2 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2009. This increase was driven by a $2.0 million, or a 0.6%, increase in sales to the residential markets due to continued expansion of theCompany’s distribution network and successful new product launches, offset by continued weakness in U.S. residential investment. This residentialproduct sales increase was offset by a $3.8 million, or 2.0%, decline in industrial and commercial product sales as a result of market declines in non-residential construction and reduced capital spending by national account customers. Although a decrease for the full year, industrial and commercial productsales displayed strong momentum in the second half of fiscal 2010 as end markets recovered. Other product sales increased $6.4 million as a result ofstronger RV, OEM engine and service parts sales.Costs of goods sold. Costs of goods sold increased $3.1 million, or 0.9%, to $355.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $352.4 million forthe year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven by a $4.4 million increase in materials cost, primarily due to higher steel, copper and aluminumcosts, as well as by the increase in sales volume, partially offset by lower manufacturing overhead costs.Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.5 million, or 0.6%, to $237.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $235.9 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2011, primarily due to the factors affecting net sales and cost of goods sold described above. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreasedslightly to 40.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 40.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009.Operating expenses. Operating expenses increased $9.7 million to $147.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $137.3 million for the yearended December 31, 2009. This increase is due to incremental research and development costs of $3.9 million related to ongoing product development. Inaddition, general and administrative expenses increased $7.9 million, of which $6.4 million was related to non-cash stock compensation expense recorded forthe time vesting of equity awards granted in connection with the IPO. The remaining increase in administrative costs was associated with additional costs tooperate as a public company.Other expense. Other expense decreased $22.0 million, or 40.0%, to $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $55.1 million for the yearended December 31, 2009. This decrease was driven by a decline in interest expense of $43.5 million as a result of our reduction in indebtedness, lowerLIBOR rates and the termination of certain interest rate swap agreements. Offsetting this interest expense decline in 2010, there was a prior year gain onextinguishment of debt of $14.7 million that did not occur in 2010, as well as the current year write-off of deferred financing costs related to debtextinguishment of $4.8 million.Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, unchanged from the year ended December 31, 2009. Incometax expense primarily relates to certain state income taxes based on profitability measures other than net income.Net income. As a result of the factors identified above, we generated net income of $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to a netincome of $43.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in net income is due to the items previously described.Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA decreased to $156.2 million, compared to $159.1 million in 2009, as modest sales growth and consistent grossmargins were more than offset by increased investment in the business. Adjusted EBITDA margins declined slightly in fiscal 2010 to 26.4% compared to27.0% in fiscal 2009. 37Table of Contents Adjusted net income. Adjusted Net Income increased to $115.9 million in 2010 compared to $83.6 million in 2009. The increase in adjusted net income wasattributable to lower interest expense versus prior yearoffset by non-cash stock compensation expenses and reduced Adjusted EBITDA compared to fiscal 2009.Liquidity and financial positionOur primary cash requirements include the payment of our raw material and components suppliers, salaries & benefits, operating expenses, interest andprincipal payments on our debt, and capital expenditures. We finance our operations primarily through cash flow generated from operations and, if necessary,borrowings under our revolving credit facility. In November 2006, Generac Power Systems entered into a seven-year $950.0 million first lien term loan, aseven-and-a-half year $430.0 million second lien term loan, and a six-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility. During 2010 and 2011, we used the netproceeds of our initial public offering and a substantial portion of our cash and cash equivalents on hand totaling $493.8 million to pay down our second lienterm loans in full and to repay a portion of our first lien term loan. As a result of these pay downs, the outstanding balance on the first lien credit facility hasbeen reduced to $597.9 million as of December 31, 2011, and our second lien credit facility has been repaid in full and terminated.At December 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $93.1 million and $144.2 million of availability under our revolving credit facility. Our totalindebtedness was $597.9 million at December 31, 2011.On February 9, 2012, Generac Power Systems repaid an additional $22.9 million against its first lien term loan and entered into a new credit agreement. Thenew credit agreement provides for borrowings under a new five-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility, a five-year $325.0 million tranche A term loanfacility and a seven-year $250.0 million tranche B term loan facility. Proceeds received by the Company from loans made under the new credit agreement wereused to repay in full all outstanding borrowings under the former credit agreement, dated as of November 10, 2006, as amended from time to time, and forgeneral corporate purposes. As a result of the repayments of debt and refinancing, our total indebtedness was $575.0 million at February 9, 2012.Long-term liquidityWe believe that our cash flow from operations, our availability under our revolving credit facility, combined with our low ongoing capital expenditurerequirements and favorable tax attributes, will provide us with sufficient capital to continue to grow our business in the next twelve months and beyond.However, even with our reduced leverage, we will use a portion of our cash flow to pay interest on our outstanding debt, impacting the amount available forworking capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. As we continue to expand our business, we may in the future require additionalcapital to fund working capital, capital expenditures, or acquisitions.Cash flowYear ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010The following table summarizes our cash flows by category for the periods presented: Year ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands)2010 2011 Change % Change Net cash provided by operating activities $114,481 $169,712 $55,231 48.2%Net cash used in investing activities $(11,204) $(95,953) $(84,749) -756.4%Net cash used in financing activities $(186,001) $(59,216) $126,785 68.2%Net cash provided by operating activities was $169.7 million for 2011 compared to $114.5 million in 2010. This increase of $55.2 million, or 48.2%, isprimarily attributable to increased sales volume during 2011 and to a lesser extent favorable net cash inflows from working capital in 2011 compared to netcash flow outflows from working capital in 2010. 38Table of Contents Net cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $96.0 million. This included $12.1 million used for the purchase ofproperty and equipment and $83.9 million for the acquisition of the Magnum Products business. Net cash used for investing activities for the year endedDecember 31, 2010 was $11.2 million and included $9.6 million used for the purchase of property and equipment and $1.6 million for a businessacquisition, net of cash acquired.Net cash used in financing activities was $59.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $126.8 million in net cash outflows from 2010due to higher levels of debt payments made in 2010 totaling $434.3 million which were offset by $248.3 million of proceeds from the issuance of commonstock. In 2011, $59.4 million of payments on debt were made.Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to year ended December 31, 2009The following table summarizes our cash flows by category for the periods presented: Year ended December 31, (Dollars in thousands) 2009 2010 Change % Change Net cash provided by operating activities $74,607 $114,481 $39,874 53.4%Net cash used in investing activities $(4,351) $(11,204) $(6,853) -157.5%Net cash provided (used) by financing activities $9,822 $(186,001) $(195,823) -1,993.7%Net cash provided by operating activities was $114.5 million for 2010 compared to $74.6 million in 2009. This increase of $39.9 million represents a53.4% increase over prior year mainly due to the reduction of cash paid for interest expense of $38.8 million. A reduction in working capital usage alsocontributed to the full year 2010 cash flow improvement as well.Net cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $11.2 million and included $9.6 million used for the purchase of propertyand equipment and $1.6 million for a business acquisition, net of cash acquired. Net cash used for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009was $4.4 million and included $4.5 million used for the purchase of property and equipment. The increase in property and equipment purchases in 2010relates to certain product development and cost reduction projects.Net cash provided (used) by financing activities was $(186.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $195.8 million from 2009, duemainly to $248.3 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock, offset by payments on debt of $434.3 million. Net cash provided by financingactivities was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to a $20.0 million capital contribution in exchange for shares of our Series A PreferredStock, offset by principal payments on our first lien term loan of $9.5 million and $0.7 million of payments incurred in advance of our IPO. Senior secured credit facilitiesIn November 2006, as part of the CCMP Transactions, Generac Power Systems entered into (i) a first lien credit facility with Goldman Sachs Credit PartnersL.P., as administrative agent, composed of (x) a $950.0 million term loan, which was scheduled to mature in November 2013 and (y) a $150 millionrevolving credit facility, which was scheduled to mature in November 2012, and (ii) a second lien credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., asadministrative agent, composed of a $430.0 million term loan, which was scheduled to mature in May 2014. The effective interest rate on the first lien creditfacility term loan on December 31, 2011 was 3.2%. The effective interest rate, excluding the effect of interest rate swaps in place on the first lien credit facilityterm loan on December 31, 2011, was 2.8%.During 2010 and 2011, we used the net proceeds of our initial public offering and a substantial portion of our cash and cash equivalents on hand totaling$493.8 million to pay down our second lien term loans in full and to repay a portion of our first lien term loans. As a result of these pay downs, theoutstanding balance on the first lien credit facility was reduced to $597.9 million as of December 31, 2011, and our second lien credit facility was repaid infull and terminated. Additional information on this credit facility can be found in the Notes to Consolidated financial Statements – Note 6 Credit Agreements. 39Table of Contents On February 9, 2012, Generac Power Systems repaid an additional $22.9 million against its first lien term loan and entered into new senior secured creditfacilities. The new credit facilities include a new five-year $150.0 million revolving credit facility, a five-year $325.0 million tranche A term loan facility anda seven-year $250.0 million tranche B term loan facility. Proceeds from loans made under the new credit facilities were used to repay in full all first lien termloans outstanding under our former first lien credit facility, and for general corporate purposes. As a result of the repayments of debt and refinancing, our totalindebtedness was $575.0 million and there were no borrowings on the revolving credit facility at February 9, 2012.The new revolving credit facility and tranche A term loan facility initially bear interest at rates based upon either a base rate plus an applicable margin of1.25% or adjusted LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 2.25%. The tranche B term loan facility bears interest at rates based upon either a base rate(which, with respect to such tranche B term loan facility, will not be less than 2.00%) plus an applicable margin of 1.75% or adjusted LIBOR rate (which,with respect to such tranche B term loan facility, will not be less than 1.00%) plus an applicable margin of 2.75%. In subsequent periods, the new revolvingcredit facility and the tranche A term loan facility will bear interest at rates based upon either a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to1.50% or adjusted LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.50%, each determined based on a leverage ratio.Amounts under the new revolving credit facility can be borrowed and repaid, from time to time, at our option, provided there is no default or event of defaultunder the new credit facilities.The principal amount of the tranche A term loan amortizes in equal installments of $4.063 million on the first day of each fiscal quarter commencing on July1, 2012 through April 1, 2014, then equal installments of $8.125 million on the first day of each fiscal quarter commencing July 1, 2014 through April 1,2015, then equal installments of $10.156 million on the first day of each fiscal quarter commencing July 1, 2015 through January 1, 2017, with a finalpayment of $188.906 million on February 9, 2017. The principal amount of the tranche B term loan amortizes in equal installments of $0.625 million onthe first day of each fiscal quarter commencing on July 1, 2012 through January 1, 2019, with a final payment of $233.125 million on February 9,2019. Any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due on February 9, 2017.The new credit facilities restrict the circumstances in which distributions and dividends can be paid by Generac Power Systems, as the borrower. Paymentscan be made by Generac Power Systems to us for certain expenses such as operating expenses in the ordinary course and dividends can be used to repurchaseequity interests, subject to limitation in certain circumstances. Additionally, the new credit facilities restrict the aggregate amount of dividends anddistributions that can be paid and, in certain circumstances, requires the maintenance of certain leverage ratios in order to pay certain dividends ordistributions.The new credit facilities permit Generac Power Systems to prepay its borrowings under the tranche A term loan facility, the tranche B term loan facility and therevolving credit facility, subject to the procedures set forth in the new credit agreement applicable to the new credit facilities. In certain circumstances, GeneracPower Systems may be required to make prepayments on its outstanding borrowings under the new credit facilities if it receives proceeds as a result of certainasset sales, debt issuances, casualty or similar events of loss or if Generac Power Systems has excess cash flow (as defined in the new credit facilities).The new credit agreement contains customary events of default, including, among others, nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, failure toperform covenants, inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect, cross-defaults with other material indebtedness, certain undischargedjudgments, the occurrence of certain ERISA or bankruptcy or insolvency events or the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the new creditagreement). Upon an event of default under the new credit agreement, the lenders may declare the loans and all other obligations under the new credit agreementimmediately due and payable and require Generac Power Systems to cash collateralize the outstanding letter of credit obligations. A bankruptcy or insolvencyevent of default causes such obligations to automatically become immediately due and payable.The borrowings under the new credit facilities are secured by associated collateral agreements which pledge virtually all assets of Generac Power Systems andthe guarantors of the new credit facilities. The new credit agreement requires Generac Power Systems, among other things, to meet certain financial andnonfinancial covenants and maintain a consolidated net leverage ratio not exceeding certain agreed levels and an interest coverage ratio not to decline belowcertain agreed levels. 40Table of Contents Covenant complianceThe first lien credit facility in place at December 31, 2011 required Generac Power Systems to maintain a leverage ratio of consolidated total debt, net ofunrestricted cash and marketable securities, to EBITDA (as defined in such first lien credit facility). We refer to the calculation of EBITDA under and asdefined in such first lien credit facility in this annual report as “Covenant EBITDA.” Covenant EBITDA and the leverage ratio were calculated based on thefour most recently completed fiscal quarters of Generac Power Systems. Based on the formulations set forth in the first lien credit facility, Generac PowerSystems was required to maintain a maximum leverage ratio of 4.75 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2011 and for the remainder of the term of such first lien creditagreement. As of December 31, 2011, Generac Power Systems’ leverage ratio was 2.83 to 1.00. Failure to comply with this covenant would have resulted inan event of default under the first lien credit facility unless waived by the lender thereunder. Generac Power Systems was in compliance with the financialcovenants under the first lien credit facility as of December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. Additional information on the first liencredit facility can be found in the Notes to Consolidated financial Statements – Note 6 Credit Agreements.The new credit facilities, effective February 9, 2012, requires Generac Power Systems to maintain a leverage ratio of consolidated total debt, net of unrestrictedcash and marketable securities, to EBITDA (as defined in the new credit agreement) and an interest coverage ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense (asdefined in the new credit agreement). The calculation of EBITDA under and as defined in the new credit agreement is referred to in this annual report as“Covenant EBITDA.” Covenant EBITDA, the leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio are calculated based on the four most recently completed fiscalquarters of Generac Power Systems. Based on the formulations set forth in the new credit agreement, Generac Power Systems is required to maintain amaximum leverage ratio of 4.00 to 1.00 from the periods June 30, 2012 to September 30, 2012, and 3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. Additionally, Generac PowerSystems is required to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.50 to 1.00 from June 30, 2012 to September 30, 2012, 2.75 to 1.00 from December 31,2012 to June 30, 2013, 3.00 to 1.00 from September 30, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and 3.25 to 1.00 thereafter.Our compliance with the financial covenants and satisfaction of certain leverage based ratios are used in determining, among other things, the interest rateapplicable to the outstanding loans under the new credit facilities, the ability to undertake business acquisitions, the ability to incur certain types ofindebtedness and the amount of dividends and distributions that are permitted to be paid to our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions.An event of default under the new credit facilities could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under such facilities, and we may be unable to repay orfinance the amounts due. If there were an event of default as a result of a failure to maintain our required leverage ratio or otherwise, it would have an adverseeffect on our financial condition and liquidity, including preventing us from utilizing our revolving credit facility. In addition, the new credit facilities restrictour ability to take certain actions, such as incur additional debt or make certain acquisitions, if we are unable to meet our leverage ratio.In addition to the financial covenant described above, the new credit facilities contain certain other affirmative and negative covenants that, among otherthings, provide limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, liens on property, sale and leaseback transactions, investments, loans and advances,merger or consolidation, asset sales, acquisitions, transactions with affiliates, prepayments of any other indebtedness and modifications of Generac PowerSystems’ organizational documents.As of December 31, 2011, $597.9 million of borrowings were outstanding under the first lien credit facility. As of December 31, 2010, $657.2 million ofborrowings were outstanding under the first lien credit facility. As previously disclosed, on February 9, 2012, Generac Power Systems repaid an additional$22.9 million against its first lien credit facility and entered into new credit facilities. As of February 9, 2012, a total of $575.0 million were outstandingunder the new credit facilities.Contractual obligations The following table summarizes our expected payments for significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011: Payment due by period(Dollars in thousands)Contractual obligationsTotal Less than 1 year 2-3 years 4-5 years After 5 years Long-term debt, including current portion (1) $597,874 $-- $597,874 $-- -- Interest on long-term debt(2) 31,665 17,043 14,622 -- -- Operating leases 1,325 479 818 28 -- Total contractual cash obligations(3) $630,864 $17,522 $613,314 $28 $-- (1) On February 9, 2012, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a new credit agreement with certain commercial banks and other lenders. The new creditagreement provides for borrowings under a new $150.0 million revolving credit facility, a $325.0 million tranche A term loan facility and a $250.0 milliontranche B term loan facility. The new revolving credit facility and tranche A term loan facility mature February 9, 2017, and the tranche B term loan facilitymatures February 9, 2019.(2) Assumes all debt will remain outstanding until maturity and using the interest rates in effect for our senior secured credit facilities as of December 31,2011.(3) Pension obligations are excluded from this table as we are unable to estimate the timing of payment due to the inherent assumptions underlying theobligation. However, the Company estimates we will contribute $2.9 million to our pension plans in 2012. 41Table of Contents Capital expendituresOur operations require capital expenditures for technology, tooling, equipment, capacity expansion and upgrades. Capital expenditures were $12.1 million forthe year ended December 31, 2011, and were funded through cash from operations. Capital expenditures were $9.6 million for the year ended December 31,2010, and were also funded through cash from operations.Off-balance sheet arrangementsWe have an arrangement with a finance company to provide floor plan financing for selected dealers. This arrangement provides liquidity for our dealers byfinancing dealer purchases of products with credit availability from the finance company. We receive payment from the finance company after shipment ofproduct to the dealer and our dealers are given a longer period of time to pay the finance provider. If our dealers do not pay the finance company, we may berequired to repurchase the applicable inventory held by the dealer.Total inventory financed accounted for approximately 7% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 and approximately 6% of net sales for the yearended December 31, 2011. The amount financed by dealers which remained outstanding was $9.8 million and $10.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and2011, respectively.Critical accounting policiesIn preparing the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., management is required to make estimates andassumptions that have an impact on the asset, liability, revenue and expense amounts reported. These estimates can also affect supplemental informationdisclosures of the Company, including information about contingencies, risk and financial condition. The Company believes, given current facts andcircumstances, that its estimates and assumptions are reasonable, adhere to accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., and are consistently applied.Inherent in the nature of an estimate or assumption is the fact that actual results may differ from estimates and estimates may vary as new facts andcircumstances arise. The Company makes routine estimates and judgments in determining net realizable value of accounts receivable, inventories, property,plant and equipment, and prepaid expenses. Management believes the Company’s most critical accounting estimates and assumptions are in the followingareas: goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessment, defined benefit pension obligations, estimates of allowance for doubtfulaccounts, excess and obsolete inventory reserves, product warranty, other contingencies, derivative accounting, income taxes, and share based compensation.Goodwill and other intangible assetsWe perform an annual impairment test for goodwill and trade names and more frequently if an event or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss hasbeen incurred. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or businessclimate that could affect the value of an asset. The analysis of potential impairment of goodwill requires a two-step process. The first step is the estimation offair value of the applicable reporting unit. Estimated fair value is based on management judgments and assumptions with the assistance of a third-partyvaluation firm, and those fair values are compared with our aggregate carrying value of the respective reporting unit. If our fair value is greater than thecarrying amount, there is no impairment. If our carrying amount is greater than the fair value, then the second step must be completed to measure the amountof impairment, if any.The second step calculates the implied fair value of the goodwill, which is compared to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated byvaluing all of the tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit at the hypothetical fair value, assuming the reporting unit had been acquired in a businesscombination. The excess of the fair value of the entire reporting unit over the fair value of its identifiable assets and liabilities is the implied fair value ofgoodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. The Company performed the required annual impairment tests for goodwill as of October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and found no impairment of goodwill.During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company decided to strategically transition certain products to their more widely known Generac brand. Based on thisdecision, the Company recorded a $9.4 million non-cash charge which primarily related to the write down of the impacted trade name to net realizable value. Inaddition, the Company performed its annual fair value-based impairment test as of October 31, 2011. Except as noted, no impairment was indicated. 42Table of Contents The Company performed its annual fair value-based impairment test on indefinite lived trade names as of October 31, 2010 and 2009. No impairment wasindicated.We can make no assurances that remaining goodwill or trade names will not be impaired in the future. When preparing a discounted cash flow analysis, wemake a number of key estimates and assumptions. We estimate the future cash flows of the business based on historical and forecasted revenues andoperating costs. This, in turn, involves further estimates, such as estimates of future growth rates and inflation rates. In addition, we apply a discount rate tothe estimated future cash flows for the purpose of the valuation. This discount rate is based on the estimated weighted average cost of capital for the businessand may change from year to year. Weighted average cost of capital includes certain assumptions such as market capital structures, market betas, risk-freerate of return and estimated costs of borrowing. Changes in these key estimates and assumptions, or in other assumptions used in this process, couldmaterially affect our impairment analysis for a given year. Additionally, since our measurement also considers a market approach, changes in comparablepublic company multiples can also materially impact our impairment analysis.In the long term, our remaining goodwill and trade name balances could be further impaired in future periods. A number of factors, many of which we have noability to control, could affect our financial condition, operating results and business prospects and could cause actual results to differ from the estimates andassumptions we employed. These factors include:· a prolonged global economic crisis;· a significant decrease in the demand for our products;· the inability to develop new and enhanced products and services in a timely manner;· a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate;· an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and· successful efforts by our competitors to gain market share in our markets.Our cash flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors. If management's estimates of futureoperating results change or if there are changes to other assumptions, the estimate of the fair value of our business may change significantly. Such changecould result in impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.Defined benefit pension obligationsThe funded status of our pension plans is more fully described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this annualreport. As discussed in Note 9, the pension benefit obligation and related pension expense or income are calculated in accordance with ASC 715-30, DefinedBenefit Plans—Pension, and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets.Rates are evaluated on an annual basis considering such factors as market interest rates and historical asset performance. Actuarial valuations for fiscal year2011 used a discount rate of 5.22% and an expected rate of return on plan assets of 7.62%. Our discount rate was selected using a methodology that matchesplan cash flows with a selection of Moody's Aa or higher rated bonds, resulting in a discount rate that better matches a bond yield curve with comparable cashflows. In estimating the expected return on plan assets, we study historical markets and preserve the long-term historical relationships between equities andfixed-income securities. We evaluate current market factors such as inflation and interest rates before we determine long-term capital market assumptions andreview peer data and historical returns to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. Changes in the discount rate and return on assets can have asignificant effect on the funded status of our pension plans, stockholders' equity and related expense. We cannot predict these changes in discount rates orinvestment returns and, therefore, cannot reasonably estimate whether the impact in subsequent years will be significant.The funded status of our pension plans is the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of its plan assets. The projected benefitobligation is the actuarial present value of all benefits expected to be earned by the employees' service adjusted for future potential wage increases. 43Table of Contents Our funding policy for our pension plans is to contribute amounts at least equal to the minimum annual amount required by applicable regulations. Given thispolicy, we expect to make $2.9 million in contributions to our pension plans in 2012.Allowance for doubtful accounts, excess and obsolete inventory reserves, product warranty reserves and other contingenciesThe reserves, if any, for customer rebates, product warranty, product liability, litigation, excess and obsolete inventory and doubtful accounts are fact-specificand take into account such factors as specific customer situations, historical experience, and current and expected economic conditions. These reserves arereflected under Notes 2, 4, 5 and 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.Derivative accountingWe have interest rate swap contracts, or the Swaps, in place to fix a portion of our variable rate indebtedness. For 2007 and 2008, the Swaps were deemedhighly effective per ASC 815 and therefore, any changes in fair value of these Swaps is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). As ofJanuary 3, 2009, in accordance with the terms of our senior secured credit facilities, we changed the interest rate election from three-month LIBOR to one-month LIBOR. As a result, we concluded that as of January 3, 2009, the Swaps no longer met hedge effectiveness criteria under ASC 815. Future changes inthe fair value of the Swaps was immediately recognized in our statement of operations as interest expense, while the effective portion of the Swaps prior to thechange remained in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and was amortized as interest expense over the period of the originally designated hedgedtransactions which ended on January 4, 2010. New interest rate swap contracts entered into in fiscal 2010 are deemed highly effective per ASC 815.As required by ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, we record the Swaps at fair value pursuant to ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,which defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability categorymeasured at fair value. When determining the fair value of the Swaps, we considered our credit risk in accordance with ASC 820. The fair value of theSwaps, including the impact of credit risk, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was a liability of $5.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively.Income taxesWe account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740 Income Taxes. Our estimate of income taxes payable, deferred income taxes and the effective tax rateis based on an analysis of many factors including interpretations of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting basesof assets and liabilities, estimates of amounts currently due or owed in various jurisdictions, and current accounting standards. We review and update ourestimates on a quarterly basis as facts and circumstances change and actual results are known.We have generated significant deferred tax assets as a result of goodwill and intangible asset book versus tax differences as well as significant net operatingloss carryforwards. In assessing the realizability of these deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of thedeferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the yearsin which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and taxplanning strategies in making this assessment. As of September 30, 2011, we were in a three year cumulative loss position and had a full valuation allowancerecorded against our net deferred tax assets. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we came out of a three-year cumulative loss position and, as part of the normalassessment of the future realization of our net deferred tax assets, determined that a valuation allowance was no longer required. As a result, the valuationallowance previously recorded was reversed in the fourth quarter of 2011 and was recorded as a component of the income tax provision.Share based compensationUnder the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation, share based compensation cost is measured at the grant datebased on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. Determining the fair value of share based awards at the grantdate requires judgment, including estimating expected dividends and market volatility of our stock. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating theamount of share based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, share based compensation expenseand our results of operations could be impacted. 44Table of Contents New Accounting Standards For information with respect to new accounting pronouncements and the impact of these pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 2to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and interest rates. To reduce the risk from changes incertain foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices, we use financial instruments from time to time. We do not hold or issue financial instrumentsfor trading purposes.Foreign currencyWe are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of purchasing from suppliers in other countries. Periodically, we utilize foreign currency forwardpurchase and sales contracts to manage the volatility associated with foreign currency purchases in the normal course of business. Contracts typically havematurities of one year or less. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded in earnings as acomponent of cost of goods sold. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had no foreign exchange contracts outstanding.On February 18, 2010, we entered into a ten-month foreign currency average rate option transaction for Euros with a total notional amount of $2.5 million anda termination date of December 31, 2010. Total losses recognized in the statement of operations for foreign currency contracts were $100,000. The primaryobjective of this hedging activity is to mitigate the impact of potential price fluctuations of the Euro on our financial results.Commodity pricesWe are a purchaser of commodities and of components manufactured from commodities, including steel, aluminum, copper and others. As a result, we areexposed to fluctuating market prices for those commodities. While such materials are typically available from numerous suppliers, commodity raw materialsare subject to price fluctuations. We generally buy these commodities and components based upon market prices that are established with the supplier as partof the purchase process. Depending on the supplier, these market prices may reset on a periodic basis based on negotiated lags. To the extent that commodityprices increase and we do not have firm pricing from our suppliers, or our suppliers are not able to honor such prices, we may experience a decline in ourgross margins to the extent we are not able to increase selling prices of our products or obtain manufacturing efficiencies to offset increases in commodity costs.Periodically, we engage in certain commodity risk management activities. The primary objectives of these activities are to understand and mitigate the impactof potential price fluctuations on our financial results. Generally, these risk management transactions will involve the use of commodity derivatives to protectagainst exposure resulting from significant price fluctuations. 45Table of Contents We primarily utilize commodity contracts with maturities of one year or less. These are intended to offset the effect of price fluctuations on actual inventorypurchases. The primary objective of the hedge is to mitigate the impact of potential price fluctuations of copper on our financial results. As of December 31,2011, we had the following commodity forward contracts outstanding with the fair value gains losses shown (in thousands): Hedged Item Number ofContractsOutstanding Effective Date AggregateNotionalAmount Lossesrecognized inconsolidatedstatement ofoperations forthe year endedDecember 31,2011 Copper 2 October 1, 2011 to June 30, 2012 $6,468 $861 Interest ratesAs of December 31, 2011, a portion of the outstanding debt under our term loans was subject to floating interest rate risk. As of this date, we had the followinginterest rate swap contracts outstanding (in thousands):Hedged ItemContract DateEffective Date NotionalAmount Fixed LIBORRate Expiration DateInterest rateApril 1, 2011October 1, 2012 $100,000 2.22%October 1, 2013Interest rateApril 1, 2011July 1, 2012 $200,000 1.905%July 1, 2013Interest rateJune 29, 2010October 1, 2010 $100,000 1.025%October 1, 2012Interest rateJanuary 21, 2010July 1, 2010 $200,000 1.73%July 1, 2012At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the swaps reduced for our credit risk and excluding related accrued interest was a liability of $5.3 million. For furtherinformation on these swaps, see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Even aftergiving effect to these swaps, we are exposed to risks due to changes in interest rates with respect to the portion of our term loans that are not covered by theswaps. A hypothetical change in the LIBOR interest rate of 100 basis points would have changed annual cash interest expense by approximately $3.0 million(or, without the swaps in place, $6.0 million).We expect to maintain our existing swaps as highly effective in accordance with ASC 815 and, therefore, any changes in the fair value of the swap would berecorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). 46Table of Contents Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmTo the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Generac Holdings Inc.We have audited Generac Holdings Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Generac Holdings Inc.’smanagement is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control overfinancial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express anopinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require thatwe plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all materialrespects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testingand evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considerednecessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting andthe preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control overfinancial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflectthe transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permitpreparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are beingmade only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention ortimely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation ofeffectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliancewith the policies or procedures may deteriorate.As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on theeffectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Magnum Products LLC, which is included in the December 31,2011 consolidated financial statements of Generac Holdings Inc. and constituted 7% and 12% of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2011and 5% and 1% of revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Generac HoldingsInc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Magnum Products LLC.In our opinion, Generac Holdings Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, basedon the COSO criteria.We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheetsas of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for eachof the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of Generac Holdings Inc. and our report dated March 9, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinionthereon. /s/ Ernst & Young LLPMilwaukee, WisconsinMarch 9, 2012 47Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Generac Holdings Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Generac Holdings Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the relatedconsolidated statements of operations, redeemable stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financialstatements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require thatwe plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesexamining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accountingprinciples used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our auditsprovide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Generac Holdings Inc.and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the periodended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal controlover financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee ofSponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 9, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Milwaukee, WisconsinMarch 9, 2012 48Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Consolidated Balance Sheets(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data) December 31, 2011 2010 Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $93,126 $78,583 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $789 in 2011 and $723 in 2010 109,705 63,154 Inventories 162,124 127,137 Deferred income taxes 14,395 – Prepaid expenses and other assets 3,915 3,645 Total current assets 383,265 272,519 Property and equipment, net 84,384 75,287 Customer lists, net 72,897 96,944 Patents, net 78,167 84,933 Other intangible assets, net 7,306 6,483 Deferred financing costs, net 3,459 5,822 Trade names 148,401 140,050 Goodwill 547,473 527,148 Deferred income taxes 227,363 – Other assets 78 697 Total assets $1,552,793 $1,209,883 Liabilities and stockholders’ equity Current liabilities: Accounts payable $81,053 $41,809 Accrued wages and employee benefits 14,439 6,833 Other accrued liabilities 47,024 38,043 Current portion of long-term debt 22,874 – Total current liabilities 165,390 86,685 Long-term debt 575,000 657,229 Other long-term liabilities 43,514 24,902 Total liabilities 783,904 768,816 Stockholders’ equity: Common stock (formerly Class A non-voting common stock), par value $0.01, 500,000,000 shares authorized,67,652,812 and 67,524,596 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively 676 675 Additional paid-in capital 1,142,701 1,133,918 Excess purchase price over predecessor basis (202,116) (202,116)Accumulated deficit (157,015) (481,658)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (15,357) (9,752)Total stockholders’ equity 768,889 441,067 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $1,552,793 $1,209,883 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 49Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc. Consolidated Statements of Operations (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data) Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Net sales $791,976 $592,880 $588,248 Costs of goods sold 497,322 355,523 352,398 Gross profit 294,654 237,357 235,850 Operating expenses: Selling and service 77,776 57,954 59,823 Research and development 16,476 14,700 10,842 General and administrative 30,012 22,599 14,713 Amortization of intangibles 48,020 51,808 51,960 Trade name write-down 9,389 – – Total operating expenses 181,673 147,061 137,338 Income from operations 112,981 90,296 98,512 Other (expense) income: Interest expense (23,718) (27,397) (70,862)Gain on extinguishment of debt – – 14,745 Write-off of deferred financing costs related to debt extinguishment (377) (4,809) – Investment income 110 235 2,205 Costs related to acquisition (875) – – Other, net (1,155) (1,105) (1,206)Total other expense, net (26,015) (33,076) (55,118) Income before provision for income taxes 86,966 57,220 43,394 (Benefit) provision for income taxes (237,677) 307 339 Net income 324,643 56,913 43,055 Preferential distribution to: Series A preferred stockholders – (2,042) (14,151)Class B common stockholders – (12,133) (100,191)Beneficial conversion – (140,690) – Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders (formerly Class A common stockholders) $324,643 $(97,952) $(71,287) Net income (loss) per common share - basic: Common stock (formerly Class A common stock) $4.84 $(1.65) $(41,111) Class B common stock n/a $505 $4,171 Net income (loss) per common share - diluted: Common stock (formerly Class A common stock) $4.79 $(1.65) $(41,111) Class B common stock n/a $505 $4,171 Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic: Common stock (formerly Class A common stock) 67,130,356 59,364,958 1,734 Class B common stock n/a 24,018 24,018 Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted: Common stock (formerly Class A common stock) 67,797,371 59,364,958 1,734 Class B common stock n/a 24,018 24,018 See notes to consolidated financial statements. 50Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Data) Redeemable Common Stock (formerly Additional ExcessPurchasePrice Over RetainedEarnings Accumulated OtherComprehensive Stockholder Total Comprehensive Series A Preferred Stock Class B Common Stock Class A Common Stock) Paid-In Predecessor (Accumulated Income Notes Stockholders' Income Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Basis Deficit) (Loss) Receivable Equity (Loss) Balance at December31, 2008 7,835 $78,355 24,018 $765,096 1,736 $– $2,356 $(202,116) $(581,626) $(28,650) $(158) $(810,194) Amortization ofunrealized loss oninterest rate swaps – – – – – – – – – 24,222 – 24,222 $24,222 Repayment ofstockholder notesreceivable – – – – – – – – – – 129 129 – Cancellation of stock – – – – (118) – – – – – – – – Contribution of capitalrelated to debtextinguishment 1,476 14,754 – – – – – – – – – – – Proceeds from sharesissued to managementand directors 50 497 – – – – – – – – – – – Proceeds from sharesissued to stockholders 1,950 19,503 – – – – – – – – – – – Net income – – – – – – – – 43,055 – – 43,055 43,055 Amortization ofrestricted stock expense – – – – – – 38 – – – – 38 – Pension liabilityadjustment – – – – – – – – – (64) – (64) (64) $67,213 Balance at December31, 2009 11,311 $113,109 24,018 $765,096 1,617 $– $2,394 $(202,116) $(538,571) $(4,492) $(29) $(742,814) Unrealized loss oninterest rate swaps – – – – – – – – – (4,145) – (4,145) $(4,145)Repayment ofstockholder notesreceivable – – – – – – – – – – 29 29 – Corporatereorganization (11,311) (113,109) (24,018) (765,096) 28,368,581 284 877,921 – – – – 878,205 – Beneficial conversionrelated to Class BCommon and Series APreferred stockholders – – – – – – (140,690) – – – – (140,690) – Accumulated accretionrelated to Class BCommon and Series APreferred stockholders – – – – – – (303,305) – – – – (303,305) – Issuance of Commonstock (formerly Class ACommon stock)resulting from thebeneficial conversionand accumulatedaccretion – – – – 18,002,337 180 443,815 – – – – 443,995 – Proceeds from publicstock offering – – – – 20,700,500 207 247,424 – – – – 247,631 – Net income – – – – – – – – 56,913 – – 56,913 56,913 Share basedcompensation – – – – 451,561 5 6,358 – – – – 6,363 – Pension liabilityadjustment – – – – – – – – – (1,115) – (1,115) (1,115) $51,653 Balance at December31, 2010 – – – – 67,524,596 $675 $1,133,918 $(202,116) $(481,658) $(9,752) $– $441,067 Unrealized loss oninterest rate swaps, netof tax of $440 – – – – – – – – – (683) – (683) $(683)Common stock issuedunder equity incentiveplans, net of shareswithheld for employeetaxes – – – – 128,216 1 (63) – – – – (62) – Excess tax benefits fromequity awards – – – – – – 200 – – – – 200 – Share basedcompensation – – – – – – 8,646 – – – – 8,646 – Pension liabilityadjustment, net of taxof $3,173 – – – – – – – – – (4,922) – (4,922) (4,922)Net income – – – – – – – – 324,643 – – 324,643 324,643 Balance at December31, 2011 – – – – 67,652,812 $676 $1,142,701 $(202,116) $(157,015) $(15,357) $– $768,889 $319,038 See notes to consolidatedfinancial statements 51Table of ContentsGenerac Holdings Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in Thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Operating activities Net income $324,643 $56,913 $43,055 Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation 8,103 7,632 7,715 Amortization 48,020 51,808 51,960 Trade name write-down 9,389 – – Gain on extinguishment of debt – – (14,745)Amortization of deferred finance costs 1,986 2,439 3,417 Write-off of deferred financing costs related to debt extinguishment 377 4,809 – Amortization of unrealized loss on interest rate swaps – – 24,222 Provision for losses on accounts receivable (7) (124) 227 Deferred income taxes (238,170) – – Loss on disposal of property and equipment 10 56 41 Share-based compensation expense 8,646 6,363 38 Net changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions: Accounts receivable (22,235) (8,621) 11,779 Inventories (11,224) (3,151) 280 Other assets (6,834) 1,177 (1,739)Accounts payable 18,517 7,896 (20,886)Accrued wages and employee benefits 6,516 (197) 1,280 Other accrued liabilities 21,975 (12,519) (32,037)Net cash provided by operating activities 169,712 114,481 74,607 Investing activities Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 14 76 69 Expenditures for property and equipment (12,060) (9,631) (4,525)Collections on receivable notes – – 105 Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired (83,907) (1,649) – Net cash used in investing activities (95,953) (11,204) (4,351) Financing activities Stockholders’ contributions of capital – Series A preferred stock – – 20,000 Payment of expenses incurred in advance of stock issuance – – (678)Proceeds from issuance of common stock – 248,309 – Excess tax benefits from equity awards 200 – – Taxes paid related to the net share settlement of equity awards (371) – – Proceeds from exercise of stock options 310 – – Payment of long-term debt (59,355) (434,310) (9,500) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (59,216) (186,001) 9,822 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 14,543 (82,724) 80,078 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 78,583 161,307 81,229 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $93,126 $78,583 $161,307 Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information Cash paid during the period Interest $24,264 $36,796 $75,601 Income taxes 437 322 383 Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing and investing activities Contributions of capital related to debt extinguishment $– $– $14,754 See notes to consolidated financial statements 5252Table of ContentsGenerac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 1. Description of Business Generac Holdings Inc. (the Company) owns all of the common stock of Generac Acquisition Corp., which in turn, owns all of the common stock of GeneracPower Systems, Inc. (the Subsidiary). The Company is a leading designer and manufacturer of a wide range of generators and other engine powered productsfor the residential, light-commercial, industrial and construction markets. Initial Public Offering and Conversion of Class B Common Stock and Series A preferred Stock On February 17, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering (IPO) of 18,750,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $13.00 per share.Prior to completion of the IPO, the Company completed a 3.294 for 1 reverse stock split for Class A common and Class B common shares outstanding. Inaddition, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option outlined in the underwriters agreement, and purchased an additional 1,950,500 shares of theCompany’s common stock on March 18, 2010. The Company received approximately $269,100,000 in gross proceeds from the IPO and over-allotmentexercise, or $247,631,000 in net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discount and total expenses related to the offering. Upon closing of the IPO, allshares of convertible Class B Common stock and Series A preferred stock were automatically converted into 88,476,530 and 19,511,018 Class A Commonshares, respectively. The 88,476,530 shares of Class A Common stock was subject to a 3.294 for 1 reverse stock split, resulting in 26,859,906 Class ACommon shares relative to the Class B Common stock conversion. Subsequent to the IPO, the Company has one class of common stock. Capitalization summary upon closing of initial public offering: Class A Common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 after the 3.294 for 1 reverse stock split 1,617 Conversion and 3.294 for 1 reverse stock split of Class B Common stock into Common stock upon closing of IPO 26,859,906 Conversion of Series A Preferred stock into Common stock upon closing of IPO 19,511,018 Sales of Common stock through IPO 18,750,000 Issuance of non-vested and fully vested Common stock upon closing of IPO 456,249 Common stock issued and outstanding after IPO 65,578,790 Issuance of Common stock to underwriters due to exercise of over-allotment 1,950,500 Total Common stock issued and outstanding as of March 18, 2010 67,529,290 The Company determined that the conversion features in the Class B Common stock and Series A Preferred stock were in-the-money at the date of issuanceand therefore represent a beneficial conversion feature. Since the Class B Common stock and Series A Preferred stock were convertible upon an initial publicoffering, conversion was contingent upon a future event and therefore the beneficial conversion feature had not been recorded in the consolidated financialstatements as of December 31, 2009. The beneficial conversion feature at the IPO date was $140,690,000 and was recorded at the IPO date as a return to ClassB Common and Series A Preferred stockholders analogous to a dividend. The beneficial conversion was recorded within additional paid-in-capital, as noretained earnings were available. 2. Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany amounts and transactionshave been eliminated in consolidation. 53Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Concentration of Credit Risk The Company maintains the majority of its cash in one commercial bank in multiple operating and investment accounts. Balances on deposit are insured bythe Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to specified limits. Balances in excess of FDIC limits are uninsured. One customer accounted for approximately 12% and 11% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. No onecustomer accounted for greater than 10% of net sales during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009. Accounts Receivable Receivables are recorded at their face value amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company estimates and records an allowance for doubtfulaccounts based on specific identification and historical experience. The Company writes off uncollectible accounts against the allowance for doubtful accountsafter all collection efforts have been exhausted. Sales are generally made on an unsecured basis. Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out method. Property and Equipment Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are being depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which aresummarized below (in years). Costs of leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease (including renewal option periods) or theestimated useful lives of the improvements. Land improvements 15 Buildings and improvements 20 – 40 Leasehold improvements 10 – 20 Machinery and equipment 5 – 10 Dies and tools 3 – 5 Vehicles 3 – 5 Office equipment 3 – 10 54Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) Customer Lists, Patents, and Other Intangible Assets The following table summarizes intangible assets by major category as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands): WeightedAverage 2011 2010 AmortizationYears Cost AccumulatedImpairment AmortizedCost Cost AccumulatedImpairment AmortizedCost Indefinite lived intangible assets Trade names $157,790 $(9,389) $148,401 $140,050 $- $140,050 Cost AccumulatedAmortization AmortizedCost Cost AccumulatedAmortization AmortizedCost Finite lived intangible assets Trade names 0 8,715 (8,715) - 8,715 (8,715) - Customer lists 7 272,050 (199,153) 72,897 257,310 (160,366) 96,944 Patents 15 118,881 (40,714) 78,167 117,811 (32,878) 84,933 Unpatented technology 11 13,165 (6,325) 6,840 11,015 (5,065) 5,950 Software 8 1,014 (650) 364 1,014 (524) 490 Non-compete 5 113 (11) 102 43 - 43 Total finite lived intangible assets 413,938 (255,568) 158,370 395,908 (207,548) 188,360 Amortization of intangible assets was $48,020,000 in 2011, $51,808,000 in 2010 and $51,960,000 in 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2011, theCompany wrote down its indefinite lived intangible assets related to trade names. See the Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets section forfurther discussion. Estimated amortization expense each year for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2011 is as follows: 2012, $45,660,000;2013, $23,787,000; 2014, $16,389,000; 2015, $15,184,000; 2016, $13,578,000. Deferred Financing Costs Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt have been capitalized and are being amortized using the effective interest rate method over thelife of the related debt agreements. Deferred financing costs incurred related to debt financing totaled $29,571,000. Amortization expense was $1,986,000,$2,439,000, and $3,417,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company wrote off $377,000 and $4,809,000 of thedeferred financing costs in 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of debt repayments made throughout the year. As a result of the debt extinguishments in2009 (see Note 6), $398,000 of the deferred financing costs were written off and were recorded as a reduction to the gain on the extinguishment of debt.Accumulated amortization was $26,112,000 and $23,749,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Amortization expense is included in interestexpense in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2011, estimated amortization expense each year for the two years subsequent toDecember 31, 2011 is as follows: 2012, $1,859,000, 2013, $1,600,000. Based on this timeline, deferred financing costs would be fully amortized in 2013. The Company refinanced its revolving credit facility and credit agreement, outstanding as of December 31, 2011, on February 9, 2012. Please refer to Note16 for further details. 55Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) Long-Lived Assets The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets (excluding goodwill and trade names). Long-lived assets are reviewed forimpairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected futureundiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of theasset. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgments. Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of the amount paid to acquire the Company over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired as ofthe acquisition date. Other indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names. The fair value of trade names was measured using a relief-from-royalty approach, whichassumes the fair value of the trade name is the discounted cash flows of the amount that would be paid had the Company not owned the trade name andinstead licensed the trade name from another company. The Company performs an annual impairment test for goodwill and trade names and more frequently if an event or circumstances indicate that an impairmentloss has been incurred. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors orbusiness climate that could affect the value of an asset. The analysis of potential impairment of goodwill requires a two-step process. The first step is theestimation of fair value of the applicable reporting unit. Estimated fair value is based on management judgments and assumptions and those fair values arecompared with the aggregate carrying value of the respective reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, there is noimpairment. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than the fair value, then the second step must be completed to measure the amount ofimpairment, if any. The second step calculates the implied fair value of the goodwill, which is compared to its carrying value. If the implied fair value is lessthan the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. The Company performed the required annual impairment tests for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 and found no impairment of goodwill. There can be noassurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2011 Year ended December 31, 2010 Gross Accumulated Impairment Net Goodwill Gross Accumulated Impairment Net Goodwill Balance at beginning of year $1,030,341 $503,193 $527,148 $1,029,068 $503,193 $525,875 Acquisition of a business 20,325 — 20,325 1,273 — 1,273 Balance at end of year $1,050,666 $503,193 $547,473 $1,030,341 $503,193 $527,148 The Company completed an acquisition of a business on October 3, 2011 for $85,490,000, net of cash acquired and inclusive of estimated earn-outpayments, which resulted in additional goodwill of $20,337,000. The Company also completed an acquisition of a business on December 31, 2010 for$1,600,000, net of cash acquired, which resulted in net additional goodwill of $1,261,000. The Company initially recorded goodwill of $1,273,000 as ofDecember 31, 2010, based upon the results of a preliminary purchase price allocation. Finalization of this purchase price allocation in 2011 resulted in anadjustment to goodwill of $(12,000). Both goodwill amounts are deductible for tax purposes. 56Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company decided to strategically transition certain products to their more widely known Generac brand. Based on thisdecision, the Company recorded a $9,389,000 non-cash charge which primarily related to the write down of the impacted trade name to net realizable value. Inaddition, the Company performed its annual fair value-based impairment test as of October 31, 2011. Except as noted, no impairment was indicated. The Company performed its annual fair value-based impairment test on indefinite lived trade names as of October 31, 2010 and 2009. No impairment wasindicated. Income Taxes The Company is a C Corporation and, therefore, accounts for income taxes pursuant to the liability method. Accordingly, the current or deferred taxconsequences of a transaction are measured by applying the provision of enacted tax laws to determine the amount of taxes payable currently or in future years.Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the income tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financialreporting purposes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of thedeferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the yearsin which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxableincome, and tax planning strategies, as appropriate, in making this assessment. Revenue Recognition Sales, net of estimated returns and allowances, are recognized upon shipment of product to the customer, which is when title passes, the Company has nofurther obligations, and the customer is required to pay. The Company, at the request of certain customers, will warehouse inventory billed to the customer butnot delivered. The Company does not recognize revenue on these transactions until the customers take possession of the product. The funds collected onproduct warehoused for these customers are recorded as a customer advance until the customer takes possession of the product and the Company’s obligationto deliver the goods is completed. Customer advances are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company provides for estimated sales promotion and incentive expenses which are recognized as a reduction of sales. Historically, product returns, whether in the normal course of business or resulting from repurchases made under a floor plan financing program, have notbeen material. Shipping and Handling Costs Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in net sales, and the related costs are included in cost of goods sold in the consolidatedstatements of operations. Advertising and Co-Op Advertising Expenditures for advertising, included in selling and service expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, are expensed as incurred.Total expenditures for advertising were $11,742,000, $11,985,000, and $11,695,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. 57Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) Research and Development The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Total expenditures incurred for research and development were $16,476,000,$14,700,000, and $10,842,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Foreign Currency Transactions Realized and unrealized gains and losses on transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded in earnings as a component of cost of goods sold. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) includes unrealized losses on certain cash flow hedges and the pension liability. The components of OCI atDecember 31, 2011 and 2010 were (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Pension liability $(10,529) $(5,607)Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (4,828) (4,145)Accumulated other comprehensive loss $(15,357) $(9,752)Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Company believes the carrying amount of its financial instruments (cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accruedliabilities), excluding long-term debt, approximates the fair value of these instruments based upon their short-term nature. The fair value of long-term debt wasapproximately $593.4 million (level 2) at December 31, 2011, as calculated based on current quotations. Fair Value Measurements ASC 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fairvalue, and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis. ASC 820-10clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transactionbetween market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participantswould use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the pronouncement establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, whichprioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs, other thanthe quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no marketdata, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on the market approach, which are prices and other relevant information generated by markettransactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. 58Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (dollars in thousands): Fair Value Measurement Using TotalDecember 31,2011 Quoted Pricesin ActiveMarkets forIdenticalContracts(Level 1) SignificantOtherObservableInputs(Level 2) Interest rate swaps $(5,268) $– $(5,268)Commodity contracts $(373) $– $(373) Fair Value Measurement Using TotalDecember 31,2010 Quoted Pricesin ActiveMarkets forIdenticalContracts(Level 1) SignificantOtherObservableInputs(Level 2) Interest rate swaps $(4,145) $– $(4,145)Commodity Contracts $627 $– $627 The valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of derivative contracts classified as level 2, all of which have counterparties with high credit ratings,were valued based on quoted market prices or model driven valuations using significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data. Thefair value of derivative contracts above considers the Company’s credit risk in accordance with ASC 820-10. Excluding the impact of credit risk, the fairvalue of derivatives at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $5,780,000 (liability) and $3,642,000 (liability), respectively, and this represents the amount theCompany would need to pay to exit the agreements on this date. Use of Estimates The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to makeestimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of theconsolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from thoseestimates. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities The Company records all derivatives in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which requires all derivative instruments be reported on theconsolidated balance sheets at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships. The Company is exposed to marketrisk such as changes in commodity prices, foreign currencies, and interest rates. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments fortrading purposes. 59Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) Commodities The primary objectives of the commodity risk management activities are to understand and mitigate the impact of potential price fluctuations on theCompany’s financial results and its economic well-being. While the Company’s risk management objectives and strategies will be driven from an economicperspective, the Company attempts, where possible and practical, to ensure that the hedging strategies it engages in can be treated as “hedges” from anaccounting perspective or otherwise result in accounting treatment where the earnings effect of the hedging instrument provides substantial offset (in the sameperiod) to the earnings effect of the hedged item. Generally, these risk management transactions will involve the use of commodity derivatives to protect againstexposure resulting from significant price fluctuations. The Company primarily utilizes commodity contracts with maturities of less than 12 months. These are intended to offset the effect of price fluctuations onactual inventory purchases. There were two, one, and one outstanding commodity contracts in place to hedge its projected commodity purchases at December31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. In October 2009, the Company entered into commodity swaps to purchase $1,432,000 of copper. The swaps wereeffective from October 5, 2009, and terminated on March 31, 2010. In November 2010, the Company entered into a commodity swap to purchase$2,296,000 of copper. The swap was effective from January 1, 2011, and terminated on April 30, 2011. In February 2011, the Company entered into acommodity forward contract to purchase a notional amount of $2,378,000 of copper. The contract was effective from March 1, 2011, and terminated onDecember 31, 2011. In March 2011, the Company entered into a commodity forward contract to purchase a notional amount of $2,100,000 of copper. Thecontract was effective from April 1, 2011, and terminated on December 31, 2011. In May 2011, the Company entered into a commodity forward contract topurchase a notional amount of $1,808,000 of copper. The contract was effective from May 5, 2011, and terminated on December 31, 2011. In September2011, the Company entered into two new commodity forward contracts to purchase notional amounts of $4,533,000 and $1,935,000 of copper. Thecontracts are effective from October 1, 2011, and terminate on June 30, 2012. Total losses or gains recognized in the consolidated statements of operations oncommodity contracts were a loss of $861,000, a gain of $1,056,000, and a gain of $387,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009,respectively. Foreign Currencies The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of transactions in other currencies. The Company periodically utilizes foreign currencyforward purchase and sales contracts to manage the volatility associated with foreign currency purchases in the normal course of business. Contracts typicallyhave maturities of one year or less. There were no foreign currency hedge contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2011 or 2010. There was one Eurocurrency contract outstanding during 2010 that expired on December 31, 2010. A loss of $100,000 was recognized in the consolidated statements of operationsfor the year ended December 31, 2010 related to this Euro contract. Interest Rates The Company has four interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of December 31, 2011 with a notional amount of $300,000,000. In 2010, the Companyentered into two interest rate swap agreements and had formally documented all relationships between interest rate hedging instruments and hedged items, aswell as its' risk-management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The first was entered into on January 21, 2010. Theeffective date of this swap was July 1, 2010 with a notional amount of $200,000,000, a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.73% and an expiration date of July 1, 2012. Thesecond was entered into on June 29, 2010. The effective date of that swap was October 1, 2010 with a notional amount of $100,000,000, a fixed LIBOR rate of1.025% and an expiration date of October 1, 2012. The Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements on April 1, 2011. The effective date of thefirst swap is July 1, 2012 with a notional amount of $200,000,000, a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.905% and an expiration date of July 1, 2013. The effective date ofthe second swap is October 1, 2012 with a notional amount of $100,000,000, a fixed LIBOR rate of 2.22% and an expiration date of October 1, 2013. TheCompany maintains the swaps as highly effective in accordance with ASC 815 and, therefore, any changes in the fair value of the swap would be recorded inaccumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These cash flow hedges are recorded at fair value with a corresponding entry recorded in accumulated othercomprehensive income (loss) as swaps are highly effective. 60Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) In 2006, the Company entered into various interest rate swap agreements. The Company had formally documented all relationships between interest ratehedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its’ risk-management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. Effective January3, 2009, the Company, within the terms of the Credit Agreements (as defined in note 6), changed the interest rate election from three-month LIBOR to one-month LIBOR. As a result of this change, the Company concluded that as of January 3, 2009, the Swaps no longer met hedge effectiveness tests and weretherefore, no longer highly effective as a hedge against the impact on interest payments of changes in the LIBOR interest rate. In 2009, the effective portion ofthe swaps prior to the change was amortized as interest expense over the period of the originally designated hedged transactions. During 2009, changes in thefair value of the swaps were immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as interest expense. These swaps expired on January 4, 2010. The following table presents, in thousands, the fair value of the Company’s derivatives: December 31,2011 December 31,2010 Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate swaps $(5,268) $(4,145) (5,268) (4,145)Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Commodity contracts (373) 627 Total derivatives $(5,641) $(3,518) The fair value of all derivatives not designated as hedging instruments is included in other current liabilities and other assets in the consolidated balance sheetsas of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments included in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities is $1,546,000 and$3,722,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. The fair value of all derivatives designated as hedging instruments is included in other long-term liabilitiesas of December 31, 2010. The fair value of the derivative contracts considers the Company’s credit risk as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The impact of credit risk on the fair valueof derivative contracts at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $139,000 and $124,000, respectively. Excluding the impact of credit risk, the fair value of thederivatives at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $5,780,000 (liability) and $3,642,000 (liability), respectively, and this represents the amount the Companywould need to pay to exit the agreements on those dates. 61Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) The following presents the impact of interest rate swaps and commodity contracts on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31,2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands): Amount of loss recognized inAOCI for the twelve monthsended December 31, Location ofgain (loss)recognized innet income(loss) onineffectiveportion ofhedges Amount of loss reclassified fromAOCI into net income (loss) for thetwelve months ended December31, Amount of gain (loss) recognizedin net income (loss) on hedges(inneffective portion) for twelvemonths ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 Derivativesdesignated ashedging instruments Interest rate swaps $(683) $(4,145) - Interestexpense - - $(24,222) - - - Derivatives notdesignated ashedging instruments Commodity andforeign currencycontracts - - - Cost of goodssold - - - (861) 956 387 Interest rate swaps - - - Interestexpense - - - - - 24,222 There was no impact of derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of operations for the interest rate swaps for the years ended December 31, 2011and 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the impact of derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of operations for the interest rate swapagreements not designated as hedging instruments was a gain of $24,222,000. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the impact ofderivative instruments on the consolidated statement of operations for the commodity and foreign currency contracts not designated as hedging instrumentswere net losses of $861,000, net gains of $956,000 and net gains of $387,000, respectively. Stock-Based Compensation The Company accounts for its restricted stock awards and other stock-based payments in accordance with ASC Topic 718 Compensation – StockCompensation. Segment Reporting The Company operates in and reports as a single operating segment, which is the design and manufacture of a wide range of power products. Net sales arepredominantly generated through the sale of generators and other engine powered products through various distribution channels. The Company manages andevaluates its operations as one segment primarily due to similarities in the nature of the products, production processes and methods of distribution.Substantially all of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company’s sales in the United States represent approximately95%, 95%, and 96% of total sales for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 62Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 20092. Significant Accounting Policies (continued) The Company's product offerings consist primarily of power products with a range of power output geared for varying end customer uses. Residential powerproducts and industrial/commercial power products are each a similar class of products based on similar power output and end customer usage. The breakoutof net sales between residential, industrial/commercial, and other products is as follows (dollars in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Residential power products $491,016 $372,782 $370,740 Industrial & Commercial power products 250,270 183,555 187,323 Other 50,690 36,543 30,185 Total $791,976 $592,880 $588,248 New Accounting Pronouncements In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-08, “Intangibles -Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely thannot that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model that is currently in place. If it isdetermined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit's fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the remaining impairmentsteps would be unnecessary. The qualitative assessment is optional, allowing companies to go directly to the quantitative assessment. This update is effectivefor annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted. Managementdoes not expect adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income: Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which amends current comprehensiveincome guidance. This ASU eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity.Instead, it requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate butconsecutive statements. Under the two-statement approach, the first statement would include components of net income, which is consistent with the incomestatement format used today, and the second statement would include components of OCI. The ASU does not change the items that must be reported in OCI.ASU 2011-05 will be effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 with earlyadoption permitted. Management does not expect adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position orcash flow.In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 “Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and DisclosureRequirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” The ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) todevelop a single, converged fair value framework. While the ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP, itexpands existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments. Key additional disclosures include quantitativedisclosures about unobservable inputs in Level 3 measures, qualitative information about sensitivity of Level 3 measures and valuation process, andclassification within the fair value hierarchy for instruments where fair value is only disclosed in the footnotes but carrying amount is on some other basis.For public companies, the ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Management does not expect adoption of thisASU to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29 “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” The amendments inthis ASU specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity asthough the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting periodonly. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring proforma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The Company adopted this ASUeffective at the beginning of fiscal year 2011, and will apply the ASU prospectively to future business combinations for which the acquisition date is afterDecember 31, 2010, as required. This ASU did have an impact the Company’s 2011 consolidated financial statement disclosures. 63Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 3. Acquisitions On October 3, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Magnum Products, LLC andcertain of its affiliates (collectively, Magnum) for a purchase price, net of cash acquired and inclusive of estimated earn-out payments, of approximately$85,490,000. The acquisition was funded solely by cash on the balance sheet.Magnum is a supplier of powerful, high quality generator powered light towers, mobile generators and combination power units for a variety of industries andspecialties including construction, energy, mining, government, military, and special events. Its products are distributed through international, national andregional equipment rental companies, equipment dealers and construction companies. The Magnum business is a strategic fit for the Company as it providesdiversification within the existing business, with the introduction of new engine powered products and distribution channels, while also providingopportunities for future revenue and cost synergies. The 2011 consolidated financial statements include the results of Magnum from October 3, 2011 throughDecember 31, 2011. The purchase price of $85,490,000 consisted of $83,907,000 paid in cash at closing and $1,583,000 recorded as an estimated liability to the sellers forcontingent consideration based upon future performance of a particular product line currently in development, as described below. The cash paid at closingincluded an estimate of acquired working capital. This estimate will be finalized in early 2012 to reflect actual working capital acquired, which could result ina change in the total purchase price at that time. The Company has recorded a purchase price allocation based on a fair value appraisal by a third party valuation firm. The goodwill ascribed to thisacquisition is deductible for tax purposes. A summary of the fair values assigned to the acquired assets is as follows (dollars in thousands): Accounts receivable $24,309 Inventory 23,763 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 280 Property and equipment 5,164 Goodwill 20,337 Trade name 17,740 Customer relationships 14,740 Patents 1,070 Other intangible assets 2,220 Trade accounts payable (20,727)Accrued expenses (2,746)Other long term liabilities (2,243)Total cash paid, net of $30 cash acquired $83,907 Under the acquisition agreement, the purchase price may be increased based upon the performance of a particular product line for the years 2012 through thesecond quarter of 2017. Based on performance projections available at the date of the acquisition, the Company has recorded estimated contingentconsideration of $1,583,000 which is the net present value of the earn-out. The contingent consideration is payable periodically during 2012 through 2017,based upon actual future performance. As of December 31, 2011, there have been no changes to our original estimates.The acquisition has contributed $38,817,000 and $3,353,000 of net sales and net income, respectively, for the period from October 3, 2011 to December 31,2011. Transaction costs of approximately $876,000 are included in other expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31,2011.The following unaudited pro forma information has been prepared as if the Magnum acquisition had been consummated at January 1, 2010. This informationis presented for informational purposes only, and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisitions had beenconsummated as of that date. This information should not be used as a predictive measure of our future financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. Year ended December 31, 2011 2010 Net sales $897,892 $681,278 Net income 334,076 68,369 64Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 4. Balance Sheet Details Inventories consist of the following (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Raw material $121,098 $66,936 Work-in-process 578 315 Finished goods 45,165 63,945 Reserves for excess and obsolescence (4,717) (4,059) $162,124 $127,137 Property and equipment consists of the following (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Land and improvements $5,050 $3,950 Buildings and improvements 52,941 48,986 Machinery and equipment 38,132 32,672 Dies and tools 12,982 11,301 Vehicles 1,026 827 Office equipment 8,380 6,836 Leasehold improvements 44 - Construction in progress 3,131 - Gross property and equipment 121,686 104,572 Less accumulated depreciation (37,302) (29,285)Property and equipment, net $84,384 $75,287 Other accrued liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Accrued commissions $5,731 $4,578 Accrued interest 3,119 5,018 Accrued warranties – short term 19,187 17,155 Other accrued liabilities 18,987 11,292 $47,024 $38,043 65Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 4. Balance Sheet Details (continued) Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Accrued pension costs $22,044 15,434 Product warranty obligations 15,193 5,323 Other long-term liabilities 6,277 4,145 $43,514 $24,902 5. Product Warranty Obligations The Company records a liability for product warranty obligations at the time of sale to a customer based upon historical warranty experience. The Companyalso records a liability for specific warranty matters when they become known and are reasonably estimable. The Company’s product warranty obligations areincluded in other accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in product warranty obligations are as follows (dollars in thousands): For the year ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Balance at beginning of year $22,478 $20,729 $17,539 Payments, net of extended warranty receipts (11,195) (13,178) (14,208)Charged to operations 23,097 14,927 17,398 Balance at end of year $34,380 $22,478 $20,729 Product warranty obligations are included in the balance sheets as follows (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Other accrued liabilities $19,187 $17,155 Other long-term liabilities 15,193 5,323 Balance at end of year $34,380 $22,478 66Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 6. Credit Agreements The revolving credit facility and credit agreement discussed below were outstanding for all periods presented. The Company refinanced this debt on February9, 2012. Please refer to Note 16 for further details. Long-term debt is included in the balance sheets as follows (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 First lien term loan $604,372 $664,372 Less treasury debt – first lien 6,498 7,143 Less current portion 22,874 - $575,000 $657,229 Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2011, are as follows (dollars in thousands): Year 2011 $-- 2012 -- 2013 575,000 Total $575,000 In connection with our debt refinancing on February 9, 2012, the Company paid off $22,874,000 of debt with available cash on hand. The Companyclassified this portion of debt as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. For all years presented, the Company had credit agreements which provided for borrowings under a revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) andtwo term loans (collectively, the Credit Agreements), which are described further below. The Credit Agreements of the Company were secured by the associatedcollateral agreements which pledged virtually all assets of the Subsidiary. Borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility were limited to a maximum of $150,000,000. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility wasreduced by the amount of outstanding undrawn letters of credit. Interest on the Revolving Credit Facility was payable at LIBOR plus 2.5%, or ABR plus1.5%, as selected by the Company. ABR is the greater of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.5%. The spreads on these rates would have beenreduced as a result of the Company meeting certain financial ratios. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facilitywas 2.27%. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $144,191,000 available under its Revolving Credit Facility and no outstanding borrowings. TheCompany was required to pay a Revolving Credit Facility commitment fee of 0.375% on the average available unused commitment. The Revolving CreditFacility was scheduled to mature on November 10, 2012, unless terminated earlier under certain conditions contained in the Credit Agreements. The Credit Agreements provided the Company the ability to issue letters of credit. Outstanding undrawn letters of credit reduced availability under theCompany’s Revolving Credit Facility. The letters of credit accrued interest at a rate of 2.13%, paid quarterly on the undrawn daily aggregate exposure of thepreceding quarter. This rate would have been reduced as a result of the Company meeting certain financial ratios. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, letters ofcredit outstanding were $5,809,000 and $4,334,000, and interest rates were 2.13% and 2.63% respectively. 67Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 6. Credit Agreements (continued) The principal amount of and the outstanding balance under the First Lien Term Loan (the First Lien) was $597,874,000 and $657,229,000 (net of loansheld in treasury by the Company) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Prior to the 2010 debt repayments, principal payments were due in quarterlyinstallments of $2,375,000. Interest on the First Lien was payable at LIBOR plus 2.5%, or ABR plus 1.5%, as selected by the Company. At December 31,2011 and 2010 the Company’s interest rate on the First Lien was 2.80% and 2.76%, respectively. The outstanding principal balance was payable on the earlierof November 10, 2013, or the date of termination of the First Lien, whether by its terms, by prepayment, or by acceleration. In addition to scheduled principalpayments, the First Lien required an excess cash flow payment each year. The required excess cash flow payment was the amount by which 50% of the excesscash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) generated by the Company in any given year exceeded the principal payments made during that year. The excesscash flow payment was scheduled to be due 125 days after year-end. For the year ending December 31, 2011, as a result of refinancing the Credit Agreementon February 9, 2012, the Company was not required to make an excess cash flow payment. For the year ending December 31, 2010, based on the calculation,the Company was not required to make an excess cash flow payment. For the year ending December 31, 2009, the required excess cash flow payment was$29,576,000, which was paid in 2010. In 2010, the Company used net proceeds from its initial public offering and a substantial portion of its cash and cash equivalents to pay down debt. InFebruary 2010, the Company used $221.6 million in net proceeds from the initial public offering to pay down the second lien term loan in full and to paydown a portion of the first lien term loan. In addition, in March 2010, December 2010, April 2011 and December 2011, the Company used $138.5 million,$74.2 million, $24.7 million and $34.6 million respectively, of cash and cash equivalents on hand to further pay down the first lien term loan principal. As aresult of these debt repayments, the outstanding balance on the first lien credit facility was reduced to $597.9 million as of December 31, 2011, and thesecond lien credit facility had been repaid in full and terminated. Also, quarterly installments for principal payments of $2,375,000 were paid in full for theremainder of the first lien term loan. The Credit Agreements required the Company, among other things, to meet certain financial and nonfinancial covenants and maintain financial ratios in suchamounts and for such periods as set forth therein. The Company was required to maintain a leverage ratio (net debt divided by EBITDA, as defined within theCredit Agreements) of 4.75 as of December 31, 2011. The Company was in compliance with all requirements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Credit Agreements restricted the circumstances in which distributions and dividends were permitted be paid by its’ Subsidiary. Payments could havebeen made to the Company for certain expenses, and dividends could have been used to repurchase equity interests, subject to an annual limitation.Additionally, the Credit Agreements restricted the aggregate amount of dividends and distributions that could have been paid and required the maintenance ofcertain leverage ratios. During 2009, CCMP acquired $9,898,000 par value of First Lien term loans and $20,000,000 par value of Second Lien term loans for approximately$6,459,000 and $8,296,000 respectively. CCMP exchanged this debt for additional shares of Series A Preferred stock issued by the Company. TheCompany subsequently contributed all but $2,000,000 of the Second Lien term loan debt to its Subsidiary. The fair value of the shares exchanged was$6,459,000 and $8,296,000 for the First Lien term loan and Second Lien term loan, respectively. These shares have beneficial conversion features which arecontingent upon a future event (see Note 6). The Company recorded this transaction as Series A Preferred stock of $14,754,000 based on the fair value of thedebt contributed by CCMP which approximated the fair value of shares exchanged. The debt was held in treasury at face value. Consequently, the Companyrecorded a gain on extinguishment of debt of $14,745,000, which included the write-off of deferred financing fees and other closing costs, in the consolidatedstatement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. Effective January 3, 2009, the Company, within the terms of the Credit Agreements, changed the interest rate election from three-month LIBOR to one-monthLIBOR. The Company concluded that as of January 3, 2009, the Swaps no longer met hedge effectiveness tests and were therefore no longer highly effective asa hedge against the impact on interest payments of changes in the LIBOR interest rate. The effective portion of the Swaps prior to the change remained inaccumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and was amortized as interest expense over the period of the originally designated hedged transactions throughJanuary 3, 2010. Changes in the fair value of the Swaps were immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as interest expense. TheCompany determined its Swaps met hedge effectiveness tests and were deemed highly effective for hedge accounting under ASC 815 as of December 31, 2008.Accordingly, at December 31, 2008 the change in fair value was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax for the effective portionof the hedges. 68Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 7. Redeemable Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) Certain of the current equity investors (affiliates of CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC and related entities, certain other investors, certain members of managementof the Subsidiary and board of directors of the Company) had previously acquired a combination of Class A and Class B Common stock and Series APreferred stock of the Company. General terms of these securities are:Preferred stockSeries A Convertible Preferred stock: Each Series A Preferred share was entitled to a priority return preference equal to the sum of $10,000 per share baseamount plus an amount sufficient to generate a 14% annual return on that base amount compounded quarterly from the date of issuance until the accretedpriority return preference was paid in full. Each Series A Preferred share also participated in any equity appreciation beyond the Series A Preferred priorityreturn (the Series A Equity Participation).Voting: Series A Preferred shares did not have voting rights, subject to certain limited approval rights.Distributions: Dividends and other distributions to stockholders in respect of shares, whether as part of an ordinary distribution of earnings, as a leveragedrecapitalization or in the event of an ultimate liquidation and distribution of available corporate assets were to be paid to Series A Preferred stockholders asfollows: Series A Preferred shares were entitled to receive an amount equal to the Series A Preferred base amount of $10,000 per share plus an amount sufficientto generate a 14% annual return on that base amount, compounded quarterly from the date in which the Series A Preferred shares were originally issued.Series A Preferred shares then received an equity participation on all remaining proceeds after payment of this priority return to all Series A Preferredstockholders equal to 24.3% of remaining proceeds (Series A Equity Participation). No distribution would be made to any holder of common stock until theSeries A Preferred stockholders had received all distributions to which they were entitled as previously described. After such distributions were made to theSeries A Preferred stockholders, the holders of common stock were entitled to receive any remaining payments or distributions in accordance with theirrespective priorities.Liquidations: Distributions in connection with any liquidation or change of control transaction would be made in accordance with the distributionsdescribed above. No distribution would be made to any holder of common stock until the Series A Preferred stockholders had received all distributions towhich they were entitled as described above. After such distributions were made to the Series A Preferred stockholders, the holders of common stock would beentitled to receive any remaining payments or distributions in accordance with their respective priorities.Conversion: Series A Preferred shares automatically converted into Class A common shares at the time of the initial public offering (IPO). Any unpaidSeries A preferred return (base $10,000 per share plus 14% accretion) was converted into additional Class A common shares valued at the IPO price net ofunderwriter's discount. That is, each Series A Preferred share was converted into a number of Class A common shares equal to (i) a fraction, the numerator ofwhich is the unpaid priority return on such Series A Preferred share and the denominator of which is the value of a Class A common share at the time ofconversion plus (ii) the number of Class A common shares required to be issued to satisfy the Series A Equity Participation. The number of shares of Class Acommon stock which were issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred was dependent upon the initial public offering price of the Class A common stockon the date of conversion as well as the unpaid priority return of the Series A Preferred stock.The Series A Preferred were redeemable in a deemed liquidation in the event of a change of control. The redemption features were considered to be outside thecontrol of the Company and therefore, all shares of Series A Preferred stock were recorded outside of permanent equity in accordance with guidance originallyissued under EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities (codified under Accounting Standards Codification 480,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity). Until the time of the IPO, no adjustment to the carrying value of the Series A Preferred stock securities had beenrecorded, and the priority returns had not been accreted as a change of control was not probable. 69Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 7. Redeemable Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued) Common stockClass B Convertible common stock: Class B shares participated in the equity appreciation after the Series A Preferred priority return was satisfied. EachClass B share was entitled to a priority return preference equal to the sum of $10,000 per share base amount plus an amount sufficient to generate a 10%annual return on that base amount compounded quarterly from the date of issue until the Class B priority return preference is paid in full. Each Class B sharealso participated in any equity appreciation beyond the Class B priority return.Voting: Each Class B share was entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which stockholders voted.Class A common stock: Class A shares participated in the equity appreciation after the Class B priority return was satisfied.Class A shares did not have voting rights, priority preference or any accretion rights.Distributions: After payment of the priority return to Series A Preferred shareholders previously described above under Preferred Stock, dividends and otherdistributions that remain available to stockholders in respect of shares, whether as part of an ordinary distribution of earnings, as a leveraged recapitalizationor in the event of an ultimate liquidation and distribution of available corporate assets, were to be paid to the common stockholders as follows: Class B shareswere entitled to receive an amount equal to the Class B base amount of $10,000 per share plus an amount sufficient to generate a 10% annual return on thatbase amount, compounded quarterly from the date in which the Class B shares were originally issued. After payment of this priority return to Class Bholders, the holders of Class A shares and Class B shares participated together equally and ratably in any and all distributions by the Company.Liquidations: Distributions made in connection with any liquidation or change of control transaction would be made in accordance with the distributionspreviously described above in the preceding paragraph. In addition, any remaining assets after the Class B preferential distribution would be allocated to theClass A and Class B shares as follows: the Class B shares would receive a percentage of the remaining assets equal to the sum of (i) 88% plus (ii) the productof (A) 12% multiplied by (B) one minus a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of issued and outstanding vested shares of Class A shares and thedenominator is 9,350.0098. The remainder would be allocated to the Class A shares.Conversion: Class B shares automatically converted into Class A shares immediately prior to the IPO. Any unpaid Class B Common priority return (base$10,000 per share plus 10% accretion) was "paid" in additional Class A common shares valued at the IPO price net of underwriter's discount. That is, eachClass B share converted into a number of Class A shares required to be issued to satisfy the Class B Common priority return. Each Class B share convertedinto a number of Class A shares equal to (i) one plus (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which was the unpaid priority return on such Class B share and thedenominator of which was the value of a Class A share at the time of conversion, in all cases subject to the priority rights and preferences of the Series APreferred Shares. The number of shares of Class A common stock which were issued upon conversion of the Class B common stock was dependent upon theinitial public offering price of the Class A common stock on the date of conversion as well as the unpaid priority return of the Class B common stock.The Class B common were redeemable in a deemed liquidation in the event of a change of control. The redemption features were considered to be outside thecontrol of the Company and therefore, all shares of Class B common stock were recorded outside of permanent equity in accordance with guidance originallyissued under EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities (codified under Accounting Standards Codification 480,Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity). Until the time of the IPO, no adjustment to the carrying value of Class B Common stock securities had beenrecorded, and the priority returns had not been accreted as a change of control was not probable. 70Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 7. Redeemable Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued) Accretion: Cumulative accretion on Series A preferred stock and Class B common stock at the time of the IPO on February 17, 2010, was as follows: Series APreferred Class BCommon Carrying value $113,109 $765,096 Cumulative accretion 17,006 286,299 $130,115 $1,051,395 The amounts above do not include the additional base amount of $25,790,000 on Class B common stock or the impact of Series A Equity Participation onSeries A Preferred stock, both of which were recognized as a beneficial conversion at the time of the initial public offering. The Company determined that the conversion feature in the Class B Common stock was in-the-money at the date of issuance and therefore represented abeneficial conversion feature. Since the Class B Common stock was convertible upon an initial public offering, it was contingent upon a future event and hadnot been recorded in the consolidated financial statements prior to the IPO. The beneficial conversion feature, which was valued at $25,790,000 at itscommitment date, was recorded at the completion of the IPO on February 10, 2010 as a return to Class B Common stockholders analogous to a dividend.Since no retained earnings were available to pay this dividend at resolution of the contingency, the dividend was charged against additional paid in capitalresulting in no net impact. Upon the completion of the IPO on February 10, 2010, the Company recorded the beneficial conversion of $25,790,000 as areduction and offsetting increase to additional paid in capital as no retained earnings were available. There was no net impact on additional paid-in-capital.Management Equity Incentive Plan: On November 10, 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan (2006 Equity IncentivePlan). The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provided for awards with respect to a maximum of 9,350.0098 Class A Common shares and 5,000 Class B Commonshares, subject to certain adjustments. On November 10, 2006, and from time to time thereafter, certain members of management purchased restricted sharesof Class A Common stock under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan for $341 per share and pursuant to restricted stock agreements. One half of the restrictedshares vested over time (Time Vesting Shares), with 25% vesting on November 10, 2007 and on the next three anniversaries thereafter, so long as theparticipant was still employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on the applicable vesting date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control of theCompany, any unvested Time Vesting Shares immediately vested in full, so long as the participant was still employed by the Company or one of itssubsidiaries. The other half of the restricted shares immediately vested (performance-based vesting) in full, provided the participant was still then employedby the Company or one of its subsidiaries, upon the occurrence of either: (i) a change of control of the Company that provides CCMP with a certain rate ofreturn with respect to net proceeds received by CCMP from their investment in the Company; or (ii) from and after the date of an IPO, the achievement withrespect to shares of the Class A Common stock of an average closing trading price exceeding, in any 60 consecutive trading day period starting prior to thelater of (a) the fifth year anniversary of the date of grant of the restricted shares, and (b) one year after the IPO, a certain threshold with respect to net proceedsreceived by CCMP from their investment in the Company. As a condition to the purchase of restricted shares, members of management executedconfidentiality, non-competition and intellectual property agreements. The fair value of the Class A common stock on the date of issuance was estimated to be $390 per share. The Company recorded $6,000, and $38,000, and$40,000 of stock-based compensation expense related to the Time Vesting Shares in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, related to amortization of the excess offair value over purchase price of these restricted shares. This excess was being amortized over the vesting provisions of the restricted shares. As a result of theIPO, the remaining unvested performance-based Restricted Shares became fully vested. As a result, the Company has recorded $159,000 of stock-basedcompensation expense related to the accelerated vesting in 2010. 71Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 7. Redeemable Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (continued) Issuance and repurchases of securitiesSeries A Preferred Stock: In September 2009, the Company issued 2,000 shares of the Series A Preferred stock to CCMP and certain members ofmanagement and the board of directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $20,000,000. In December 2009, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,476 sharesof Series A Preferred stock to CCMP in exchange for certain term loans under the first and second lien credit facilities that CCMP had purchased. Theexchange ratio in connection with the exchange was one share of Series A Preferred stock per $10,000 of the amount paid by CCMP for the loans that were soexchanged. Such purchased term loans had a cumulative outstanding principal amount equal to $154,815,000. The equity consideration was less than theoutstanding principal amount, therefore a gain on debt extinguishment was recorded. A summary of the exchanges of purchased term loans for Series APreferred stock by year is as follows (dollars in thousands): Numberof Shares Face Valueof Debt ConsiderationPaid Gain onExtinguishmentof debt Year ending December 31, 2009 1,476 $29,898 $14,754 $14,745 The Company determined that the conversion feature in the Series A Preferred stock had a contingent beneficial conversion feature at the date of issuance. TheSeries A Preferred stock was convertible upon an initial public offering and the number of additional Class A Common shares which may be issued wasunknown prior to the IPO. Since it was contingent upon a future event, it had not been recorded in the consolidated financial statements prior to the IPO. Thebeneficial conversion feature, which is the result of the additional Class A shares issued to satisfy the Series A Equity Participation, was recorded at thecompletion of the initial public offering on February 10, 2010, as a return to Series A Preferred stockholders analogous to a dividend. Since no retainedearnings were available to pay this dividend at resolution of the contingency, the dividend was charged against additional paid in capital resulting in no netimpact. Upon the completion of the IPO on February 10, 2010, the Company recorded the beneficial conversion of $114,900,000 as a reduction and offsettingincrease to additional paid in capital as no retained earnings were available. There was no net impact on additional paid-in-capital. 8. Earnings Per Share The Class B Common stock was considered a participating stock security requiring use of the “two-class” method for the computation of basic net income(loss) per share in accordance with provision of ASC 260-10 Earnings per share. Losses were not allocated to the Class B Common stock in the computationof basic earnings per share as the Class B Common stock was not obligated to share in losses. Basic earnings per share excludes the effect of common stock equivalents and is computed using the “two-class” computation method, which subtractsearnings attributable to the Class B preference from total earnings. In addition, earnings attributable to the Series A Preferred preference and the Class B andSeries A Preferred beneficial conversion are subtracted from total earnings. Any remaining loss is attributed to the Class A Common shares. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Except where the result would be anti-dilutive, diluted earnings per share is calculated by assuming the vesting of unvested restricted stock and the exercise of stock options, as well as their relatedincome tax benefits. The following table reconciles the numerator and the denominator used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share: 72Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 8. Earnings Per Share (continued) Year ended December 31 , 2011 2010 2009 Net income $324,643 $56,913 $43,055 Less: accretion of Series A Preferred stock - (2,042) (14,151)Less: accretion of Class B Common stock - (12,133) (100,191)Less: beneficial conversion - (140,690) - Net income (loss) attributable to Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) 324,643 (97,952) (71,287)Income attributable to Class B Common stock - 12,133 100,191 Net income (loss) per common share - basic: Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) $4.84 $(1.65) $(41,111)Class B Common stock n/a $505 $4,171 Net income (loss) per common share - diluted: Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) $4.79 $(1.65) $(41,111)Class B Common stock n/a $505 $4,171 Weighted average number of shares outstanding – Common Stock (formerly Class A Commonstock): Basic 67,130,356 59,364,958 1,734 Dilutive effect of equity awards 667,015 - - Diluted 67,797,371 59,364,958 1,734 Weighted average number of shares outstanding – Class B Common stock – basic and diluted: n/a 24,018 24,018 For the year ended December 31, 2010, diluted earnings per share are identical to basic earnings per share because the impact of common stock equivalents onearnings per share is anti-dilutive. Had the impact not been anti-dilutive, the effect of stock compensation awards on weighted average diluted sharesoutstanding would have been 257,038.The Series A Preferred and Class B Common stock were only convertible to Class A Common stock immediately prior to an initial public offering. Theimpact of the conversion of Series A Preferred and Class B Common stock are excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations for 2009 as thiscontingent event had not yet occurred by the end of 2009. The number of shares of Class A Common stock that were issued upon conversion of the Series APreferred and Class B Common stock was dependent upon the initial public offering price of the Class A Common stock on the date of conversion ofFebruary 10, 2010 as well as the unpaid priority return. The conversion at the time of the IPO, as well as the reverse stock split, resulted in 19,511,018 and26,859,906 shares of common stock issued for the Series A Preferred stock and Class B Common stock, respectively. 73Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 9. Income Taxes The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following (dollars in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Current: Federal $14,312 $– $– State 1,885 307 339 16,197 307 339 Deferred: Federal 15,632 19,127 15,221 State 1,887 2,831 (12,378) 17,519 21,958 2,843 Change in valuation allowance (271,393) (21,958) (2,843)Provision for income taxes $(237,677) $307 $339 The Company is the taxpaying entity and files a consolidated federal income tax return. Currently, the Company is not under examination by any major taxingjurisdiction to which the Company is subject. The statute of limitation for tax years 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008 is open, for federal and state income taxes.Additionally, tax year 2007 remains open for examination by certain state taxing authorities.Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Deferred tax assets: Goodwill and intangible assets $160,311 $186,014 Accrued expenses 16,572 11,967 Deferred revenue 1,370 1,093 Inventories 2,720 2,733 Pension obligations 8,641 6,059 Stock-based compensation 5,302 2,435 Operating loss and R&D credit carryforwards 50,429 64,436 Interest rate swap 2,065 1,625 Other 719 381 Valuation allowance – (271,393)Total deferred tax assets 248,129 5,350 Deferred tax liabilities: Depreciation 5,994 4,780 Prepaid expenses 377 570 Total deferred tax liabilities 6,371 5,350 Net deferred tax asset $241,758 $– 74Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 9. Income Taxes (continued) The net current and noncurrent components of deferred taxes included in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 2010 Net current deferred tax assets $14,395 $15,269 Net long-term deferred tax assets 227,363 256,124 Valuation allowance – (271,393)Net deferred tax assets $241,758 $– The Company was in a three year cumulative net loss position, due primarily to the 2008 goodwill and tradename impairment write-off, and therefore had notconsidered expected future taxable income in analyzing the realizability of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010, resulting in a full valuationallowance against these net deferred tax assets. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company was no longer in a three-year cumulative loss position and, as partof the normal assessment of the future realization of the net deferred tax assets, determined that a valuation allowance was no longer required. As a result, thevaluation allowance was reversed in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the Company recorded as a tax benefit of $271,393,000. At December 31, 2011, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $127,100,000, which expire between 2027 and 2030, andvarious state net operating loss carryforwards, which expire between 2016 and 2030. As a result of ownership changes, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and similar state provisions can limit the annual deductionsof net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Such annual limitations could result in the expiration of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwardsbefore utilization. The Company has no such limitation as of December 31, 2010 and expects no limitation was triggered in 2011. Future ownership changesmay result in such a limitation. A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates and the effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows: Year ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 U.S. statutory rate 35% 35% 35%State taxes 4 4 4 Valuation allowance (312.3) (38) (38)Effective tax rate (273.3)% 1% 1%At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Company has no reserves recorded for uncertain tax positions. 75Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 10. Benefit Plans Medical and Dental Plan The Company has a medical and dental benefit plan covering full-time employees of the Company and their dependents. The plan is a partially self-fundedplan under which participant claims are obligations of the plan. The plan is funded through employer and employee contributions at a level sufficient to payfor the benefits provided by the plan. The Company’s contributions to the plan were $6,700,000, $7,300,000, and $5,900,000 for the years ended December31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The plan maintains individual stop loss insurance policies on the medical portion of $200,000 to mitigate losses.Balances for the incurred but not yet reported claims, including reported but unpaid claims at December 31, 2011, and 2010, were $800,000 and $800,000,respectively. The Company estimates claims incurred but not yet reported each month based on its historical experience, and the Company adjusts its accrualto meet the estimated liability. Savings Plan The Company maintains a defined-contribution 401(k) savings plan for virtually all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Under the plan,employees may defer receipt of a portion of their eligible compensation. The Company amended the 401(k) savings plans effective January 1, 2009, to add Company matching and non-elective contributions. The Company maycontribute a matching contribution of 50% of the first 6% of eligible compensation of employees. No matching contribution shall be made with respect toemployee catch-up contributions. The Company may contribute a non-elective contribution for each plan year after 2008. The contribution will apply toeligible employees employed on December 31, 2008. The rate of the non-elective contribution is determined based upon years of service as of December 31,2008, and is fixed. Both Company matching contributions and non-elective contributions are subject to vesting. Forfeitures may be applied against planexpenses. The Company recognized $2,400,000, $2,300,000 and $2,300,000 of expense related to this plan in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Pension Plans The Company has noncontributory salaried and hourly pension plans (combined the Pension Plans) covering substantially all of its employees. The benefitsunder the salaried plan are based upon years of service and the participants’ defined final average monthly compensation. The benefits under the hourly planare based on a unit amount at the date of termination multiplied by the participant’s years of credited service. The Company’s funding policy for the PensionPlans is to contribute amounts at least equal to the minimum annual amount required by applicable regulations. The Company elected to freeze the PensionPlans effective December 31, 2008. This resulted in a cessation of all future benefit accruals for both hourly and salary pension plans. 76Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 10. Benefit Plans (continued) The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the Pension Plans. Information related to the Pension Plans is as follows (dollars in thousands): Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010Accumulated benefit obligation at end of period $53,467 $46,049 Change in projected benefit obligation Projected benefit obligation at beginning of period $46,049 $41,845 Interest cost 2,369 2,359 Net actuarial loss 6,649 3,138 Benefits paid (1,600) (1,293)Projected benefit obligation at end of period $53,467 $46,049 Change in plan assets Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period $30,615 $28,128 Actual return on plan assets 623 3,780 Company contributions 1,785 -- Benefits paid (1,600) (1,293)Fair value of plan assets at end of period $31,423 $30,615 Funded status: accrued pension liability included in other long-term liabilities $(22,044) $(15,434) Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income Net actuarial (loss)/gain $(13,702) $(5,607)The estimated actuarial loss for the Pension Plans that was amortized from OCI into net periodic benefit cost during 2011 is $273,000. The amount in OCI asof December 31, 2011 that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension expense during the next fiscal year is $909,000. 77Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 10. Benefit Plans (continued)Additional information related to the Pension Plans is as follows (dollars in thousands): Year ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Components of net periodic pension expense: Interest cost 2,369 2,359 2,338 Expected return on plan assets (2,342) (2,004) (1,804)Amortization of net loss 273 247 240 Net periodic pension expense $300 $602 $774 Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation are as follows: December 31, 2011 2010 Di Discount rate 4.65% 5.23% Rate of compensation increase (1) n/a n/a (1) No compensation increase was assumed, as the plans were frozen effective December 31, 2008. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension expense are as follows: Year ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Discount rate 5.23% 5.76% 6.28% Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 7.62 7.30 7.66 Rate of compensation increase (1) n/a n/a n/a (1) No compensation increase was assumed as the plans were frozen effective December 31, 2008. To determine the long-term rate of return assumption for plan assets, the Company studies historical markets and preserves the long-term historicalrelationships between equities and fixed-income securities consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generatea greater return over the long run. The Company evaluates current market factors such as inflation and interest rates before it determines long-term capitalmarket assumptions and reviews peer data and historical returns to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. 78Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 10. Benefit Plans (continued) The Pension Plan’s weighted-average asset allocation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category, is as follows (dollars in thousands): December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Asset Category Target Dollars % Dollars % Fixed Income 24% 7,349 23% 7,385 24% Domestic equity 49% 15,879 51% 14,967 49% International equity 17% 4,766 15% 5,211 17% Real estate 10% 3,429 11% 3,052 10% Total 100% $31,423 100% $30,615 100%The fair values of the Pension Plan's assets at December 31, 2011 are as follows: Total Quoted pricesin activemarkets foridentical asset(level 1) Significantobservableinputs(level 2) Significantunobservableinputs(level 3) Mutual fund $28,530 $28,530 $– $– Collective trust 2,893 – 2,893 – Total $31,423 $28,530 $2,893 $– The fair values of the Pension Plan's assets at December 31, 2010 are as follows: Total Quoted pricesin activemarkets foridentical asset(level 1) Significantobservableinputs(level 2) Significantunobservableinputs(level 3) Mutual fund $28,141 $28,141 $– $– Collective trust 2,474 – 2,474 – Total $30,615 $28,141 $2,474 $– 79Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 10. Benefit Plans (continued) Mutual Funds – This category includes investments in mutual funds that encompass both equity and fixed income securities that are designed to provide adiverse portfolio. The plan’s mutual funds are designed to track exchange indices, and invest in diverse industries. Some mutual funds are classified asregulated investment companies. Investment managers have the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from small to large capitalizationfunds, and from U.S. to international investments. These investments are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individualsecurities are traded. These investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.Collective Trusts – This category includes public investment vehicles valued using the Net Asset Value (NAV) provided by the administrator of the trust. TheNAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the trust, minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The NAVof the trust is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.The Company’s target allocation for equity securities and real estate is generally between 65% – 85%, with the remainder allocated primarily to bonds. TheCompany regularly reviews its actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances its investments to the targeted allocation when considered appropriate. The Company expects to make estimated contributions of $2,902,000 to the Pension Plans in 2012. The following benefit payments are expected to be paid from the Pension Plans (dollars in thousands): Year 2012 $1,421 2013 1,525 2014 1,632 2015 1,766 2016 1,865 Years 2017 – 2021 11,548 11. Share PlansOn November 10, 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan (2006 Equity Incentive Plan). The 2006 Equity Incentive Planprovided for awards with respect to a maximum of 9,350.0098 shares of Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) and 5,000 Class B Commonshares, subject to certain adjustments. On November 10, 2006, and from time to time thereafter, certain members of management purchased restricted sharesof Class A Common stock under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan for $341 per share and pursuant to restricted stock agreements. One half of the restrictedshares vested over time (Time Vesting Shares), with 25% vesting on November 10, 2007 and on the next three anniversaries thereafter, so long as theparticipant was still employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on the applicable vesting date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control of theCompany, any unvested Time Vesting Shares immediately vested in full, so long as the participant was still employed by the Company or one of itssubsidiaries. The remaining restricted shares immediately vested (performance-based vesting) in full, provided the participant was still then employed by theCompany or one of its subsidiaries, upon the occurrence of either: (i) a change of control of the Company that provides CCMP with a certain rate of returnwith respect to net proceeds received by CCMP from their investment in the Company; or (ii) from and after the date of an IPO, the achievement with respect toshares of the Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) of an average closing trading price exceeding, in any 60 consecutive trading day periodstarting prior to the later of (a) the fifth year anniversary of the date of grant of the restricted shares, and (b) one year after the IPO, a certain threshold withrespect to net proceeds received by CCMP from their investment in the Company. As a condition to the purchase of restricted shares, members of managementexecuted confidentiality, non-competition and intellectual property agreements. 80Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 11. Share Plans (continued) The fair value of the Class A common stock on the date of issuance was estimated to be $390 per share. The Company recorded $6,000 and $38,000 ofstock-based compensation expense related to the Time Vesting Shares in 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to amortization of the excess of fair value overpurchase price of these restricted shares. This excess was being amortized over the vesting provisions of the restricted shares. As a result of the IPO, theremaining unvested performance-based Restricted Shares became fully vested. As a result, the Company recorded $159,000 of stock-based compensationexpense related to the accelerated vesting in 2010.The Company adopted an equity incentive plan on February 10, 2010 in connection with the IPO. At the time of the IPO, 4,341,504 stock options and456,249 shares of restricted stock and other stock awards were granted to employees and Board members of the Company pursuant to the equity incentiveplan. The Company has subsequently granted an additional 204,877 stock options and 80,983 shares of restricted stock and other stock awards toemployees and Board members of the Company. Total share-based compensation cost related to the equity incentive plan recognized in the consolidatedstatement of operations was $8,646,000 and $6,198,000 in 2011 and 2010, respectively, net of actual forfeitures, which is recorded in operating expenses inthe consolidated statement of operations.Stock Options - The stock options granted in 2011 have an exercise price of between $17.75 per share and $24.73 per share, and the stock options granted in2010 have an exercise price equal to the IPO price of $13.00 per share. All stock options vest in equal installments over five years, subject to the grantee’scontinued employment or service and expire 10 years after the date of grant.In 2011, the majority of stock option exercises were net-share settled such that the Company withheld shares with value equivalent to the exercise price of theawards plus the employees’ minimum statutory obligation for the applicable income and other employment taxes. Total shares withheld were approximately55,202, and were based on the value of the stock options on the exercise date as determined based upon an average of the Company’s high and low stock salesprice. Total payments for the employees’ tax obligations to the taxing authorities were $371,000 and $0 in 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are reflected as afinancing activity within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The net-share settlements had the effect of share repurchases by the Company as theyreduced the number of shares that would have otherwise been issued as a result of the vesting and did not represent an expense to the Company.The Company has agreed to pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in return for the employee returning an equivalent value of options to the Company.This transaction resulted in a decrease of approximately $371,000 in 2011 to equity on the consolidated balance sheet as the cash payment of the taxeseffectively was a repurchase of the stock options previously granted.The grant-date fair value of each option grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certainassumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Since there is limited history for the Company’s stock, expected volatility is calculated based on ananalysis of historic and implied volatility measures for a set of peer companies. The average expected life is based on the contractual term of the option usingthe simplified method. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at thedate of grant. The compensation expense recognized is net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated based on voluntary termination behavior, as thereis not sufficient history of actual share option forfeitures at this time. The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricingmodel for 2011 and 2010 are as follows: 2011 2010 Weighted average grant date fair value $11.10 $6.84 Assumptions: Expected stock price volatility 50% 50%Risk free interest rate 2.69% 2.94%Expected annual dividend per share $0.00 $0.00 Expected life of options (years) 6.5 6.5 81Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 11. Share Plans (continued) During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company updated the estimated forfeiture rates it uses in the determination of its stock-based compensationexpense. This change was the result of an assessment that included an analysis of the actual number of equity awards that had been forfeited to date comparedto prior estimates and an evaluation of future estimated forfeitures. The Company periodically evaluates its forfeiture rates and updates the rates it uses in thedetermination of its stock-based compensation expense. The impact of the change to the forfeiture rates on non-cash compensation expense was immaterial forthe years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the three years ended December31, 2011, is as follows: Number ofoptions Weighted-averageexercise price AverageremainingcontracturalTerm (years) Aggregateintrinsic value($ inthousands) Outstanding as of December 31, 2009 - $- Granted 4,366,504 13.02 Exercised - - Expired - - Forfeited (130,245) 13.00 Outstanding as of December 31, 2010 4,236,259 13.02 9.1 $13,349 Granted 179,877 21.26 Exercised (107,591) 13.00 Expired - - Forfeited - - Outstanding as of December 31, 2011 4,308,545 13.36 8.2 63,193 Exercisable as of December 31, 2011 739,656 13.02 8.1 11,101 Of the 107,591 stock options exercised during the fiscal year 2011, 55,202 shares underlying such exercised options were retained by the Company in a net-share settlement to cover the aggregate exercise price and the required amount of employee withholding taxes.As of December 31, 2011, there was $20,028,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, related to unvested options. The cost isexpected to be recognized over the remaining service period, having a weighted-average period of 3.3 years. Total share-based compensation cost related to thestock options for 2011 and 2010 was $6,475,000 and $4,470,000, respectively, which is recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement ofoperations.Restricted Stock - The restricted stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the grantee’s continued employment. The fairmarket value of the award at the time of the grant is amortized to expense over the period of vesting. The fair value of restricted share awards is determinedbased on the market value of the Company's shares on the grant date. The compensation expense recognized for restricted share awards is net of estimatedforfeitures. 82Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 11. Share Plans (continued) A summary of the Company's restricted share awards activity for the three years ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:Non-vested Stock AwardsShares Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value Non-vested as of December 31, 2009- $- Granted439,999 13.02 Vested- - Forfeited(9,844) (13.00) Non-vested as of December 31, 2010430,155 13.02 Granted59,147 20.59 Vested- - Forfeited- - Non-vested as of December 31, 2011489,302 $13.93 As of December 31, 2011, there was $2,900,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, related to non-vested stock awards. Thatcost is expected to be recognized over the remaining service period, having a weighted-average period of 1.7 years. Total share-based compensation cost relatedto the restricted stock for 2011 and 2010 was $1,871,000 and 1,447,000, respectively, which is recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement ofoperations.During 2011 and 2010, 16,680 and 21,406 shares, respectively, of fully vested stock were granted to certain members of the Company’s board of directorsas a component of their compensation for their service on the board. Total compensation cost for these share grants in 2011 and 2010 was $300,000 and$281,000, respectively, which is recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. 12. Commitments and Contingencies The Company leases certain computer equipment, automobiles, and warehouse space under operating leases with initial lease terms ranging up to three years. The approximate aggregate minimum rental commitments at December 31, 2011, are as follows (dollars in thousands): Amount Year 2012 $479 2013 443 2014 375 2015 28 2016 - Total $1,325 83Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued) Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, which includes short-term data processing equipment rentals, was approximately$1,309,000, $554,000, and $347,000, respectively. The Company has an arrangement with a finance company to provide floor plan financing for selected dealers. The Company receives payment from thefinance company after shipment of product to the dealer. The Company participates in the cost of dealer financing up to certain limits. The Company hasagreed to repurchase products repossessed by the finance company, but does not indemnify the finance company for any credit losses they incur. The amountfinanced by dealers which remained outstanding under this arrangement at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $10,035,000 and 9,735,000,respectively. In the normal course of business, the Company is named as a defendant in various lawsuits in which claims are asserted against the Company. In the opinionof management, the liabilities, if any, which may result from such lawsuits are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position, resultsof operations, or cash flows of the Company. 13. Related-Party Transactions Prior to the IPO, the Company had an agreement to pay CCMP and certain other investors and related entities an annual advisory fee of $500,000. TheCompany expensed $55,000 in advisory fees for 2010, and $500,000 in advisory fees for 2009. This agreement was terminated effective with the IPO onFebruary 10, 2010. 14. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) Unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, (in thousands, except per share data): Quarters Ended 2011 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Net sales $123,981 $161,363 $239,324 $267,308 Gross profit 47,177 60,353 88,659 98,465 Operating income 11,143 21,800 44,178 35,860 Net income 4,844 15,289 37,379 267,131 Net income per common share, basic: $0.07 $0.23 $0.56 $3.98 Net income per common share, diluted: $0.07 $0.23 $0.55 $3.91 Quarters Ended 2010 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Net sales $130,718 $140,455 $160,666 $161,041 Gross profit 51,418 54,745 67,362 63,832 Operating income 15,464 18,854 29,770 26,208 Net income 2,468 12,834 22,998 18,613 Less: accretion of Series A preferred stock (2,042) - - - Less: accretion of Class B common stock (12,133) - - - Less: beneficial conversion (140,690) - - - Net (loss) income attributable to Common Stock (formerly Class A CommonStock) (152,397) 12,834 22,998 18,613 Income attributable to Class B common stock 12,133 - - - Net (loss) income per common share, basic: Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) $(4.26) $0.19 $0.34 $0.28 Class B common stock $505 - - - Net (loss) income per common share, diluted: $(4.26) $0.19 $0.34 $0.28 Common stock (formerly Class A Common stock) $505 - - - Class B common stock 84Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 15. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands): Balance atBeginning ofPeriod ReservesAssumed inAcquisition AdditionsCharged toEarnings Charges toReserve, Net(1) Balance atEndof Year Year ended December 31, 2011 Allowance for doubtful accounts $723 $171 $(7) $(98) $789 Reserves for inventory 4,059 657 1,092 (1,091) 4,717 Valuation of deferred tax assets 271,393 – (271,393) – – Year ended December 31, 2010 Allowance for doubtful accounts $1,016 – $(124) $(169) $723 Allowance for doubtful notes 965 – – (965) - Reserves for inventory 3,937 – 1,056 (934) 4,059 Valuation of deferred tax assets 289,529 – (18,136) – 271,393 Year ended December 31, 2009 Allowance for doubtful accounts $1,020 – $227 $(231) $1,016 Allowance for doubtful notes 965 – - – 965 Reserves for inventory 4,908 – 548 (1,519) 3,937 Valuation of deferred tax assets 292,372 – (2,843) – 289,529 (1) Deductions from the allowance for doubtful accounts equal accounts receivable written off, less recoveries, against the allowance. Deductions from thereserves for inventory excess and obsolete items equal inventory written off against the reserve as items were disposed of. Deductions to the valuation ofdeferred tax assets relate to the reversals due to changes in management’s judgments regarding the future realization of the underlying deferred tax assets. 16. Subsequent Events The Company evaluated its financial statements for subsequent events through the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company isnot aware of any subsequent events which require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, except as disclosed below. Acquisition of Gen-Tran Corporation - On February 1, 2012, a subsidiary of the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certainliabilities of Gen-Tran Corporation, a leading transfer switch and portable generator accessory manufacturer located in Alpharetta, GA. The acquisition is notmaterial to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 85Table of Contents Generac Holdings Inc.Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsYears Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 16. Subsequent Events (continued) Refinancing of Revolving Credit Facility and Credit Agreement - On February 9, 2012, a subsidiary of the Company (the “Borrower”) entered into a newcredit agreement with certain commercial banks and other lenders. The new credit agreement provides for borrowings under a new $150.0 million revolvingcredit facility, a $325.0 million tranche A term loan facility and a $250.0 million tranche B term loan facility. The new revolving credit facility and tranche Aterm loan facility mature February 9, 2017, and the tranche B term loan facility matures February 9, 2019. Proceeds received by the Company from loans made under the new credit agreement were used to repay in full all outstanding borrowings under the formercredit agreement, dated as of November 10, 2006, as amended from time to time, and for general corporate purposes. The Company’s former credit facility iscomprised of a revolving credit facility and a first-lien term loan, which were scheduled to mature in November 2012 and November 2013, respectively. The new borrowings are secured by associated collateral agreements which pledge virtually all assets of the Borrower. The new credit agreement requires theBorrower, among other things, to meet certain financial and nonfinancial covenants and maintain a consolidated net leverage ratio not exceeding certain agreedlevels and an interest coverage ratio not to decline below certain agreed levels. The new revolving credit facility and tranche A term loan facility initially bear interest at rates based upon either a base rate plus an applicable margin of1.25% or adjusted LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 2.25%. The tranche B term loan facility bears interest at rates based upon either a base rate(which, with respect to such tranche B term loan facility, will not be less than 2.00%) plus an applicable margin of 1.75% or adjusted LIBOR rate (which,with respect to such tranche B term loan facility, will not be less than 1.00%) plus an applicable margin of 2.75%. In subsequent periods, the new revolvingcredit facility and the Tranche A term loan facility will bear interest at rates based upon either a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to1.50% or adjusted LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.50%, each determined based on a leverage ratio. The new credit agreement restricts the circumstances in which distributions and dividends can be paid by the Borrower. Payments can be made by theBorrower to the Company for certain expenses such as operating expenses in the ordinary course and dividends can be used to repurchase equity interests,subject to limitation in certain circumstances. Additionally, the new credit agreement restricts the aggregate amount of dividends and distributions that can bepaid and, in certain circumstances, requires the maintenance of certain leverage ratios in order to pay certain dividends or distributions. The new credit agreement contains customary events of default, including, among others, nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, failure toperform covenants, inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect, cross-defaults with other material indebtedness, certain undischargedjudgments, the occurrence of certain ERISA or bankruptcy or insolvency events or the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the new creditagreement). Upon an event of default under the new credit agreement, the lenders may declare the loans and all other obligations under the new credit agreementimmediately due and payable and require the Borrower to cash collateralize the outstanding letter of credit obligations. A bankruptcy or insolvency eventcauses such obligations to automatically become immediately due and payable. Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure There were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants reportable herein. 86Table of Contents Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and ProceduresDisclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports wefile or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periodsspecified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls andprocedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and ChiefFinancial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the design andoperation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered bythis report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls andprocedures were effective in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in this report on Form 10-K has been recorded,processed, summarized and reported as of the end of the period covered by this report on Form 10-K.Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial ReportingOur management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief FinancialOfficer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements inaccordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded asnecessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts andexpenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) providereasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have amaterial effect on the Company’s financial statements.There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error or the circumventionor overriding of the controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving itsobjective. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation ofeffectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate, because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliancewith the policies or procedures may deteriorate.Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an assessment of theeffectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on the criteria established in Internal Control – IntegratedFramework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In conducting this assessment, our managementexcluded the Magnum Products business given its acquisition was only as recent as the fourth quarter 2011 and constituted 7% and 12% of total and netassets, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 and 5% and 1% of revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Notwithstanding Magnum,based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Itsreport appears in the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on page 47. 87Table of Contents Changes in Internal Control Over Financial ReportingOn October 3, 2011, a subsidiary of the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Magnum. As a result of the acquisition, weare in the process of reviewing the internal control structure of Magnum and, if necessary, will make appropriate changes as we incorporate our controls andprocedures into the acquired business. Except for the acquisition, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurredduring the three months ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financialreporting. Item 9B. Other Information NonePART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance The information required by Item 10 not already provided herein under “Item 1 – Business – Executive Officers”, will be included in our 2012 ProxyStatement, and is incorporated by reference herein. Item 11. Executive Compensation The information required by this item will be included in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters The information required by this item will be included in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence The information required by this item will be included in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services The information required by this item will be included in our 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 88Table of Contents PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a)(1) Financial Statements Included in Part II of this report: Page Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm47Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 201049Consolidated statements of operations for years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 200950Consolidated statements of redeemable stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 200951Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 200952Notes to consolidated financial statements53 (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to requiresubmission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. (a)(3) Exhibits See the Exhibits Index following the signature pages for a list of the exhibits being filed or furnished with or incorporated by reference into this Annual Reporton Form 10-K. 89Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed onits behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Generac Holdings Inc. By:/s/ Aaron Jagdfeld Aaron Jagdfeld Chief Executive Officer Dated: March 9, 2012 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons and on behalf of theRegistrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title Date /s/ Aaron Jagdfeld Aaron JagdfeldChief Executive Officer and DirectorMarch 9, 2012 /s/ York A. Ragen York A. RagenChief Financial Officer andChief Accounting OfficerMarch 9, 2012 /s/ John D. Bowlin John D. BowlinDirectorMarch 9, 2012 /s/ Barry J. Goldstein Barry J. GoldsteinDirectorMarch 9, 2012 /s/ Edward A. LeBlanc Edward A. LeBlancDirectorMarch 9, 2012 /s/ Stephen Murray Stephen MurrayDirectorMarch 9, 2012 /s/ david ramon David RamonDirectorMarch 9, 2012 /s/ Timothy Walsh Timothy WalshDirectorMarch 9, 2012 90Table of Contents EXHIBIT INDEX ExhibitsNumber Description 2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Generac Power Systems, Inc., the representative named therein, GPS CCMP Acquisition Corp.,and GPS CCMP Merger Corp., dated as of September 13, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registration Statement on FormS-1 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2010). 2.2 2.3*Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Generac Power Systems, Inc., the representative named therein, GPS CCMPAcquisition Corp., and GPS CCMP Merger Corp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed withthe SEC on January 11, 2010).Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2011, by and among Magnum Power Products, LLC, Magnum Products, LLC and the otherSellers named therein, the Equityholders named therein and Thomas Joseph, as Sellers’ Representative. 3.1Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Generac Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’sAnnual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010). 3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws of Generac Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010). 4.1Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC onJanuary 25, 2010). 4.2Shareholders Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2006, by and among Generac Holdings Inc., certain stockholders of GeneracHoldings Inc., including CCMP Capital Investors II, L.P., various of it affiliated funds, various funds affiliated with Unitas Capital Ltd. andthe Management Shareholders (as defined in Shareholders Agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement onForm S-1 filed with the SEC on October 20, 2009).10.1Credit Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2012, among Generac Power Systems, Inc., Generac Acquisition Corp., the lenders party thereto,JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith LLP,as syndication agents, and RBS Citizens, N.A., PNC Bank, National Association, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., Sumitomo MitsuiBanking Corporation and Bank of Montreal, as Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s CurrentReport on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 10, 2012).10.2Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2012, among Generac Acquisition Corp., Generac Power Systems, Inc., certainsubsidiaries of Generac Power Systems, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 10, 2012).10.3Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated November 10, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the RegistrationStatement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 24, 2009).10.4+2009 Executive Management Incentive Compensation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 of the Registration Statement on FormS-1 filed with the SEC on December 17, 2009).10.5+Generac Holdings Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filedwith the SEC on January 25, 2010).10.6+Generac Holdings Inc. Annual Performance Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1filed with the SEC on January 25, 2010).10.7+Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 14, 2010, between Generac and Aaron Jagdfeld (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.65 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 25, 2010). 91Table of Contents EXHIBIT INDEX (continued) ExhibitsNumber Description10.8+Employment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2006, between Generac and Dawn Tabat (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of theRegistration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 25, 2010).10.9+Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated January 14, 2010, between Generac and Dawn Tabat (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.66 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on October 20, 2009).10.10+Employment Letter with Terrence Dolan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with theSEC on January 25, 2010).10.11+Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filedwith the SEC on January 25, 2010).10.12Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Intellectual Property Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the RegistrationStatement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 24, 2009).10.13+Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with theSEC on January 25, 2010).10.14+Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1filed with the SEC on January 25, 2010).10.15Form of Generac Holdings Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement for Stephen Murray and Timothy Walsh (incorporated by reference toExhibit 10.50 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2010).10.16Form of Generac Holdings Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement for Barry Goldstein, John D. Bowlin and Edward A. LeBlanc(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2010).10.17Form of Generac Holdings Inc. Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 of the Registration Statement onForm S-1 filed with the SEC on January 11, 2010).10.18 Form of Generac Power Systems, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement for Stephen Murray and Timothy Walsh (incorporated by referenceto Exhibit 10.53 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 25, 2010).10.19 10.20+10.21+Form of Generac Power Systems, Inc. Indemnification Agreement for Barry Goldstein, John D. Bowlin, Edward A. LeBlanc, Aaron Jagdfeld,David Ramon, York A. Ragen, Dawn Tabat, Allen Gillette, Roger Schaus, Jr., Roger Pascavis and Russell S. Minick (incorporated byreference to Exhibit 10.54 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 25, 2010).Amendment to Employment Agreement with Dawn Tabat (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the quarterly report filed with the SECon November 14,2011).Offer letter to Russ Minick (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the quarterly report filed with the SEC on November 14,2011). 21.1*List of Subsidiaries of Generac Holdings Inc.23.1*Consent of Ernst & Young, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, relating to Generac Holdings Inc.31.1*Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), pursuant tosection 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.31.2*Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), pursuant tosection 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.1**Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.2**Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.101*The following financial information from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filedwith the SEC on March 9, 2012, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December31, 2011 and December 31, 2010; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2011, December 31,2010 and December 31, 2009; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Fiscal YearsEnded December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal YearsEnded December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.*Filed herewith.**Furnished herewith.+Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 92  Exhibit 2.3 ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT Dated as of October 3, 2011 Among: Magnum Power Products, LLC, as Buyer; Magnum Products, LLC, as Seller; the other Sellers named herein; the Equityholders named herein; and Thomas Joseph, as Sellers’ Representative  Table of Contents Page ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1.Definitions11.2.Interpretation11 ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE 2.1.Purchased Assets122.2.Excluded Assets132.3.Assumed Liabilities132.4.Excluded Liabilities14 ARTICLE III PURCHASE PRICE 3.1.Purchase Price163.2.Determination of Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment163.3.Determination of Closing Date Cash Payment163.4.Adjustment of Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment183.5.Additional Payments183.6.Allocation of Purchase Price21 ARTICLE IV CLOSING 4.1.Closing Date214.2.Payment on the Closing Date224.3.Buyer’s Additional Deliveries224.4.Sellers’ Deliveries22 ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS AND THE EQUITYHOLDERS 5.1.Organization of Sellers and Equityholders255.2.Subsidiaries and Investments255.3.Authority of Sellers and Equityholders265.4.Financial Statements of Magnum; Internal Controls275.5.Operations Since Balance Sheet Date285.6.No Undisclosed Liabilities30 i 5.7.Taxes305.8.Availability of Assets315.9.Governmental Permits315.10.Real Property325.11.Personal Property335.12.Intellectual Property; Software335.13.Accounts Receivable; Inventories355.14.Title to Property365.15.Employees and Related Agreements; ERISA365.16.Employee Relations395.17.Contracts395.18.Status of Contracts405.19.No Violation or Litigation415.20.Environmental Matters415.21.Insurance435.22.Customers and Suppliers435.23.Budgets435.24.Warranties; Product Defects435.25.No Finder445.26.Disclosure445.27.No Other Representations and Warranties44 ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER 6.1.Organization of Buyer456.2.Authority of Buyer456.3.No Finder45 ARTICLE VII ACTION PRIOR TO THE CLOSING DATE 7.1.Investigation by Buyer467.2.Preserve Accuracy of Representations and Warranties; Notification of Certain Matters467.3.Consents of Third Parties; Governmental Approvals477.4.Operations Prior to the Closing Date487.5.Reasonable Efforts507.6.Commitment for Title Insurance; Surveys507.7.Acquisition Proposals50 ARTICLE VIII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 8.1.Covenant Not to Compete or Solicit Business508.2.Taxes528.3.Employees Matters53 ii 8.4.Change in Corporate Name548.5.Warranty Claims; Product Liability Claims548.6.Insurance558.7.Release56 ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER 9.1.No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and Warranties569.2.No Changes or Destruction of Property579.3.No Restraint or Litigation579.4.Necessary Governmental Approvals579.5.Necessary Consents579.6.Customer Due Diligence579.7.Title Insurance579.8.Sellers’ Deliveries579.9.SNDAs and Estoppels57 ARTICLE X CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS 10.1.No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and Warranties5810.2.No Restraint or Litigation5810.3.Necessary Governmental Approvals5810.4.Buyer Deliveries58 ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION 11.1.Indemnification by Sellers and Equityholders5811.2.Indemnification by Buyer6111.3.Notice of Claims6211.4.Third Person Claims6211.5.Setoff6411.6.Sole Remedy.6411.7.No Duplication of Warranties.6411.8.Mitigation6411.9.Business Insurance Policies6511.10.Adjustment to Purchase Price6511.11.Lay-Mor Litigation.65 ARTICLE XII TERMINATION 12.1.Termination66 iii 12.2.Notice of Termination6612.3.Effect of Termination66 ARTICLE XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.1.Survival of Obligations6613.2.Confidential Nature of Information6713.3.No Public Announcement6713.4.Notices6713.5.Successors and Assigns6813.6.Access to Records after Closing6913.7.Sellers’ Representative.6913.8.Entire Agreement; Amendments6913.9.Partial Invalidity7013.10.Waivers7013.11.Expenses7013.12.Execution in Counterparts7013.13.Enforcement of Agreement7013.14.Further Assurances7013.15.Governing Law7113.16.Time is of the Essence7113.17.Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial71 [End TOC.] iv ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT is dated as of October 3, 2011, and by and among Magnum Power Products, LLC, aWisconsin limited liability company (“Buyer”), Magnum Products, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“Magnum”), CH&E Pumps Acquisition,LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“CH&E”), Magnum Products International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“MP International”), MagnumProducts Canada, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“MP Canada”), Magnum Products Services, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“MP Services”),Joseph Properties, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“Joseph Properties”; and, together with Magnum, CH&E, MP International, MP Canada,and MP Services, collectively, the “Sellers”), Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph and the other direct and indirect equityholders of the Sellers listed on thesignature pages hereof (collectively, the “Equityholders”) and Thomas Joseph, as Sellers’ Representative. WHEREAS, the Sellers are engaged in the Business; WHEREAS, Sellers desire to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Sellers, on a going concern basis, substantially all of theassets, properties and business of Sellers with respect to the Business, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties to this Agreement agree asfollows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1. Definitions . In this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this Section 1.1 and shall be equally applicable toboth the singular and plural forms. “Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(d). “Additional Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5. “Additional Payment Report” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5(c). “Additional Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5. “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, at the time of determination, directly or indirectly through one ormore intermediaries Controls, is Controlled by or is under Common Control with such Person. “Agreed Accounting Principles” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, provided that, with respect to anymatter as to which there is more than one generally accepted accounting principle, Agreed Accounting Principles means the generally accepted accountingprinciples applied in the preparation of the Balance Sheet. 1 “Agreed Adjustments” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(c). “Agreed Rate” means the prime rate published by the Wall Street Journal, National Edition, as that rate may vary from time to time, orif that rate is no longer published, a comparable rate. “Allocation Schedule” has the meaning specified in Section 3.6. “Antitrust Division” means the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice. “Assumed Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3. “Balance Sheet” has the meaning specified in Section 5.4(a). “Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.4(a). “Bring-Down Certificates” has the meaning specified in Section 4.4(n). “Business” means the business of the Sellers, including the development, manufacture, distribution, sale and/or servicing of light towers,generators, water trailers, pumps, sweepers, ITEG Products, combination units and/or related equipment and accessories. “Business Insurance Policies” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6(a). “Buyer” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “Buyer Ancillary Agreements” means all agreements, instruments and documents being or to be executed and delivered by Buyer underthis Agreement. “Buyer Group Member” means (i) Buyer and its Affiliates, (ii) the directors, officers and employees of each of Buyer and its Affiliatesand (iii) the respective successors and assigns of each of the foregoing. “CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq. “Claim Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a). “Closing” means the closing of the transfer of the Purchased Assets from Sellers to Buyer. “Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1. “Closing Date Retention Plan” means a Retention Award Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, between Buyer and each of thepersons named on Schedule 1.1(A), in the forms set forth in Exhibit G. “Closing Date Retention Plan Amount” means $625,000. 2 “Closing Date Cash Payment” means $80,000,000 (i) minus the Negative Working Capital Adjustment Amount, or plus the PositiveWorking Capital Adjustment Amount and (ii) minus the Closing Date Retention Plan Amount. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. “Confidentiality Agreements” means the Mutual Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreements dated as of July 9, 2010 and June 22,2011, each between Buyer and Magnum. “Contract” means any legally binding agreement, contract, license, sublicense, subcontract, settlement agreement, lease, understanding,arrangement, commitment, undertaking, instrument, note, indemnity, purchase order, warranty, insurance policy or benefit plan, whether written or oral. “Control” means, as to any Person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whetherthrough the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The terms “Controlled by,” “under Common Control with” and “Controlling” shall havecorrelative meanings. “Copyrights” means United States and non-U.S. copyrights and mask works (as defined in 17 U.S.C. §901), whether registered orunregistered, and pending applications to register the same. “Court Order” means any judgment, order, award or decree of any United States federal, state or local, or any supra-national or non-U.S., court or tribunal and any award in any arbitration proceeding. “Deductible” has the meaning specified in Section 11.1(a)(A). “Encumbrance” means any lien (statutory or other), claim, charge, security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation,assignment, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind, and anyeasement, encroachment, covenant, restriction, right of way, defect in title or other encumbrance of any kind. “Environmental Encumbrance” means an Encumbrance in favor of any Governmental Body for (i) any liability under anyEnvironmental Law, or (ii) damages arising from, or costs incurred by such Governmental Body in response to, a Release or threatened Release of HazardousMaterials into the environment. “Environmental Law” means all Requirements of Laws addressing the environment, health or safety, including CERCLA, OSHA andRCRA and any state equivalent thereof. “Equityholders” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 3 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. “Escrow Amount” means $6,500,000; being the sum of the Indemnity Escrow Amount ($6,000,000) and the Working Capital EscrowAmount ($500,000). “Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow Agreement in the form of Exhibit C. “Escrow Agent” means the Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement. “Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment” means the Closing Date Cash Payment, as defined herein, but determined on an estimatedbasis by Sellers in good faith and as reflected in the certificate referred to in Section 3.2. “Excluded Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2. “Excluded Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4. “Expenses” means any and all expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or asserting any claim, action, suit orproceeding incident to any matter indemnified against hereunder (including court filing fees, court costs, arbitration fees or costs, witness fees, and reasonablefees and disbursements of legal counsel, investigators, expert witnesses, consultants, accountants and other professionals). “FTC” means the United States Federal Trade Commission. “Governmental Body” means any United States federal, state or local, or any supra-national or non-U.S., government, politicalsubdivision, governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, instrumentality, agency body or commission, court, tribunal or judicial or arbitral body. “Governmental Permits” has the meaning specified in Section 5.9(a). “Government Contract” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17(ix). “Hazardous Material” means any waste, pollutant, hazardous or toxic substance or waste, petroleum, petroleum-based substance orwaste, or any constituent of any such substance or waste defined in, regulated under or for which standards of care are imposed by any Environmental Law. “HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976. “Improvements” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(a). “Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed (including the aggregateprincipal amount thereof, the aggregate amount of accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any premiums thereon); (ii) indebtedness evidenced by notes,debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (iii) all obligations in respect of interest rate orcurrency obligation swaps, caps, floors, hedges or similar arrangements of such Person; (iv) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed (excludes tradeaccounts payable) as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any titleretention agreement; (v) all obligations of such Person under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles;(vi) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; (vii) allobligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of any Persons for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly,as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including guarantees of such obligations; and (viii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii)of other Persons secured by any Encumbrance on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person). 4 “Indemnified Party” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a). “Indemnitor” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a). “Indemnity Escrow Amount” means $6,000,000. “Instrument of Assignment” means the Instrument of Assignment in the form of Exhibit A. “Instrument of Assumption” means the Instrument of Assumption in the form of Exhibit B. “Intellectual Property” means Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademarks and Trade Secrets. “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service. “ITEG Dispute Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5(c). “ITEG Products” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5(a). “Joseph Consulting Agreement” means a Consulting Agreement by and between Michael Joseph and Buyer in the form of Exhibit E. “Joseph Lease” means that certain Lease, dated as of October 12, 1997, by and between Joseph Properties, LLC and MagnumProperties, LLC, as amended. “Joseph Properties” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “Land” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(a). “Leased Real Property” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(b). 5 “Letter of Intent” means the letter agreement dated June 22, 2011 between Buyer and Magnum, as amended by the letter agreement datedAugust 26, 2011. “Losses” means any and all losses, costs, obligations, liabilities, settlement payments, awards, judgments, fines, penalties, damages,deficiencies or other charges (but specifically excluding punitive, exemplary, remote or speculative damages or consequential damages that are not reasonablyforeseeable, in each case, unless payable to a third party). “Magnum” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “Management Bonuses” means a bonus, payable in cash, to the persons and in the amounts set forth in Schedule 1.1(B). “Material Seller Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 9.5. “MP Canada” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “MP International” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “MP Services” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “Negative Working Capital Adjustment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1. “OSHA” means the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq. “Owned Real Property” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(a). “Patent Rights” means United States and non-U.S. patents, provisional patent applications, patent applications, continuations,continuations-in-part, divisions, reissues, patent disclosures, industrial designs, inventions (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice) andimprovements thereto. “Permitted Encumbrances” means (i) liens for Taxes and other governmental charges and assessments which are not yet due andpayable; (ii) liens of landlords and liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen and other similar liens imposed by law arising in theordinary course of Business for sums not yet due and payable; and (iii) other liens or imperfections on property which do not adversely affect title to, detractfrom the value of, or impair the existing use of, the property affected by such lien or imperfection. “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company,trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Body. 6 “Positive Working Capital Adjustment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1. “Post-Closing Insurance Claim” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6(a). “Preliminary Additional Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5(b). “Preliminary Accounting Report” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(a)(iii). “Preliminary Additional Payment Report” has the meaning specified in Section 3.5(b). “Preliminary Closing Date Cash Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(a)(ii). “Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(a)(i). “Product Liability Claims” means all claims and suits for, and other Losses and Expenses in respect of, personal injury, propertydamages, or diminution in value of property arising out of any products of the Business. “Products” means all products manufactured, distributed or sold by Magnum (or any other Seller) with respect to the Business prior to theClosing Date; provided, that “Products” shall not include any such products that constituted “work-in-process inventory” as of the Closing Date. “Purchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1. “Purchased Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1. “RCRA” means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq. “Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migrationof Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment or onto, into, or out of any Seller Property, including the movement of Hazardous Materialsthrough or in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or Seller Property. “Remedial Action” means actions required pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws to (i) clean up, remove, treat or in any other wayaddress Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threatened Release, or minimize the further Release, of HazardousMaterials or (iii) investigate and determine if a remedial response is needed and to design such a response and post-remedial investigation, monitoring,operation and maintenance and care. 7 “Requirements of Laws” means any applicable United States federal, state and local, and any non-U.S., laws, statutes, regulations,rules, codes or ordinances enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Body (including those pertaining to electrical, building, zoning,environmental and occupational safety and health requirements) or common law. “Sellers” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “Seller Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 5.18. “Seller Ancillary Agreements” means all agreements, instruments and documents being or to be executed and delivered by Sellers underthis Agreement. “Seller Group Member” means (i) Sellers and their respective Affiliates, (ii) the managers, directors, officers and employees of each ofthe Sellers and their respective Affiliates and (iii) the respective successors and assigns of each of the foregoing. “Seller Property” means any real or personal property, plant, building, facility, structure, underground storage tank, equipment or unit,or other asset owned, leased or operated by any Seller and used in the Business. “Sellers’ Compensation Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15(b). “Sellers’ ERISA Plans” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15(d). “Sellers’ Knowledge” (or words to similar effect) means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, of any of the individuals listed onSchedule 1.1(C). “Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15(a). “Sellers’ Representative” has the meaning specified in Section 13.7. “Seller’s Representative Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 13.7. “Sellers’ Transaction Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(f). “Seller Warranty Claims” has the meaning specified in Section 8.5(a). “Seller Warranties” has the meaning specified in Section 8.5(a). “Software” means computer software programs and software systems, including databases, compilations, tool sets, compilers, higherlevel or “proprietary” languages and related documentation and materials, whether in source code, object code or human readable form. “Straddle Period” means any taxable year or period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date. 8 “Subcontract” shall mean that certain Subcontract Agreement between Buyer and Sellers, substantially in the form of attached Exhibit H. “Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in Section 5.2(a). “Survey”, with respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property, means a survey of such property acceptable to Buyer and the title companyissuing the Title Policy with respect to such property, dated no earlier than the date of this Agreement, and: (i) showing (A) lot lines and monuments; (B)exterior building lines and the location of buildings on the Owned Real Property (exclusive of building or other improvement heights); (C) recorded easements(both burdening and/or benefiting such property); (D) title exceptions of record (to the extent such items can be located by the surveyor); (E) publicthoroughfare access locations; (F) utilities (including water, sewer, gas, electric and telephone lines to the point of connection with the public systems);(G) other above-ground improvements (including roads, streets, driveways and sidewalks) located on or abutting contiguous with the Owned Real Property;(H) location of navigable water courses or water bodies; (I) loading docks and parking spaces; and (J) the square footage of the land; (ii) evidencing the factthat there are no encroachments from adjoining properties onto such property or from such property onto adjoining properties; (iii) containing any appropriateflood plain designation; and (iv) being certified by a land surveyor, registered in the state in which such property is located, as having been prepared incompliance with ALTA land survey standards, which certification shall run to the benefit of Buyer, and such title company. “Tail Policy” means a policy of insurance purchased by Sellers, effective at or before the Closing Date, and in form and substancereasonably acceptable to Buyer, which includes Buyer as a named insured, and which provides insurance for a period of not less than six (6) years, withrespect to any product liability or claims for injury to person or property, regardless of when made or asserted, relating to any Products. “Tax” (and, with correlative meaning, “Taxes”) means: (i) any United States federal, state or local, or non-U.S., net income, grossincome, gross receipts, windfall profit, severance, property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternativeor add-on minimum, ad valorem, value-added, transfer, stamp, escheat or environmental (including taxes under Code Section 59A) tax, or any other tax,custom, duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or penalty, addition to tax or additionalamount imposed by any Governmental Body; and (ii) any liability of a Seller for the payment of amounts with respect to payments of a type described inclause (i) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, as a result of any obligation of a Seller under any Taxsharing arrangement or Tax indemnity agreement or as transferee, successor or otherwise. “Tax Return” means any return, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to any Taxes (including any attachedschedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax. “Third Person Claim” has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a). 9 “Title Policy”, means, with respect to any Owned Real Property, an ALTA owner’s title insurance policy, 2006 form, and, with respect toany Leased Real Property, an ALTA leasehold owner’s title insurance policy, 2006 form, in each case with (i) an effective date of the Closing Date; (ii) extendedcoverage over all of the general exceptions (including any such exceptions pertaining to rights or claims of parties in possession, survey matters, easements orclaims of easements not shown by the public records, mechanic’s liens, and taxes or special assessments not shown as existing liens); (iii) a Form 3.1 zoningendorsement (including parking and loading docks); (iv) a contiguity endorsement, if applicable; (v) a public thoroughfare access endorsement; (vi) anowner’s comprehensive endorsement (which shall, among other things, insure compliance with any covenants, conditions and restrictions constitutingPermitted Encumbrances); (vii) a survey accuracy endorsement; (viii) a surveyed legal description showing a legal description which is the same as the TitlePolicy legal description (if applicable); (ix) a tax parcel or tax number endorsement; (x) subdivision endorsement; (xi) in the case of each leasehold owner’s titleinsurance policy, a leasehold owner’s endorsement; and (xii) such other endorsements as Buyer shall reasonably request, all such endorsements to be in formand substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer. The Title Policy shall be written by a nationally recognized title insurance company in amount, form andsubstance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and insure that, in the case of Owned Real Property, Buyer has good and marketable title to the Owned RealProperty, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances, and in the case of Leased Real Property, Buyer has a valid leasehold interestin the Leased Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances. Buyer’s endorsements set forth above shall be obtainedat Buyer’s cost and expense. “Trademarks” means United States, state and non-U.S. trademarks, service marks, trade names, Internet domain names, designs,logos, slogans and general intangibles of like nature, whether registered or unregistered, and pending registrations and applications to register the foregoing. “Trade Secrets” means trade secrets and confidential ideas, know-how, concepts, methods, processes, formulae, technology, algorithms,models, reports, data, customer lists, supplier lists, mailing lists, business plans and other proprietary information, all of which derive value, monetary orotherwise, from being maintained in confidence. “Transaction Bonuses” means a bonus, payable in cash, to the persons and in the amounts set forth in Schedule 1.1(D). “Transferring Employees” has the meaning specified in Section 8.3(a). “UAR Plan” means the Magnum Products, LLC Unit Appreciation Rights Plan, effective as of January 1, 2011 and related award noticesto the individuals listed on Schedule 1.1(E). “Valuation Date” means the close of business on the last business day prior to the Closing Date. 10 “Valuation Date Working Capital Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3(d). “Valuation Date Working Capital Amount” means the excess of the current asset accounts listed on Schedule 1.2 over the currentliability accounts listed on Schedule 1.2 as of the Valuation Date. “Warranty Costs” has the meaning specified in Section 8.5(a). “Warranty Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a). “Warranty Service” has the meaning specified in Section 8.5(a). “Working Capital Escrow Amount” means $500,000. “Years-of-Service Bonuses” means a bonus, payable in cash, to the persons and in the amounts set forth in Schedule 1.1(F). 1.2. Interpretation .For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “withoutlimitation,” (ii) the word “or” is not exclusive, and (iii) the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereby”, “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as awhole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (i) to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules mean the Articles and Sections of, and theExhibits and Schedules attached to, this Agreement; (ii) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other documentas amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and by this Agreement; (iii) to a statute means suchstatute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder, and (iv) references to anySeller shall be deemed to include any corporation or other entity that has been merged into or is otherwise a predecessor to such Seller. The Schedules andExhibits referred to herein shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein. Titles toArticles and headings of Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation ofthis Agreement. Any document, list or other item shall be deemed to have been “made available” to Buyer for all purposes hereof only if such document, list orother item was posted at least one business day before the date hereof in the electronic data room established by Sellers in connection with the transactionscontemplated hereby or a physical or electronic copy thereof was delivered to Buyer or its authorized representatives at least one business day before the datehereof. This Agreement, the Buyer Ancillary Agreements and the Seller Ancillary Agreements shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rulerequiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. 11 ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE 2.1. Purchased Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, Sellers shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliverto Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from Sellers, on a going concern basis, free and clear of all Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), all ofthe business and operations of Sellers and all of the assets and properties of Sellers of every kind and description, wherever located, real, personal or mixed,tangible or intangible, used in connection with the Business (other than the Excluded Assets), as the same shall exist on the Closing Date (collectively, the“Purchased Assets”), including all right, title and interest of Sellers in, to and under: (a) all of the assets reflected on the Balance Sheet, except those disposed of or converted into cash after the Balance Sheet Date in theordinary course of Business; (b) all notes and accounts receivable generated by the Business; (c) all raw materials, supplies, work-in-process, finished goods and other materials included in the inventory of Sellers with respect to theBusiness; (d) the Governmental Permits listed in Schedule 5.9; (e) the Owned Real Property and options to acquire real property listed in Schedule 5.10(A); (f) the real estate leases and leasehold improvements listed or described in Schedule 5.10(B); (g) the machinery, equipment, vehicles, furniture and other personal property listed or referred to in Schedule 5.11(A); (h) the personal property leases listed in Schedule 5.11(B); (i) the Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks (and all goodwill associated therewith) listed in Schedule 5.12(A); (j) the names “Magnum Products”, “CH&E Pumps” and any trade names, trademarks, service marks or logos to the extent the sameincorporate the name “Magnum Products” or any variation thereof; (k) all Trade Secrets and other proprietary or confidential information used in or relating to the Business; (l) the Software listed in Schedule 5.12(B); 12 (m) the Contracts listed in Schedule 5.12(C); (n) the Contracts listed or described in Schedule 5.17; (o) all of Sellers’ rights, claims or causes of action against third parties relating to the assets, properties, business or operations of Sellerswith respect to the Business arising out of transactions occurring prior to the Closing Date, except for such rights, claims and causes of action to the extentrelating to the Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities; (p) all books and records (including all data and other information stored on discs, tapes or other digital storage media) of Sellers relating tothe Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities (but excluding all books and records relating to the organization, and existence of any Seller, including withoutlimitation the “record books”, “minute books”, corporate or other entity governance records, tax and accounting records related to or arising out of theEquityholder’s ownership of any Seller entity); and (q) all Sellers’ rights, claims or interest, if any, in telephone, telex and telephone facsimile numbers and other directory listings utilized bySellers in connection with the Business. 2.2. Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1, the Purchased Assets shall not include the following (collectively,the “Excluded Assets”): (a) any cash, bank deposits and cash equivalents; (b) all contracts of insurance, other than the Tail Policy; (c) all corporate minute books and stock transfer books and the corporate seals of Sellers; (d) any shares of capital stock of any Subsidiaries; (e) all refunds of any Tax for which a Seller is liable pursuant to Section 8.2; (f) all employee benefit plans, agreements and arrangements, including the UAR Plan; (g) all assets set forth on attached Schedule 2.2; and (h) all right, title and interest in and to any claim(s), Losses, Expenses or other amounts of the Business against any third party to theextent relating to or arising out of any Excluded Liability or Excluded Asset retained by any Seller or Equityholder (as set forth in clauses (a)-(g), above). 2.3. Assumed Liabilities. On the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the Instrument of Assumption pursuant to which Buyershall assume and agree to timely pay and discharge the following obligations and liabilities of Sellers in accordance with their respective terms and subject tothe respective conditions thereof: 13 (a) all liabilities of Magnum, CH&E and MP International with respect to the Business reflected in the Valuation Date Working CapitalStatement as a dollar amount; (b) all liabilities and obligations of Sellers to be paid or performed after the Closing Date under (i) the Seller Agreements, (ii) the Contractswith respect to the Business not required by the terms of Sections 5.11, 5.12(C), and/or 5.17 to be listed in a Schedule to this Agreement, and (iii) theContracts entered into by a Seller with respect to the Business after the date hereof consistent with the terms of this Agreement; except (A) in each case, to theextent such liabilities and obligations, but for a breach or default by a Seller, would have been paid, performed or otherwise discharged on or prior to theClosing Date or to the extent the same arise out of any such breach or default and (B) in each case, to the extent such liabilities and obligations would berequired to be reflected on a Valuation Date Working Capital Statement prepared in accordance with Agreed Accounting Principles and were not reflected in theValuation Date Working Capital Statement and not taken into account as a deduction in determining Valuation Date Working Capital Amount in connectionwith the determination of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 3.3; (c) all liabilities in respect of Taxes for which Buyer is liable pursuant to Section 8.2; (d) all liabilities of Sellers for which Buyer is liable pursuant to Section 8.3; (e) subject to Section 8.5, all obligations of Sellers under standard warranties of Sellers as set forth in Schedule 5.24(A) to provide partsfor and perform services with respect to, or to repair or replace, any Products; and (f) subject to Section 8.5, all obligations and liabilities related to or arising out of Buyer’s manufacture, sale and/or distribution of anyproducts whastsoever, whether goods or services, including but not limited to the ITEG Products, to any Governmental Body or to any third person makingsuch purchase for the benefit of a Governmental Body, on behalf of Sellers pursuant to the Subcontract following Closing. All of the foregoing liabilities and obligations to be assumed by Buyer hereunder (excluding any Excluded Liabilities) are referred to herein as the “AssumedLiabilities.” 2.4. Excluded Liabilities. Buyer shall not assume or be obligated to pay, perform or otherwise discharge any liability or obligation ofSellers, direct or indirect, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, not expressly assumed by Buyer pursuant to the Instrument of Assumption (all suchliabilities and obligations not being assumed being herein called the “Excluded Liabilities”) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3, noneof the following shall be Assumed Liabilities for purposes of this Agreement: (a) all liabilities and obligations, including any claims, actions or proceedings, regardless of when made or asserted, relating to, resultingfrom or arising out of the operation of the Business on or prior to the Closing Date (except to the extent individually identified and reflected as a dollar amountin Valuation Date Working Capital Statement); 14 (b) any liabilities and obligations related to, or arising from (i) the occupancy, operation, use or control of any of the Seller Property prior tothe Closing Date or (ii) the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date, in each case incurred or imposed by any Environmental Law, includingliabilities and obligations related to, or arising from, any Release of any Hazardous Materials on, at or migrating from (A) the Seller Property, including allfacilities, improvements, structures and equipment thereon, surface water thereon or adjacent thereto and soil or groundwater thereunder or (B) any realproperty or facility owned by a third Person to which Hazardous Materials generated by the Business were sent or came to be present prior to the Closing Date; (c) any product liability or claims for injury to person or property, regardless of when made or asserted, relating to any Products; (d) any liabilities in respect of Taxes for which a Seller is liable pursuant to Section 8.2; (e) any costs and expenses incurred by Seller incident to (i) its negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, including any expensespayable to legal counsel or to any financial advisor, broker, accountant or other Person who performed services for or provided advice to any Seller or anyAffiliate of Seller, or who is otherwise entitled to any compensation or payment from any Seller, in connection with any of the transactions contemplated bythe Agreement or (ii) its performance and compliance with the agreements and conditions contained herein; (f) any liabilities or obligations of Sellers in respect of change-in-control, transaction bonus or similar payments payable to directors,officers or employees of Sellers in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (together with the costs and expenses describedin Section 2.4(e), the “Sellers’ Transaction Expenses”); (g) any costs or expenses incurred by Sellers in respect of the Tail Policy; (h) any liabilities arising from or related to the issuance of IRS Forms W-2 for certain year end cash bonus payroll matters described inSchedule 5.16; (i) any liabilities or obligations in respect of any Excluded Assets; (j) any payables, expenses or other liabilities or obligations of Sellers not individually listed in the Valuation Date Working CapitalStatement or in excess of the Valuation Date Working Capital Amount; (k) except to the extent assumed pursuant to Section 2.3(e), any obligations with respect to any return claim, warranty claim or otherobligations to provide parts for and service with respect to, or to repair or replace, any Products; (l) any liabilities in respect of lawsuits, claims, suits, proceedings or investigations set forth in Schedule 5.19 or relating to the period priorto the Closing (including any of the foregoing relating to the failure or the alleged failure by Sellers to comply with applicable Requirements of Laws or performits obligations or otherwise comply with the terms of any Seller Agreement); 15 (m) any liability under or with respect to all employee benefit plans, agreements and arrangements of Sellers, including the UAR Plan, orarising in connection with the employment and pay practices, of Seller or any of its Affiliates; (n) any liabilities or obligations relating to, in respect of, or that may become owed to, employees of the Business, including accruedcompensation and worker’s compensation claims, relating to the period prior to the Closing; (o) any payables and other liabilities or obligations of a Seller with respect to the Business to another Seller or any Affiliate of a Seller; and (p) any and all Indebtedness of a Seller or any Affiliate of a Seller. ARTICLE III PURCHASE PRICE 3.1. Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Purchased Assets (the “Purchase Price”) shall be determined in accordance with theprovisions of this Article III, and shall be equal to: (i) $80,000,000; (ii) (A) minus the amount by which the Valuation Date Working Capital is less than$21,908,441 (the “Negative Working Capital Adjustment Amount”), or (B) plus the amount by which the Valuation Date Working Capital is more than$21,908,441 (the “Positive Working Capital Adjustment Amount”); plus (iii) any Additional Payments paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 3.5; minus (iv) theClosing Date Retention Plan Amount. 3.2. Determination of Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment. At least two business days prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shalldeliver to Buyer a certificate executed on behalf of each Seller by a duly authorized officer of each Seller, dated the date of its delivery, stating that there hasbeen conducted under the supervision of such officer a review of all relevant information and data then available and setting forth Sellers’ best estimate of theEstimated Closing Date Cash Payment, including an estimate of the various accounts which such officers anticipate based upon the most recent availablefinancial statements will be reflected on the Valuation Date Working Capital Statement prepared in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Principles. SuchEstimated Closing Date Cash Payment shall be subject to approval by Buyer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 3.3. Determination of Closing Date Cash Payment. (a) As promptly as practicable following the Closing Date (but not later than 60 days after the Closing Date), Sellers (with the reasonablecooperation of the Buyer’s employees) shall: (i) prepare, in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Principles, a statement setting forth Sellers’ determination of the Valuation Date WorkingCapital Amount (the “Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement”); 16 (ii) determine the Closing Date Cash Payment in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (such Closing Date Cash Payment as determinedby Sellers being referred to as the “Preliminary Closing Date Cash Payment”); and (iii) deliver to the Buyer the Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and a certificate setting forth the Preliminary Closing Date CashPayment (the “Preliminary Accounting Report”). The inventory valuation set forth in the Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement shall be based on a physical inventory to be taken bySellers on a mutually agreed upon date certain after the date hereof, as agreed to by Buyer and Sellers, and at which representatives of Buyer and Sellers are tobe present, as adjusted by Sellers’ inventory records for the period between the Valuation Date and the taking of such physical inventory. Prior tocommencing the foregoing inventory, Sellers shall provide to Buyer Sellers’ inventory procedures, including without limitation, sampling procedures, if any,permitted to be used by Sellers with respect to some or applicable portions of the inventory which, subject to the consent of the Buyer, not to be unreasonablywithheld, shall be used in the foregoing inventory. (b) Promptly following receipt of the Preliminary Accounting Report, the Buyer shall review the same and, within 60 days after the date ofsuch receipt, may deliver to Sellers’ Representative a certificate (signed by the Buyer) setting forth its objections, if any, to the Preliminary Valuation DateWorking Capital Statement and the Preliminary Closing Date Cash Payment as set forth in the Preliminary Accounting Report, together with a summary inreasonable detail of the reasons therefor and calculations, if available, which in its view are necessary to eliminate such objections. If the Buyer does nottimely object within such 60-day period, the Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and the Preliminary Closing Date Cash Payment set forthin the Preliminary Accounting Report shall be final and binding as the “Valuation Date Working Capital Statement” and the Closing Date Cash Payment,respectively, for purposes of this Agreement (but shall not limit the representations and warranties of the parties set forth elsewhere in this Agreement). (c) If the Buyer objects to the Sellers’ Representative’s Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and the Preliminary ClosingDate Cash Payment within such 60-day period, Sellers’ Representative and Buyer shall use their reasonable efforts to resolve by written agreement (the“Agreed Adjustments”) any differences as to the Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and the Preliminary Closing Date Cash Payment and,if the Buyer and Sellers’ Representative so resolve any such differences, the Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and the PreliminaryClosing Date Cash Payment set forth in the Preliminary Accounting Report, as adjusted by the Agreed Adjustments shall be final and binding as the ValuationDate Working Capital Statement and the Closing Date Cash Payment, respectively, for purposes of this Agreement (but shall not limit the representations,warranties of the parties set forth elsewhere in this Agreement). 17 (d) If a Buyer objection is not resolved by Agreed Adjustments within the 60-day period next following such 60-day period, then Sellers’Representative and the Buyer shall submit matters then unresolved to BDO USA, LLP (or to such other accounting firm acceptable to both the Buyer andSellers’ Representative, which firm shall have no prior or present material business relationship with either Buyer or any of the Sellers) and such firm (the“Accounting Firm”) shall be directed by Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer to resolve the unresolved objections (based solely on the presentations bySellers’ Representative and by the Buyer as to whether any disputed matter had been determined in a manner consistent with the Agreed Accounting Principles)as promptly as reasonably practicable and to deliver written notice to each of Sellers’ Representative and the Buyer setting forth such Accounting Firm’sresolution of the disputed matters. The Preliminary Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and the Preliminary Closing Date Cash Payment, after givingeffect to any Agreed Adjustments and to the resolution of disputed matters by the Accounting Firm, shall be final and binding as the “Valuation Date WorkingCapital Statement” and the Closing Date Cash Payment, respectively, for purposes of this Agreement but shall not limit the representations, warranties,covenants and agreements of the parties set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. (e) The parties hereto shall make available to Buyer, the Sellers’ Representative and, if applicable, the Accounting Firm, such books,records and other information (including work papers) as any of the foregoing may reasonably request to prepare or review the Preliminary Accounting Reportor any matters submitted to the Accounting Firm. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be split equally between Buyer and Sellers. 3.4. Adjustment of Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment. Promptly (but not later than five business days) after the determinationof the Closing Date Cash Payment pursuant to Section 3.3 that is final and binding as set forth therein: (i) if the Closing Date Cash Payment exceeds the Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment, Buyer shall (A) payto the Sellers’ Representative, for the benefit of Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank account of the Sellers’Representative as the Sellers’ Representative shall designate in writing to Buyer, an amount equal to the excess of the Closing Date CashPayment over the Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment, plus interest on such excess from the Closing Date to the date of payment thereofat the Agreed Rate, and (B) pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, cause to be released from the Escrow Account for the benefit ofSellers, the Working Capital Escrow Amount; or (ii) if the Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment exceeds the Closing Date Cash Payment, Sellers shall pay toBuyer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank account of Buyer as Buyer shall designate in writing to the Sellers’Representative, an amount equal to the excess of the Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment over the Closing Date Cash Payment, plusinterest on such excess from the Closing Date to the date of payment thereof at the Agreed Rate; provided, however, that Sellers first shalluse the Working Capital Escrow Amount held in the Escrow Account, or the necessary portion thereof, to pay such excess, with the balancethereof, if any, promptly remitted to Sellers pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. 3.5. Additional Payments. The Purchase Price shall include additional payments, if any, to be made by Buyer to Sellers (each suchpayment an “Additional Payment”) based on the sale by the Buyer of certain products of the Business during each calendar quarter (or any portion thereof)(each such period, an “Additional Period”) that falls within the five years and six months commencing on the Closing Date, to be determined as follows: 18 (a) The amount of any Additional Payment in respect of an Additional Period shall be equal to an amount equal to 10% of the grossamounts invoiced by the Buyer, net of volume and other rebates and discounts, any amounts in respect of insurance, freight, taxes and other similarexpenses, and returns and any warranty claims, each relating to sales of the products listed on Schedule 3.5 (“ITEG Products”) to the customers listed onSchedule 3.5 during such Additional Period. Buyer shall invoice all ITEG Products customers worldwide for all ITEG Products in the ordinary course ofbusiness. Sales of ITEG Products to customers subject to this Section 3.5 shall mean and include, any third party which assumes, undertakes, consolidates,replaces or otherwise performs the purchasing and procurement functions of any customer set forth therein for the benefit of such customer. (b) As promptly as practicable following the end of each Additional Period (but not later than 30 days after the end of each AdditionalPeriod), Buyer shall determine the Additional Payment in respect of such Additional Period (such Additional Payment as determined by Buyer being referred toas the “Preliminary Additional Payment”) and, subject to a reasonable confidentiality agreement between Buyer and Sellers, deliver to the Sellers’Representative a certificate setting forth, in reasonable detail, (i) all ITEG Product sales by customer, (ii) all ITEG Product sales by customers listed onSchedule 3.5, (iii) rebates, discounts, returns, and warranty claims, if any, relating to ITEG Products, and (iv) the Additional Payment, if any, to be paid toSellers for such Additional Period (the “Preliminary Additional Payment Report”). (c) Promptly following receipt of the Preliminary Additional Payment Report, the Sellers’ Representative may review the same and, within60 days after the end of the calendar year to which such Preliminary Accounting Report relates (the “ITEG Dispute Period”) may deliver to Buyer a certificate(signed by the Sellers’ Representative) setting forth its objections to the Preliminary Additional Payment as set forth in the Preliminary Additional PaymentReport, together with a summary of the reasons therefor and calculations which, in its view, are necessary to eliminate such objections. If the Sellers’Representative does not so object within the applicable ITEG Dispute Period, the Preliminary Additional Payment Report and the Preliminary AdditionalPayment set forth in the Preliminary Additional Payment Report shall be final and binding as the “Additional Payment Report” and the Additional Payment,respectively, for purposes of this Agreement. (d) If Sellers so object within the applicable ITEG Dispute Period, Buyer and Sellers, acting through the Sellers’ Representative, shall usetheir reasonable efforts to resolve by Agreed Adjustments any differences as to the Preliminary Additional Payment Report and the Preliminary AdditionalPayment and, if the Sellers’ Representative and Buyer so resolve any such differences, the Preliminary Additional Payment Report and the PreliminaryAdditional Payment set forth in the Preliminary Additional Payment Report as adjusted by the Agreed Adjustments shall be final and binding as the AdditionalPayment Report and the Additional Payment for the relevant Additional Period, respectively, for purposes of this Agreement but shall not limit therepresentations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the parties set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. Subject to a reasonable confidentiality agreementbetween Buyer and Sellers, Sellers shall have the right to inspect and audit all of Buyer’s books and records reasonably necessary to evaluate the accuracy ofBuyer’s determination of any Additional Payments(s) arising from or out of the sale of ITEG Products. Sellers may, at their cost and expense, engage suchthird party accountants as they determine in their sole discretion to conduct such an inspection and/or audit; provided, however, Buyer shall reimburse Sellersfor all such costs and expenses if and to the extent that any report is materially inaccurate or Additional Payment(s) is/are discovered to be made in materialerror by Buyer. 19 (e) If any objections raised by the Sellers’ Representative are not resolved by Agreed Adjustments, within the 30-day period next followingthe applicable ITEG Dispute Period, then Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall submit the objections that are then unresolved to the Accounting Firm,and such firm shall be directed by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative to resolve the unresolved objections (based solely on the presentations by Buyer andby the Sellers’ Representative as to whether any disputed matter had been determined in a manner consistent with Section 3.5(a) as promptly as reasonablypracticable and to deliver written notice to each of Buyer and Sellers setting forth its resolution of the disputed matters. The Preliminary Additional PaymentReport and the Preliminary Additional Payment, after giving effect to any Agreed Adjustments and to the resolution of disputed matters by the AccountingFirm, shall be final and binding as the “Additional Payment Report” and the Additional Payment for the relevant Additional Period, respectively, for purposesof this Agreement but shall not limit the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the parties set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. (f) The parties hereto shall make available to Buyer, the Sellers’ Representative and, if applicable, the Accounting Firm, such books,records and other information (including work papers) as any of the foregoing may reasonably request to prepare or review the Preliminary Additional PaymentReport or any matters submitted to the Accounting Firm. All fees and expenses charged by the Accounting Firm shall be split equally between Sellers andBuyer, respectively. (g) Promptly (but not later than five business days) after the final determination of an Additional Payment for an Additional Period inaccordance with this Section 3.5, Buyer shall pay to the Sellers’ Representative, as representative of the Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately availablefunds to an account designated by the Sellers’ Representative for the benefit of the appropriate Seller(s), in writing, an amount equal to the amount, if any, ofsuch Additional Payment. (h) If, at any time during any Additional Period, Buyer enters into any transaction or series of related transactions to sell that portion of theBusiness that includes the manufacture, distribution and sale of the ITEG Products, Buyer shall require that any successor-in-interest to the ITEG Productsassume and covenant to undertake and timely and faithfully discharge all of Buyer’s obligations set forth in this Section 3.5. (i) As long as any Additional Period remains outstanding, Buyer covenants and agrees that it shall act in a commercially reasonable mannerwith respect to the ITEG Products and shall support the ITEG Products in a commercially reasonable manner that would not as its purpose seek to deprive theSellers of the Additional Payments. 20 (j) Upon 30 days advance written notice to Buyer, Sellers (or any of them) may transfer and assign all of their, right, title and interest inand to the Additional Payments to an Equityholder or any controlled Affiliate of any Seller or Equityholder for all Additional Periods required to be madefollowing the effective date of such notice. Following such effective date, Buyer shall make all Additional Payments due thereafter to the assignee of Sellersdesignated in such notice, and Sellers’ permitted assignee(s) shall have all of the rights and obligations of Sellers pursuant to this Section 3.5, includingwithout limitation the right to enforce this provision against Buyer. 3.6. Allocation of Purchase Price. Sellers and Buyer mutually agree that, for Tax purposes, they shall allocate the Purchase Price(including for purposes of this Section 3.6, the Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment, any adjustment to the Estimated Closing Date Cash Paymentdetermined pursuant to this Agreement, any Additional Payment and any other consideration, including the Assumed Liabilities) among the Purchased Assetsand the covenants not to compete granted pursuant to Section 8.1 below in a manner consistent with Section 1060 of the Code and Schedule 3.6. Within areasonable period of time prior to the due date for filing any income Tax Return on which a payment made pursuant to this Agreement is required to bereported, Buyer shall deliver to Sellers’ Representative a schedule setting forth a purchase price allocation, prepared in accordance with the preceding sentence,that takes into account all payments through the end of the period to which such Tax Return relates (each, an “Allocation Schedule”). Sellers agree thatpromptly after receiving an Allocation Schedule from Buyer, Sellers’ Representative, as representative of Sellers, shall return an executed copy thereof toBuyer; provided that if Sellers disagree with an Allocation Schedule, Sellers’ Representative shall promptly notify Buyer of such disagreement and Sellers andBuyer shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such disagreement prior to the date on which the related Tax Return is required to be filed. Sellers and Buyercovenant and agree to file all income Tax Returns (including IRS Forms 8594) in a manner consistent with the relevant Allocation Schedules, and neitherSellers nor Buyer shall take, or shall permit any Affiliate to take, any position for Tax purposes that is materially inconsistent with the Allocation Schedule onany income Tax Return or otherwise. Sellers and Buyer agree to provide the other promptly with any other information required to complete IRS Form 8594. ARTICLE IV CLOSING 4.1. Closing Date. The Closing shall be consummated on the second business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the conditionsset forth in Articles IX and X at such time or such later date as may be agreed upon by Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative after the conditions set forth inArticles IX and X have been satisfied, at the offices of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, or by electronic transmission, or at such other placeor at such other time as shall be agreed upon by Buyer and Sellers. The Closing shall be deemed to have become effective as of 12:01 A.M., Milwaukee time,on the date on which the Closing is actually held, and such time and date are sometimes referred to herein as the “Closing Date.” 21 4.2. Payment on the Closing Date. Subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article IX, at Closing, Buyer shall (i)pay the Sellers’ Representative, for the benefit of Sellers, an amount equal to the Estimated Closing Date Cash Payment minus the Escrow Amount, minus anamount equal to Sellers’ Indebtedness on the Closing Date (the “Closing Date Indebtedness Amount”), minus Sellers’ Transaction Expenses, such amount tobe paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account in the United States specified by the Sellers’ Representative in writing to Buyer atleast two business days prior to the Closing, (ii) deposit the Escrow Amount in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement and (iii) on behalf ofSellers, pay to the applicable recipients thereof, as specified by the Sellers’ Representative in writing to Buyer at least two business days prior to the Closing,the Closing Date Indebtedness Amount and the Sellers’ Transaction Expenses. 4.3. Buyer’s Additional Deliveries. Subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article IX, at Closing, Buyer shalldeliver to Sellers all the following: (a) a copy of Buyer’s Articles of Organization certified as of a recent date by the Department of Financial Institutions of the State ofWisconsin; (b) a certificate of status of Buyer issued as of a recent date by the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Wisconsin; (c) a certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of Buyer, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory toSellers, as to (i) no amendments to the Articles of Organization of Buyer since a specified date; (ii) the limited liability company operating agreement of Buyer;(iii) the resolutions of the member of Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements and thetransactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and (iv) incumbency and signatures of the officers of Buyer executing this Agreement and any Buyer AncillaryAgreement; (d) the Instrument of Assumption duly executed by Buyer; (e) the certificate of Buyer contemplated by Section 10.1, duly executed by an authorized officer of Buyer; (f) the Escrow Agreement duly executed by Buyer; (g) an opinion of counsel to Buyer substantially in the form contained in Exhibit D1; (h) the Joseph Consulting Agreement, duly executed by Buyer; (i) the Closing Date Retention Plan, duly adopted by Buyer; and (j) the Subcontract, duly executed by Buyer. 4.4. Sellers’ Deliveries. Subject to fulfillment or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article X, at Closing, Sellers shall deliver to Buyerall the following: 22 (a) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of each Seller certified as of a recent date by the appropriate office oragency of its state or other jurisdiction of organization; (b) a certificate of good standing of each Seller issued as of a recent date by the appropriate office or agency of its state or other jurisdictionof organization; (c) a certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of each Seller, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonablysatisfactory to Buyer, as to (i) no amendments to the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of such Seller since a specified date; (ii) the bylawsand/or limited liability company operating agreement of such Seller; (iii) the resolutions of the board of directors or managers of such Seller, if applicable, andof the stockholder(s) or member(s) of such Seller authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller Ancillary Agreementsand the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and (iv) incumbency and signatures of the officers of such Seller executing this Agreement and anySeller Ancillary Agreement; (d) an opinion of counsel to Sellers and the Equityholders substantially in the form contained in Exhibit D2; (e) the Instrument of Assignment duly executed by Sellers; (f) certificates of title or origin (or like documents) with respect to any vehicles or other equipment included in the Purchased Assets forwhich a certificate of title or origin is required in order to transfer title; (g) all consents, waivers or approvals obtained by Sellers with respect to the Purchased Assets or the consummation of the transactionscontemplated by this Agreement; (h) the Closing Date Retention Plan, duly executed by each of the participants in the Closing Date Retention Plan; (i) an Employee Disclosure and Noncompete Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit I, duly executed by each of the participants in theClosing Date Retention Plan; (j) the Escrow Agreement duly executed by Sellers; (k) the Subcontract duly executed by Sellers; (l) a Tail Policy in full force and effect; (m) the Joseph Consulting Agreement, duly executed by Michael Joseph; (n) certificates of each Seller, dated as of the Closing Date and duly executed on behalf of such Seller by an authorized officer of suchSeller, to the effect that the conditions to closing set forth in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 have been satisfied (the “Bring-Down Certificates”); 23 (o) a certificate of each Seller conforming to the requirements of United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b)(2); (p) a special warranty deed with respect to each of the parcels of Owned Real Property, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriateSeller and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer; (q) an assignment, in recordable form, with respect to each of the leases of Leased Real Property, duly executed by the appropriate Sellerand in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer; (r) assignments, in recordable form, with respect to each of the registered Copyrights, issued Patent Rights, registered Trademarks andpending applications for the registration or issuance of any Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks included in the Purchased Assets, duly executed by theappropriate Seller and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer; (s) evidence prior to Closing of the amount(s) necessary at Closing to pay off all Indebtedness of Sellers and the release of allEncumbrances on the Purchased Assets, other than Permitted Encumbrances, in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer; (t) evidence prior to Closing of the amount(s) necessary at Closing to pay off Sellers’ Transaction Expenses, in form and in substancereasonably satisfactory to Buyer; (u) evidence of the termination of the Joseph Lease, in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer; (v) such other bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of transfer or conveyance as Buyer may reasonably request or as may beotherwise necessary to evidence and effect the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Purchased Assets to Buyer; and (w) transfer tax declarations duly executed and acknowledged by the entities holding the Owned Real Property and Leased Real Property, ifapplicable, in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer. In addition to the above deliveries, Sellers shall take all steps and actions as Buyer may reasonably request or as may otherwise be necessary to put Buyer inactual possession or control of the Purchased Assets. ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS AND THE EQUITYHOLDERS As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Sellers and theEquityholders, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to Buyer, and agree as follows: 24 5.1. Organization of Sellers and Equityholders. (a) Schedule 5.1(A) sets forth a listing of the legal name and jurisdiction of organization of each Seller. Each Seller is a corporation orlimited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization. Each Seller is duly qualified totransact business as a foreign corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, and is in “good standing” (or the functional equivalent thereof) in eachjurisdiction listed in Schedule 5.1(A), which jurisdictions are the only ones in which the ownership or leasing of the Purchased Assets or the conduct of theBusiness requires such qualification, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and could notreasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets or Business. Each Seller has full corporate or limited liability companypower and authority to own or lease and to operate and use the Purchased Assets and to carry on the Business as now conducted. (b) Each Equityholder, if not a natural person, is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction offormation or organization and has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its affairs as nowconducted. (c) True and complete copies of the organizational documents, as amended to date, of each Seller and each Equityholder have been madeavailable to Buyer. (d) All of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Sellers are held of record and beneficially owned directly or indirectly by theEquityholders. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.1(D), there are no agreements, arrangements, options, warrants, calls, rights or commitments of anycharacter relating to the issuance, sale, purchase or redemption of any shares of capital stock or limited liability company interests of any Seller. (e) Joseph Properties does not have assets or properties other than the Owned Real Property and carries on no business or operations otherthan the ownership of such Owned Real Property. MP Services does not have any assets or properties other than accounts receivable and carries on nobusiness or operations. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(E), Joseph Properties and MP Services do not have any obligations or liabilities, whether direct orindirect, known or unknown, absolute or contingent. 5.2. Subsidiaries and Investments. (a) Schedule 5.2(A) sets forth a list of each corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity which isinvolved in or relates to the Business (i) in which a Seller, directly or indirectly, owns of record or beneficially 50% or more of the outstanding votingsecurities or of which it is a general partner (each such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity being referred to hereinas a “Subsidiary”), (ii) in which a Seller, directly or indirectly, owns of record or beneficially any outstanding voting securities or other equity interests or(iii) which is Controlled by a Seller. 25 (b) Schedule 5.2(B) sets forth, with respect to each Subsidiary, (i) the authorized capital stock, partnership units, membership interests orother equity interest of such Subsidiary, (ii) the number of issued and outstanding shares of capital stock, partnership units, membership interests or otherequity interest, (iii) the number of issued shares of capital stock, partnership units, membership interests or other equity interests held in treasury and (iv) thenumber of shares of capital stock, partnership units, membership interests or other equity interests which are unissued and not reserved for anypurpose. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.2(B) and except for this Agreement, there are no agreements, arrangements, options, warrants, calls, rights orcommitments of any character relating to the issuance, sale, purchase or redemption of any shares of shares of capital stock, partnership units, membershipinterests or other equity interests of any of the Subsidiaries. All of the outstanding shares of shares of capital stock, partnership units, membership interestsor other equity interests of each of the Subsidiaries are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock,partnership units, membership interests or other equity interests of each of the Subsidiaries are owned by a Seller of record and beneficially free from allEncumbrances, except as set forth in Schedule 5.2(B). (c) Each Subsidiary is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing underthe laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is duly qualified or licensed to transact business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdictionlisted under its name in Schedule 5.2(C), which jurisdictions are the only ones in which the ownership or leasing of such Subsidiary’s assets or the conductof such Subsidiary’s business requires such qualification or licensing, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify, individually or in theaggregate, has not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets or Business. No other jurisdiction hasdemanded, requested or otherwise indicated that such Subsidiary is required so to qualify or be licensed. Each Subsidiary has full corporate, partnership,limited liability company or other power and authority to own or lease and to operate and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as nowconducted. (d) True and complete copies of the organizational documents, as amended to date, of each of the Subsidiaries have been made available toBuyer. 5.3. Authority of Sellers and Equityholders. (a) Each Seller and each Equityholder has full power and authority and legal capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and allof the Seller Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller Ancillary Agreements towhich it is a party by each Seller and each Equityholder has been duly authorized and approved by the trustees, boards of directors or managers, if any, andby the beneficiaries or equityholders, if any, of each Seller and each Equityholder and does not require any further authorization or consent of any Seller orEquityholder or its beneficiaries or equityholders. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Seller and each Equityholder,and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Seller and each Equityholder enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each of the Seller AncillaryAgreements to which it is a party has been duly authorized by each Seller and each Equityholder and upon execution and delivery by each Seller and eachEquityholder will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Seller and each Equityholder, respectively, enforceable in accordance with itsterms; provided, however, the enforceability of this Agreement, the Seller Ancillary Agreements, and each Seller Agreement is subject to: (i) applicablebankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, and other laws and judicially developed doctrinesrelating to or affecting creditors’ or secured creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and (ii) general principles of equity, regardless whether considered in aproceeding in equity or at law, and limitations on the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, and other equitable remedies. 26 (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.3(B), neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Seller Ancillary Agreements orthe consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby nor compliance with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereofor thereof will: (i) conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default, an event ofdefault or an event creating rights of acceleration, termination or cancellation or a loss of rights under, or result in the creation or impositionof any Encumbrance upon any of the Purchased Assets, under (A) the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, trust instrument,limited liability company operating agreement, bylaws or similar organizational documents of Sellers and, if not a natural person, eachEquityholder, (B) any Seller Agreement, (C) any other material note, instrument, agreement, mortgage, lease, license, franchise, permit orother authorization, right, restriction or obligation to which a Seller or an Equityholder is a party or any of the Purchased Assets is subjector by which a Seller or an Equityholder is bound, (D) any Court Order to which a Seller or an Equityholder is a party or any of thePurchased Assets is subject or by which a Seller or an Equityholder is bound, or (E) any Requirements of Laws affecting a Seller or anEquityholder, the Purchased Assets or the Business; or (ii) require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making by a Seller or an Equityholder of anydeclaration, filing or registration with, any Person, except as provided under the HSR Act. 5.4. Financial Statements of Magnum; Internal Controls. (a) Schedule 5.4(A) contains (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of Magnum and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 andDecember 31, 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the two year(s) then ended, togetherwith the appropriate notes to such financial statements and the audit report thereon of Schenck, S.C. (such audited statement of financial position of Magnumand its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 being herein referred to as the “Balance Sheet” and December 31, 2010 being referred to herein as the “BalanceSheet Date”), and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Magnum and its Subsidiaries as of August 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statementsof income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the eight (8) months then ended. Except as set forth therein or in the notes thereto, such balancesheets and statements of income, changes in members’ equity and cash flow have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accountingprinciples consistently applied, and such balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flow present fairly in all material respects the financialposition, results of operations and cash flows of the Sellers as of their respective dates and for the respective periods covered thereby. 27 (b) The books, records and accounts of the Sellers and their Subsidiaries accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects, and inreasonable detail, the transactions in and dispositions of the assets of the Sellers and their Subsidiaries. The systems of internal accounting controlsmaintained by the Sellers and their Subsidiaries are, taking into account the size of the Business, sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i)transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation offinancial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access toassets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with theexisting assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. 5.5. Operations Since Balance Sheet Date. (a) Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has been: (i) no material adverse change in the Purchased Assets, the Business or the operations, liabilities, profits,condition (financial or otherwise) or, Sellers’ Knowledge, prospects of the Sellers, and no fact or condition exists or is contemplated or, tothe Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened, which might reasonably be expected to cause such a change in the future; and (ii) no damage, destruction, loss or claim, whether or not covered by insurance, or condemnation or othertaking materially adversely affecting any of the Purchased Assets or the Business. (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.5(B) and except for engaging in discussions regarding the sale of the Business and except for enteringinto this Agreement and the Seller Ancillary Agreements, since the Balance Sheet Date, Sellers have conducted the Business only in the ordinary course and inconformity with past practice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since the Balance Sheet Date, except as set forth in such Schedule, Sellers havenot: (i) sold, leased (as lessor), transferred or otherwise disposed of (including any transfers by any Seller to any ofits Affiliates), or mortgaged or pledged, or imposed or suffered to be imposed any Encumbrance on, any of the assets reflected on theBalance Sheet or any assets acquired by a Seller after the Balance Sheet Date, except for inventory and minor amounts of personal propertysold or otherwise disposed of for fair value in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice; (ii) cancelled any debts owed to or claims held by a Seller (including the settlement of any claims or litigation)other than in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice; 28 (iii) created, incurred or assumed, or agreed to create, incur or assume, any indebtedness for borrowed money(other than money borrowed or advances by a Seller from any of its Affiliates in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with pastpractice) or entered into, as lessee, any capitalized lease obligations (as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13); (iv) accelerated or delayed collection of notes or accounts receivable in advance of or beyond their regular duedates or the dates when the same would have been collected in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice; (v) delayed or accelerated payment of any account payable or other liability beyond or in advance of its duedate or the date when such liability would have been paid in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice; (vi) allowed the levels of raw materials, supplies, work-in-process, finished goods or other materials includedin the inventory of the Business to vary in any material respect from the levels customarily maintained in the Business, taking into accountseasonality and the past business practices; (vii) made, or agreed to make, any payment of cash or distribution of assets to a Seller or any of its Affiliates; (viii) instituted any increase in any compensation payable to any employee of a Seller or in any profit-sharing,bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, insurance, pension, retirement, medical, hospital, disability, welfare or other benefits madeavailable to employees of Sellers; (ix) prepared or filed any Tax Return inconsistent with past practice or, on any such Tax Return, taken anyposition, made any election, or adopted any method that is inconsistent with positions taken, elections made or methods used in preparingor filing similar Tax Returns in prior periods (including positions, elections or methods which would have the effect of deferring income toperiods for which Buyer is liable pursuant to Section 8.2(a) or accelerating deductions to periods for which Sellers are liable pursuant toSection 8.2(a)); (x) made any change in the accounting principles and practices used by a Seller from those applied in thepreparation of the Balance Sheet and the related statements of income and cash flow for the period then ended; (xi) made any capital expenditure with respect to the Business or entered into any contract or commitmenttherefor, other than capital expenditures or contracts, agreements or understandings for capital expenditures referred to in the applicablebudget contained in Schedule 5.23; 29 (xii) made any material change to its internal control over financial reporting, or identified or became aware ofany fraud or any significant deficiency or material weakness in internal control over financial reporting; or (xiii) entered into or become committed to enter into any other material transaction except in the ordinary courseof Business consistent with past practice. 5.6. No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.6, to the Sellers’ Knowledge neither any Seller nor the PurchasedAssets is subject to any liability (including unasserted claims), whether absolute, contingent, accrued or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities of the kind and inthe amounts shown or reserved for in the Balance Sheet, and (ii) liabilities of the same nature as those set forth in the Balance Sheet that were reasonablyincurred in the ordinary course of the Business after the Balance Sheet Date consistent with past practice. 5.7. Taxes. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.7(A): (i) each Seller has filed all Tax Returns which are required to be filed in respect of the Businessand the Purchased Assets and has paid all Taxes which have become due pursuant to such Tax Returns or pursuant to any assessment which has becomepayable; (ii) all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects and disclose all Taxes required to be paid in respect of the Business andthe Purchased Assets; (iii) all such Tax Returns have been examined by the relevant taxing authority or the period for assessment of the Taxes in respect ofwhich such Tax Returns were required to be filed has expired; (iv) no Seller is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any TaxReturn; (v) there is no action, suit, investigation, audit, claim or assessment pending, proposed, issued or, to Sellers’ Knowledge threatened regarding Taxeswith respect to the Business and the Purchased Assets, and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no basis exists therefor; (vi) all deficiencies asserted or assessmentsmade as a result of any examination of the Tax Returns referred to in clause (i) have been paid in full; (vii) there are no Tax rulings, requests for rulings orclosing agreements relating to the Business and the Purchased Assets which could materially affect Buyer’s liability for Taxes with respect to the Business andthe Purchased Assets for any period after the Closing Date; (viii) there are no liens for Taxes upon the Business and the Purchased Assets except liens relatingto Taxes for the current year not yet due; (ix) Sellers have not waived or been requested to waive any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes, which waiver iscurrently in effect; (x) no claim has ever been made by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction where a Seller has never paid Taxes or filed Tax Returns assertingthat such Seller is or may be subject to Taxes assessed by such jurisdiction; (xi) all monies required to be withheld by Sellers (including from employees of theBusiness for income Taxes and social security and other payroll Taxes) have been collected or withheld, and either paid to the respective taxing authorities, setaside in accounts for such purpose, or accrued, reserved against and entered upon the books of the Business; (xii) none of the Purchased Assets is properlytreated as owned by persons other than Sellers for income Tax purposes; and (xiii) none of the Purchased Assets is “tax-exempt use property” within themeaning of Section 168(h) of the Code. (b) No payment or other benefit, and no acceleration of the vesting of any options, payments or other benefits, will be, as a direct or indirectresult of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, an “excess parachute payment” to a “disqualified individual” as those terms are defined in Section280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7(B), no payment, or other benefit, and no acceleration of the vesting ofany options, payments or other benefits, will, as a direct or indirect result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, be (or under Section 280G ofthe Code and the regulations thereunder be presumed to be) a “parachute payment” to a “disqualified individual” as those terms are defined in Section 280G ofthe Code and the regulations thereunder, without regard to whether such payment or acceleration is reasonable compensation for personal services performed orto be performed in the future. 30 (c) No transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to withholding under Section 1445 of the Code. 5.8. Availability of Assets. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.8 and except for the Excluded Assets, the Purchased Assets constitute all the assets used in the Business(including all books, records, computers and computer programs and data processing systems) and are in serviceable condition and are suitable for the usesfor which intended and the material assets used in the Business are in good condition (subject to normal wear and tear). 5.9. Governmental Permits. (a) Sellers own, hold or possess all licenses, franchises, permits, privileges, immunities, approvals and other authorizations from aGovernmental Body which are necessary to entitle them to own or lease, operate and use the Purchased Assets and to carry on and conduct the Businesssubstantially as currently conducted (collectively, the “Governmental Permits”). Schedule 5.9 sets forth a list and brief description of each GovernmentalPermit. Complete and correct copies of all of the Governmental Permits have heretofore been delivered to Buyer by Sellers. (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.9, (i) each Seller has fulfilled and performed its obligations under each of the Governmental Permits,and to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no event has occurred or condition or state of facts exists which constitutes or, after notice or lapse of time or both, wouldconstitute a breach or default under any such Governmental Permit or which permits or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would permit revocation ortermination of any such Governmental Permit, or which might adversely affect the rights of Sellers under any such Governmental Permit; (ii) no notice ofcancellation, of default or of any dispute concerning any Governmental Permit, or of any event, condition or state of facts described in the preceding clause,has been received by, or is known to, Sellers; and (iii) each of the Governmental Permits is valid, subsisting and in full force and effect and may be assignedand transferred to Buyer in accordance with this Agreement and will continue in full force and effect thereafter, in each case without (x) the occurrence of anybreach, default or forfeiture of rights thereunder, or (y) the consent, approval, or act of, or the making of any filing with, any Governmental Body. 31 5.10. Real Property. (a) Schedule 5.10(A) contains a copy of the Survey and a brief description of (i) each parcel of real property owned by Sellers and used inor relating to the Business and all easements, rights, interests and appurtenances relating thereto (the “Land”) and all of the buildings, structures and otherimprovements located thereon, together with all fixtures to real estate, building mechanical systems, equipment and other items which are attached orappurtenant to the Land (collectively, the “Improvements;” and together with the Land, the “Owned Real Property”) (showing the record title holder, legaldescription, permanent index number, location, improvements, the uses being made thereof and any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or otherEncumbrance thereon) and (ii) each option held by Sellers to acquire any real property for use with respect to the Business. Except as may be disclosed inSchedule 5.10(B), the Sellers are not obligated or bound by any options, obligations or rights of first refusal or contractual rights to sell, lease or purchase anyreal property. All public utilities, including water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone and drainage facilities, give adequate service to the Owned Real Property, as itpresently is being used by the Business, and the Owned Real Property has access to and from publicly dedicated streets maintained by a GovernmentalBody. Complete and correct copies of any title opinions, property reports and similar agreements, surveys and appraisals in Sellers’ possession or anypolicies of title insurance currently in force and in the possession of Sellers with respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property have heretofore been deliveredby Sellers to Buyer. All Improvements comply in all material respects with valid and current certificates of occupancy or similar permits to the extent requiredby Requirements of Laws for the use thereof, and conform in all material respects to all applicable Requirements of Laws, land use and building ordinancesand health and safety ordinances. Each parcel of Owned Real Property is zoned for the purposes for which the real estate and Improvements thereon have beenused in connection with the normal operation of the Business. Each parcel of Owned Real Property is separately assessed and billed for real property taxes andis not taxed on a combined basis with any real property that is not part of such parcel of Owned Real Property. No notice from any Governmental Authorityhas been received by the Sellers, concerning the possible imposition of any special assessments on the Owned Real Property and the Owned Real Property isnot subject to any assessments. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.10(A), there are no service contracts, maintenance contracts, management agreements,leases, security contracts or other agreements entered into by the Business or the Sellers relating to the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property which willsurvive the Closing, other than such de minimis contracts and agreements relating to the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property which (i) are terminableat will or which have a term of less than one year, and (ii) which do not require payment by the Business in a period of one year in excess of $5,000. (b) Schedule 5.10(B) lists each lease or similar agreement under which (i) any Seller is lessee of, or holds or operates, any real propertyowned by any third Person and used in or relating to the Business (the “Leased Real Property”) or (ii) any Seller is lessor of any of the Owned RealProperty. Except as set forth in such Schedule, Sellers have the right to quiet enjoyment of all the Leased Real Property for the full term of the lease or similaragreement (and any renewal option related thereto) relating thereto, and the leasehold or other interest of Sellers in the Leased Real Property is not subject orsubordinate to any Encumbrance except for Permitted Encumbrances. Complete and correct copies of any surveys and appraisals in Sellers’ possession orany policies of title insurance currently in force and in the possession of Sellers with respect to each parcel of Leased Real Property have heretofore beendelivered by Sellers to Buyer. 32 (c) To Sellers’ Knowledge, neither the whole nor any part of the Owned Real Property or the Leased Real Property is subject to any pendingor threatened suit for condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Body. Sellers have not received notice of condemnation or other taking regarding theOwned or Leased Real Property. 5.11. Personal Property. Schedule 5.11(A) contains a list of all machinery, equipment, vehicles, furniture and other tangible personalproperty owned by Sellers having an original cost of $10,000 or more and used in or relating to the Business. Schedule 5.11(B) lists each lease or otheragreement or right, whether written or oral, under which a Seller is lessee of, or holds or operates, any machinery, equipment, vehicle or other tangible personalproperty owned by a third Person and used in or relating to the Business, except for any such lease, agreement or right that is terminable by a Seller withoutpenalty or payment on notice of 30 days or less, or which involves the payment by a Seller of rentals of less than $10,000 per year. 5.12. Intellectual Property; Software (a) Schedule 5.12(A) lists all registered Copyrights and applications therefor, issued Patent Rights and applications therefor, and registeredTrademarks and applications therefor (including all assumed or fictitious names under which a Seller is conducting the Business or has within the previousfive (5) years conducted the Business), together with a list of any material unregistered Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks, each as owned by,licensed to or used by a Seller in connection with the conduct of the Business (except for any such rights relating to mass market Software licensed to or usedby Sellers that is commercially available and subject to “shrink-wrap” or “click-through” license agreements). (b) Schedule 5.12(B) contains a list and description (showing in each case any owner, licensor or licensee) of all Software owned by,licensed to or used by a Seller in the conduct of the Business; provided, that Schedule 5.12(B) does not list mass market Software licensed to or used bySellers that is commercially available and subject to “shrink-wrap” or “click-through” license agreements. (c) Schedule 5.12(C) contains a list and description (showing in each case the parties thereto) of all Contracts which relate to: (i) anyCopyrights, Patent Rights or Trademarks required to be identified in Schedule 5.12(A); (ii) any Trade Secrets owned by, licensed to or used by a Seller inconnection with the conduct of the Business; and (iii) any Software required to be identified in Schedule 5.12(B). (d) Except as disclosed in Schedules 5.12(B), 5.12(C) and 5.12(D), a Seller either: (i) owns the entire right, title and interest in and to theIntellectual Property and Software used in the conduct of the Business, free and clear of any Encumbrance; or (ii) has the royalty-free right to use thesame. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.12(D), a Seller is listed in the records of the appropriate United States, state or non-U.S. registry as the sole currentowner of record for each application or registration required to be identified in Schedule 5.12(A) as being owned by Sellers. 33 (e) Except disclosed in Schedule 5.12(E): (i) all registrations for Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks required to be identified inSchedule 5.12(A) as being owned by a Seller are valid and in force, and all applications to register any unregistered Copyrights, Patent Rights andTrademarks so identified are pending and in good standing, all, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, without challenge of any kind by third parties; (ii) the IntellectualProperty disclosed on Schedule 5.12(A) owned by a Seller has not been cancelled or abandoned and is valid and enforceable; (iii) a Seller has the sole andexclusive right to bring actions for infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or unauthorized use of the Intellectual Property and Software owned by aSeller, and to the Sellers’ Knowledge, there is no basis for any such action; (iv) Sellers have taken all actions reasonably necessary to protect and wherenecessary register, the Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to a Seller; (v) Sellers are not in breach of any Contract affecting the Intellectual Property orSoftware used by Sellers and have not taken any action that would impair or otherwise adversely affect Sellers’ rights in the Intellectual Property used bySellers; and (vi) there are no pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened, interferences, re-examinations, oppositions or cancellation proceedings involvingthe Patent Rights or Trademarks of any Seller. (f) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.12(F): (i) no infringement, misappropriation, violation or dilution of any Intellectual Property, or anyrights of publicity or privacy relating to the use of names, likenesses, voices, signatures or biographical information, of any other Person has occurred orresults in any way from the operations of the Business; (ii) no claim of any infringement, misappropriation, violation or dilution of any Intellectual Propertyor any such rights of any other Person has been made or asserted in writing to Sellers in respect of the operations of the Business; (iii) no claim of invalidity ofany Intellectual Property owned by a Seller has been made by any other Person; (iv) no proceedings are pending or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened thatchallenge the validity, ownership or use of any Intellectual Property owned by a Seller; (v) Sellers have not had notice of, or knowledge of any basis for, aclaim against Sellers that the operations, activities, products, Software, equipment, machinery or processes of the Business infringe, misappropriate, violateor dilute any Intellectual Property or any such rights of any other Person; and (vi) to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no Person infringes, misappropriates or violatesany Intellectual Property or Software owned or exclusively licensed to a Seller. (g) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12(G), the Software owned by Sellers and required to be disclosed on Schedule 5.12(B), operates inall material respects in accordance with and conforms in all material respects in to any specifications, manuals, guides, descriptions or other similardocumentation. The Software owned, licensed or used by Sellers and the computing systems and networks used by Sellers which is required to be disclosedon Schedule 5.12(B), (i) are free in all material respects of viruses, worms, trojan horses and other known contaminants, (ii) do not contain any materialerrors, or problems of a material nature that disrupt their operation or have an adverse impact on the operation of other software programs or operatingsystems, (iii) have not been subject to any breach, penetration or intrusion by an unauthorized third party, and (iv) have not been licensed by Sellers to anythird party except for customers of Sellers in the ordinary course of Business. The Software owned, licensed or used by Sellers, and which is required to bedisclosed on Schedule 5.12(B), are not licensed pursuant to an “open source” license, do not incorporate and are not based on any software that is licensedpursuant to an “open source” license. 34 (h) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12(H), no Intellectual Property or Software listed on Schedule 5.12(B) used in the Business issubject to any use, transfer, licensing, assignment, change of control, site, equipment, or other operational limitations, whether pursuant to a Contract or anyorder, judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Body. (i) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12(I), all employees, agents, consultants or contractors who have contributed to or participated in thecreation or development of any Intellectual Property or Software on behalf of a Seller or any predecessor in interest thereto either: (i) created such materials inthe scope of his or her employment; (ii) is a party to a “work-for-hire” agreement under which a Seller is deemed to be the original owner/author of all right, titleand interest therein; or (iii) has executed an assignment in favor of Seller (or such predecessor in interest, as applicable) of all right, title and interest in suchmaterial. (j) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.12(J), each Seller has entered into Contracts with employees, consultants, officers, directors andagents sufficient to own and maintain the confidentiality of the confidential information, Trade Secrets, business processes and other know-how of the Sellers,the value of which is dependent upon the maintenance of the confidentiality thereof. There has been no unauthorized disclosure or use by consultants,officers, directors, agents or to Sellers’ Knowledge employees (other than officers and directors) of, and there has otherwise been no unauthorized disclosure oruse of, confidential information, trade secret rights, business processes and other know-how of any Seller. The Sellers have taken commercially reasonablesteps to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of confidential information, Trade Secrets, business processes and other know-how of the Sellers. 5.13. Accounts Receivable; Inventories. (a) All accounts receivable of Sellers have arisen from bona fide transactions by Sellers in the ordinary course of the Business. Allaccounts receivable reflected in the Balance Sheet are good and collectible in the ordinary course of Business at the aggregate recorded amounts thereof, net ofany applicable allowance for doubtful accounts reflected in the Balance Sheet; and all accounts receivable to be reflected in the Valuation Date Working CapitalStatement will be good and collectible in the ordinary course of Business at the aggregate recorded amounts thereof, net of any applicable allowance fordoubtful accounts, which allowance will be determined on a basis consistent with the basis used in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts reflectedin the Balance Sheet. (b) Sellers’ inventories (including raw materials, supplies, work-in-process, finished goods and other materials): (i) are, subject toobsolescence of a magnitude reflected in the reserve for inventory obsolescence contained in the Balance Sheet and the Valuation Date Working CapitalStatement, in good, merchantable and useable condition, (ii) are reflected in the Balance Sheet, and will be reflected in the Valuation Date Working CapitalStatement, at the lower of cost or market in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) are, in the case of finished goods, of a qualityand quantity saleable in the ordinary course of Business and, in the case of all other inventories are of a quality and quantity useable in the ordinary course ofBusiness. The inventory obsolescence policies of Sellers are appropriate for the nature of the products sold and the marketing methods used by the Business,the reserve for inventory obsolescence contained in the Balance Sheet fairly reflects the amount of obsolete inventory as of the Balance Sheet Date, and thereserve for inventory obsolescence to be contained in the Valuation Date Working Capital Statement will fairly reflect the amount of obsolete inventory as of theClosing Date. Schedule 5.13 sets forth a list of places where material inventories of Sellers were located as of June 30, 2011. 35 5.14. Title to Property. Sellers have good and marketable title in fee simple absolute to all Owned Real Property and to all buildings,structures and other improvements thereon, in each case free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances and except as set forth inSchedule 5.14. Sellers have good and marketable title to all of the other Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for PermittedEncumbrances. Upon delivery to Buyer on the Closing Date of the instruments of transfer contemplated by Sections 4.3 and 4.4, Sellers will thereby transferto Buyer good and marketable title to the Purchased Assets, subject to no Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances. 5.15. Employees and Related Agreements; ERISA. (a) Schedule 5.15(A) sets forth a list of each retirement, savings, thrift, deferred compensation, severance, retention, stock ownership,stock purchase, stock option, performance, bonus, incentive, vacation or holiday pay, unemployment compensation, hospitalization or other medical,disability, life or other insurance, fringe benefit arrangement or other welfare, retiree welfare or benefit plan, policy, trust, understanding or arrangement of anykind, whether written or oral, to which a Seller or any of their Affiliates is a party or by which it is bound or pursuant to which it may be required to makeany payment at any time, other than plans of the type described in Section 5.15(d) (“Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans”). (b) Schedule 5.15(B) sets forth a list of each (i) employee collective bargaining agreement, and (ii) agreement, commitment, understanding,plan, policy or arrangement of any kind, whether written or oral, with or for the benefit of any current or former officer, director, employee, or independentcontractor (including each employment, compensation, deferred compensation, severance, supplemental pension, life insurance, termination or consultingagreement or arrangement and any agreements or arrangements associated with a change in control), to which a Seller or any of their Affiliates is a party or bywhich it is bound or pursuant to which it may be required to make any payment at any time, other than Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans and other than plans of thetype described in Section 5.15(d) (“Sellers’ Compensation Commitments”). (c) Sellers have delivered or made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of all written Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans and Sellers’Compensation Commitments and of all related insurance and annuity policies and Contracts and other documents with respect to each Sellers’ Non-ERISAPlan and Sellers; Compensation Commitment. Schedules 5.15(A) and 5.15(B) contain a description of all oral Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans and Sellers’Compensation Commitments. (d) Schedule 5.15(D) sets forth a list of each “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) and each“employee welfare benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) covering any employee or former employee of Sellers or any of theirAffiliates with respect to the Business (collectively, “Sellers’ ERISA Plans”). Neither Sellers nor any of their Affiliates have ever maintained or contributed toany employee pension benefit plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and neither Sellers nor any of their Affiliates have ever been required to contribute toany “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA). 36 (e) Sellers have delivered or made available to Buyer, with respect to each of Sellers’ ERISA Plans, correct and complete copies, whereapplicable, of (i) all plan documents and amendments, trust agreements and insurance and annuity contracts and policies, (ii) the most recent IRSdetermination letter, (iii) the Annual Reports (Form 5500 Series) and accompanying schedules and actuarial reports, as filed, for the most recently completedthree plan years, (iv) the summary plan description currently in use and any other summary plan description in use at any time since January 1, 2008, and(v) copies of correspondence from the IRS, the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation regarding any plan audit or investigation orany intent to conduct a plan audit. (f) Each of Sellers’ ERISA Plans which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letterfrom the IRS that such Plan is so qualified under the Code; and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no circumstance exists which might cause such Plan to ceasebeing so qualified. (g) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.15(G), each, of Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans, Sellers’ ERISA Plans and Sellers’ CompensationCommitments complies, and has been administered to comply, with all Requirements of Law, and there has been no notice issued by any Governmental Bodyquestioning or challenging such compliance, and there are no actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits) pending or, to the Sellers’Knowledge, threatened involving any such plan or commitment or the assets of any such plan or commitment. (h) Neither the Sellers nor any of their Affiliates have any obligations under any of Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans, Sellers’ CompensationCommitments or Sellers’ ERISA Plans or otherwise to provide health or death benefits to or in respect of former employees of Sellers or any of their Affiliates,except as specifically required by the continuation requirements of Part 6 of Title I of ERISA. (i) Neither the Sellers nor any of their Affiliates have any liability of any kind whatsoever, whether direct, indirect, contingent orotherwise, on account of (i) any violation of the health care requirements of Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code, (ii) under Section 502(i)or Section 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or (iv) under Title IV of ERISA.Assuming that each of Sellers’ ERISA Plans which is subject to Title IV of ERISA were terminated as of the Closing Date, Sellers would have no liabilityunder Title IV of ERISA as a result of such termination. (j) No litigation, arbitration or other claim has been commenced with respect to any Sellers’ ERISA Plans, Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans orSellers’ Compensation Commitments and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no such litigation, arbitration or other claim is threatened (other than routine claimsfor benefits in the normal operation of Sellers’ ERISA Plans, Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans or Sellers’ Compensation Commitments). All material contributionsrequired to be made with respect to any Sellers’ ERISA Plans, Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans or Sellers’ Compensation Commitments on or before the date hereofhave been made and all obligations in respect of each Sellers’ ERISA Plan, Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plan and Sellers’ Compensation Commitment as of the datehereof have been accrued and reflected in Sellers’ financial statements to the extent required by the Agreed Accounting Principles. No Sellers’ ERISA Plan,Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plan or Sellers’ Compensation Commitment is maintained for the benefit of employees outside of the United States or is otherwise subjectto the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof. 37 (k) Each Sellers’ ERISA Plan, Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plan and Sellers’ Compensation Commitment that is a “nonqualified deferredcompensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code (a “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan”) subject to Section 409A of theCode either (i) has been operated in compliance in all material respects with Section 409A of the Code or terminated in accordance with Section 409A of theCode, or (ii) has not been “materially modified” within the meaning of Section 885(d)(2)(B) of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 after October 3, 2004and all amounts under such plans were deferred and vested as of December 31, 2004. Each Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan described in clause (i)of the preceding sentence that has not been terminated in accordance with Section 409A of the Code has been timely amended to comply with the requirementsof Section 409A of the Code and the interpretive guidance thereunder. (l) Schedule 5.15(L) sets forth: (i) a list of all employees of and other individuals acting as independent contractors to Sellers on and afterJanuary 1, 2011; (ii) the positions, service dates, position dates, and, if any, leave status (including a designation, if applicable, of the type of leave andwhether the leave is paid or unpaid) of each such employee or person, (iii) the then current annual compensation of, and a description of the fringe benefits(other than those generally available to employees of Sellers) provided by Sellers to all employees, (iv) a list of all present or former employees of Sellers paid inexcess of $50,000 in calendar year 2010 or with an annualized salary rate in excess of $50,000 for calendar year 2011 who have terminated or given notice oftheir intention to terminate their relationship with Sellers since January 1, 2011; (v) a list of any increase, effective after January 1, 2011, in the rate ofcompensation of any employee; (vi) a list of all substantial changes in job assignments of, or arrangements with, or promotions or appointments of, anyemployee whose compensation as of January 1, 2011 was in excess of $50,000 per annum; and (vii) a list of all independent contractors or agents paid inexcess of $50,000 since January 1, 2010. (m) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.15(M), (i) to Sellers’ Knowledge, Sellers are not involved in any transaction with any employee,officer, director or Affiliate of Sellers which may be generally characterized as a “conflict of interest”, including direct or indirect interests in the business ofcompetitors, suppliers or customers of Sellers, (ii) since January 1, 2009, there have been no contracts, agreements or other arrangements of any naturebetween any Affiliate of a Seller, on the one hand, and a Seller, on the other hand and (iii) there are no assets or properties invented, developed, generated in,used in or necessary for Sellers or the Business (including any Intellectual Property) that following the Closing will be owned, held, used or controlled bySellers or any of its Affiliates. 38 5.16. Employee Relations. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.16, Sellers have complied with all applicable Requirements of Laws relatingto prices, wages, hours, discrimination in employment and collective bargaining and to the operation of the Business and is not liable for any arrears of wagesor any Taxes or penalties for failure to comply with any of the foregoing. There are no pending or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened claims, charges orlawsuits by employees of Sellers relating to Sellers’ employment practices, terms and conditions of employment or the safety and health of Sellers’ employees,including charges or investigations currently pending with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), the U.S. Department of Labor(DOL), the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Equal Rights Division of the State of Wisconsin Department of WorkforceDevelopment or any other Governmental Body. Sellers are not a party to, and to Sellers’ Knowledge, Sellers are not affected by or threatened with, any disputeor controversy with a union or with respect to unionization or collective bargaining involving the employees of Sellers. To Sellers’ Knowledge, Sellers are notadversely affected by any dispute or controversy with a union or with respect to unionization or collective bargaining involving any supplier or customer ofSellers. Schedule 5.16 lists any union organizing or election activities involving any non-union employees of Sellers which have occurred since January 1,2006 or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, are threatened as of the date hereof. 5.17. Contracts. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.17 or any other Schedule hereto, no Seller is a party to or legally bound by: (i) any Contract for the purchase or sale of real property; (ii) any Contract for the purchase of services, materials, supplies or equipment which involved the payment ofmore than $25,000 in 2010, which can reasonably be expected to involve the payment of more than $25,000 in 2011 or which extendsbeyond December 31, 2011; (iii) any Contract for the sale of goods or services which involved the payment of more than $25,000 in 2010,which can reasonably be expected to involve the payment of more than $25,000 in 2011 or which extends beyond December 31, 2011; (iv) any Contract for the purchase, licensing or development of Intellectual Property or Software (other thanmass market software licensed to a Seller that is commercially available and subject to “shrink-wrap” or “click-through” licenseagreements); (v) any consignment, distributor, dealer, manufacturers representative, sales agency, advertising representativeor advertising or public relations Contract; (vi) any guarantee of the obligations of customers, suppliers, officers, directors, employees, Affiliates orothers; (vii) any Contract which (1) limits or restricts where a Seller may conduct the Business or the type or line ofbusiness in which a Seller may engage, (2) grants any exclusive or preferential rights to make, sell or distribute a Seller’s or any of itsAffiliates’ (including Buyer and its Affiliates after Closing) products or services, (3) grants “most favored nation” status to any otherPerson, (4) contains “requirements” provisions or other provisions obligating a Seller to purchase or obtain a minimum or specified amountof any product or service from any Person or (5) contains minimum sales or volume provisions; 39 (viii) any Contract which provides for, or relates to, the incurrence of indebtedness for borrowed money(including any interest rate or currency swap, cap, collar, hedge or insurance agreements, or options or forwards on such agreements, orother similar agreements for the purpose of managing the interest rate or exchange risk associated with its financing), in each case togetherwith the outstanding aggregate principal amount, accrued but unpaid interest, prepayment premiums, penalties and similar amounts andfees and expenses associated therewith; (ix) any Contract with a Governmental Body and any Contract with a third party acting, directly or indirectly,as a prime or sub-contractor where the services to be provided are for the ultimate benefit of a Governmental Body (a “GovernmentContract”); (x) any Contract not made in the ordinary course of Business consistent with past practice; or (xi) any other Contract which is material to a Seller. 5.18. Status of Contracts. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.18(A) or in any other Schedule hereto, each of the Contracts listed in Schedules 5.10(A), 5.10(B),5.11(B), 5.12(C), 5.15(B) and 5.17 (collectively, the “Seller Agreements”) constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Sellers and, to the Sellers’Knowledge, the other parties thereto, and is in full force and effect subject to the express terms and conditions thereof, and (except as set forth in Schedule 5.3)may be transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement and will continue in full force and effect after the Closing, in each case without breaching the termsthereof or resulting in the forfeiture or impairment of any rights thereunder and without the consent, approval or act of, or the making of any filing with, anyother party. Sellers have fulfilled and performed their respective obligations under each Seller Agreement, and no Seller is in, or alleged to be in, breach ordefault under, nor is there or is there alleged to be any basis for termination of, any Seller Agreement and no other party to any Seller Agreement has breachedor defaulted thereunder; and, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition or state of facts exists which, with the passage of time or thegiving of notice or both, would constitute such a default or breach by a Seller or by any such other party. No Seller currently is renegotiating any of the SellerAgreements or paying liquidated damages in lieu of performance thereunder. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.18(A), no Affiliate of a Seller is party to or hasany rights in any Seller Agreement and no Seller Agreement involves both the Business and other businesses or Affiliates of Seller. Complete and correctcopies of each of the Seller Agreements have heretofore been delivered to Buyer by Sellers. 40 (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.18(B), with respect to any Government Contract: (i) Sellers have not received a written cure notice, awritten show cause notice or a written stop work notice, nor has any Seller been notified or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened in writing with termination fordefault or convenience; and (ii) no Seller has been audited by any Governmental Body, is currently being audited by any Governmental Body and no suchaudit, to Sellers’ Knowledge, has been threatened by any Governmental Body. 5.19. No Violation or Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.19: (i) neither any Seller nor the Purchased Assets are subject to any Court Order; (ii) the Purchased Assets and their uses in the Business as conducted by Sellers prior to the Closing Datematerially comply with all applicable Requirements of Laws and Court Orders; (iii) each Seller has materially complied with all Requirements of Laws and Court Orders that are applicable tothe Purchased Assets or the Business; (iv) there are no situations with respect to any Seller or the Business which involved or involve (A) the use ofany corporate funds for bribes or unlawful contributions, loans, donations, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related topolitical activity; (B) the making of any direct or indirect unlawful payments to government officials or others or the establishment ormaintenance of any unlawful or unrecorded funds; (C) the violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or any rules orregulations promulgated thereunder, or similar Requirements of Laws in any jurisdiction in which the Business is conducted; or (D) thereceipt of any illegal discounts or rebates or any other violation of the antitrust laws; (v) there are no lawsuits, claims, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge,threatened against or affecting a Seller that relate to the Purchased Assets or the Business nor, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, is there any basisfor any of the same, and there are no lawsuits, suits or proceedings pending in which a Seller is the plaintiff or claimant; and (vi) there is no action, suit or proceeding pending against Sellers or, to the Sellers’ Knowledge, threatenedwhich questions the legality or propriety of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 5.20. Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.20: (i) the operations of the Business materially comply with all applicable Environmental Laws; 41 (ii) each Seller has obtained all environmental, health and safety Governmental Permits necessary for itsoperation, and all such Governmental Permits are in good standing and each Seller is in material compliance with all terms and conditionsof such permits; (iii) no Seller nor any of the present Seller Property or operations, or the past Seller Property or operations, issubject to any on-going investigation by, written order from or written agreement with any Person (including any prior owner or operator ofSeller Property) respecting (x) any violation of Environmental Law by Sellers, (y) any obligation for Sellers to conduct, or reimburseExpenses for, any Remedial Action or (z) any claim of Losses and Expenses against Sellers arising from an exposure to or the Release orthreatened Release of Hazardous Materials; (iv) no Seller is currently subject to any judicial or administrative proceeding, order, judgment, decree orsettlement alleging or addressing a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law; (v) there is not now, nor to Sellers’ Knowledge has there ever been, on or in any Seller Property: (A) any underground storage tank, above ground storage tank, surface impoundment, landfill or waste pile; (B) any polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB); or (C) any radioactive materials; (vi) Sellers have made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of all environmentally-related audits,Phase I and Phase II reports (including any related regulatory compliance reports or memoranda), results of site investigations or remedialactions in the Sellers’ possession or that have been performed by or on behalf of Sellers within the past five years with respect to theBusiness or any Seller Property; (vii) there has been no Release of any Hazardous Materials by Sellers in violation of Environmental Laws(other than such de minimis Releases that individually and in the aggregate have not required and could not reasonably be expected torequire any Remedial Action) or which could reasonably be expected to require Remedial Action by Sellers at, on or from any Seller Propertyor at, on or from any third party location to which Hazardous Materials used by or generated by the Business has been sent for treatment ordisposal and no Seller has received any written notice or claim to the effect that it is or may be liable to any Person as a result of the Releaseor threatened Release of Hazardous Materials; (viii) no Environmental Encumbrance has attached to any Seller Property; and 42 (ix) none of the products manufactured, distributed or sold by Magnum (or any other Seller) with respect to theBusiness prior to the Closing Date, in the past or now, contained or contains asbestos or asbestos-containing material. 5.21. Insurance. Schedule 5.21 sets forth a list and brief description (including nature of coverage, limits, deductibles, premiums andthe loss experience for the most recent five years with respect to each type of coverage) of all policies of insurance maintained, owned or held by Sellers on thedate hereof with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Business. Each Seller has materially complied with each of such insurance policies and has not failedto give any notice or present any claim thereunder in a due and timely manner. Sellers have delivered to Buyer correct and complete copies of the most recentinspection reports, if any, received from insurance underwriters as to the condition of the Purchased Assets. 5.22. Customers and Suppliers. Schedule 5.22 sets forth (i) a list of names and addresses of the twenty-five largest customers, and theten largest suppliers (measured by dollar volume of purchases or sales in each case) of Sellers in respect of the Business, and the relative percentages of theBusiness which each such customer or supplier represents (or represented) during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 andDecember 31, 2008 and the interim period January 1, 2011, through September 30, 2011; and (ii) copies of the usual and customary forms of purchase orderfor inventory and other supplies, and usual and customary form of sales contracts for finished goods used by Sellers in the ordinary course of theBusiness. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.22, there exists no actual or, to Sellers’ Knowledge, threatened termination, cancellation or material limitation of,or any material modification or change in, the business relationship of a Seller with any customer of the Business, or with any supplier of the Business; and,to the Sellers’ Knowledge, presently there exists no condition or state of facts or circumstances involving customers or suppliers of the Business which Sellersbelieve will materially adversely affect the Business or prevent the conduct of the Business after the Closing in substantially the same manner in which it hasheretofore been conducted. 5.23. Budgets. Schedule 5.23 sets forth (i) as of the date hereof the budgets of capital, payroll and other expenditures of Sellers preparedin the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 and (ii) the total capital expenditures throughSeptember 30, 2011 for each capital expenditure project for which funds are proposed to be expended during 2011. 5.24. Warranties; Product Defects. (a) Schedule 5.24(A) sets forth (i) a specimen copy of the form of written warranties covering Products which have not yet expired(identifying Products or models to which each such warranty applies) and (ii) a summary of the warranty expense incurred by Sellers with respect to theBusiness during each of its last three fiscal years and from January 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011. All Products have been manufactured, serviced,distributed or sold by Sellers in material conformity with all of Sellers’ applicable contractual commitments and express or implied warranties. To Sellers’Knowledge, no material liability exists for any return claim, warranty claim or other obligation to provide parts and service on, or to repair or replace, anyproducts sold or delivered by Sellers at any time on or prior to the Closing Date beyond the amounts reserved for warranty expense reflected in the BalanceSheet or expected to be reflected in the Valuation Date Working Capital Statement. No Products heretofore sold by Sellers are now the subject of any guaranteeor warranty other than Sellers’ standard form of written warranties, except as specifically described in Schedule 5.24(A). 43 (b) Schedule 5.24(B) sets forth a list of all (i) Products which have been recalled, withdrawn or suspended (other than (x) Productsdiscontinued or suspended in the ordinary course of Business or by reason of business decisions made without regard to (1) concerns as to design or otherinherent defect or risk to the safety of the users thereof or (2) concerns of any Governmental Body and (y) isolated instances with respect to particular productunits which are not representative of an entire product category) since January 1, 2006, and (ii) proceedings pending against Sellers at any time since January1, 2006 (whether such proceeding have since been completed or remain pending) seeking the recall, withdrawal, suspension or seizure of any Products orseeking to enjoin Sellers from engaging in activities pertaining to any Products. 5.25. No Finder. No Seller nor any Person acting on its behalf has paid or become obligated to pay any fee or commission to any broker,finder or intermediary for or on account of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 5.26. Disclosure. To Sellers’ Knowledge, none of the representations or warranties of Sellers or Equityholders contained herein, none ofthe information contained in the Schedules referred to in Article V, and none of the other information or documents furnished to Buyer or any of itsrepresentatives by Sellers or their representatives pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, is false or misleading in any material respect or omits to state a factherein or therein necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading in any material respect. 5.27. No Other Representations and Warranties. Except as expressly and specifically set forth in this Agreement, Buyer (and onbehalf of each Buyer Group Member) hereby acknowledges that Sellers’ Representative, Sellers, Equityholders, and no Seller Group Member or any thirdparty advisor or agent acting on behalf of any of the foregoing has made or is making any representation, warranty, guarantee or other assurance to or for thebenefit of Buyer or any Buyer Group Member and that, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the foregoing are making no other representations,warranties, guarantees or assurances regarding the Purchased Assets, Business, Owned and Leased Real Property, Contracts, financial statements andBalance Sheet, financial results of operation, or the forward looking prospects of the Business. 44 ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER As an inducement to Sellers to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer hereby representsand warrants to Sellers and agrees as follows: 6.1. Organization of Buyer. Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws ofthe State of Wisconsin and has full power and authority to own or lease and to operate and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as nowconducted. 6.2. Authority of Buyer. (a) Buyer has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all of the Buyer Ancillary Agreements. Theexecution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Buyer Ancillary Agreements by Buyer have been duly authorized and approved by Buyer’s solemember and do not require any further authorization or consent of Buyer or such member. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and deliveredby Buyer and is the legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms, and each of the Buyer Ancillary Agreements hasbeen duly authorized by Buyer and upon execution and delivery by Buyer will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer enforceable in accordancewith its terms. (b) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any of the Buyer Ancillary Agreements by Buyer or the consummation of any ofthe transactions contemplated hereby or thereby nor compliance with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof by Buyer will: (i) conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default, an event ofdefault or an event creating rights of acceleration, termination or cancellation or a loss of rights under (A) the articles of organization orlimited liability company operating agreement of Buyer, (B) any material note, instrument, agreement, mortgage, lease, license, franchise,permit or other authorization, right, restriction or obligation to which Buyer is a party or any of its properties is subject or by which Buyeris bound, (C) any Court Order to which Buyer is a party or by which it is bound or (D) any Requirements of Laws affecting Buyer; or (ii) require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making by Buyer of any declaration, filing orregistration with, any Person, except as provided under the HSR Act. 6.3. No Finder. Neither Buyer nor any Person acting on its behalf has paid or become obligated to pay any fee or commission to anybroker, finder or intermediary for or on account of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 45 ARTICLE VII ACTION PRIOR TO THE CLOSING DATE The respective parties hereto covenant and agree to take the following actions between the date hereof and the Closing Date: 7.1. Investigation by Buyer. Sellers shall afford the officers, employees and authorized representatives of Buyer (including independentpublic accountants and attorneys) complete access during normal business hours to the offices, properties, employees and business and financial records(including computer files, retrieval programs and similar documentation and such access and information that may be necessary in connection with anenvironmental audit) of Sellers with respect to the Business to the extent Buyer shall deem necessary or desirable, and shall furnish to Buyer or its authorizedrepresentatives such additional information concerning the Purchased Assets, the Business and the operations of Sellers as shall be reasonably requested,including all such information as shall be necessary to enable Buyer or its representatives to verify the accuracy of the representations and warrantiescontained in this Agreement, to verify that the covenants of Sellers contained in this Agreement have been complied with and to determine whether theconditions set forth in Article IX have been satisfied; provided, however, all such due diligence investigations of Buyer and/or its agents shall: (i) beconducted with reasonable advance notice to Sellers through Sellers’ Representative or the President of Magnum; (ii) not materially interfere with or impairSellers’ operation of the Business; and (iii) with respect to any employee of, customer of, or vendor to any Seller, only be conducted as and when approved inadvance by Sellers’ Representative or the President of Magnum (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). No investigation made by Buyer or itsrepresentatives hereunder shall affect the representations and warranties of Sellers or Equityholders hereunder. 7.2. Preserve Accuracy of Representations and Warranties; Notification of Certain Matters. (a) Each party hereto shall refrain from taking any action which knowingly and intentionally would render any representation or warrantycontained in Article V or VI inaccurate as of the Closing Date. Each party shall promptly notify the other of any action, suit or proceeding that shall beinstituted or threatened against such party to restrain, prohibit or otherwise challenge the legality of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement. (b) During the period prior to the Closing Date, Sellers will notify Buyer of (i) any material adverse change in the condition of thePurchased Assets or the Business, (ii) any material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement of a Seller or Equityholder under thisAgreement or any Seller Ancillary Agreement, (iii) any lawsuit, claim, proceeding or investigation that is threatened, brought, asserted or commenced againstSellers which would have been listed in Schedule 5.19 if such lawsuit, claim, proceeding or investigation had arisen prior to the date hereof, (iv) any notice orother communication from any third Person alleging that the consent of such third Person is or may be required in connection with the transactionscontemplated by this Agreement, and (v) any material default under any Seller Agreement or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would becomesuch a default on or prior to the Closing Date and of which Sellers have knowledge. 46 7.3. Consents of Third Parties; Governmental Approvals. (a) Sellers will act diligently and reasonably in attempting to obtain, before the Closing Date, the consent, approval or waiver, in form andsubstance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, from any party to any Material Seller Agreement required to be obtained to assign, transfer or novate any suchAgreements to Buyer or to otherwise satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 9.5; provided that neither Sellers nor Buyer shall have any obligation to offer orpay any consideration in order to obtain any such consents or approvals; and provided, further, that Sellers shall not make any agreement or understandingaffecting the Purchased Assets or the Business as a condition for obtaining any such consents or waivers except with the prior written consent ofBuyer. During the period prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall act diligently and reasonably to cooperate with Sellers in attempting to obtain the consents,approvals and waivers contemplated by this Section 7.3(a). If any such consent shall not be obtained or if any attempted assignment would be ineffective orwould impair Buyer's rights under the Material Seller Agreement in question so that Buyer would not in effect acquire the benefit of all such rights, Sellers, tothe maximum extent permitted by Requirements of Laws and such Material Seller Agreement, shall act after the Closing as Buyer's agent in order to obtain forit the benefits thereunder and shall cooperate, to the maximum extent permitted by law and the Seller Agreement, with Buyer in any other reasonablearrangement designed to provide such benefits to Buyer. Sellers will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent, approval or waiver of any SellerAgreements (including any Material Seller Agreement consent not obtained prior to Closing and any novation of a Government Contract) within ninety (90)days after the Closing Date, to the extent the same have not been obtained prior to the Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in anysuch consent, approval or waiver (including any novation of any Government Contract) or any document executed in connection therewith (including theSubcontract), nothing set forth in any such consent, approval or waiver (including any novation of any Government Contract) or any document executed inconnection therewith (including the Subcontract) shall in any way limit the rights, obligations or remedies of any party to this Agreement, including the rightof a party to seek indemnification hereunder. (b) During the period prior to the Closing Date, Sellers and Buyer shall act diligently and reasonably, and shall cooperate with each other,in attempting to obtain any consents and approvals of any Governmental Body required to be obtained by them in order to assign, transfer or novate anyGovernmental Permits to Buyer, to permit the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or to otherwise satisfy the conditions setforth in Section 9.4; provided that Sellers shall not make any agreement or understanding affecting the Purchased Assets or the Business as a condition forobtaining any such consents or approvals except with the prior written consent of Buyer. 47 (c) Buyer and Sellers have filed with the FTC and the Antitrust Division the notifications and other information required to be filed underthe HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Buyer shall pay (without right of reimbursement) all filing fees required to be paid orsubmitted. Each party warrants that all such filings by it are or will be, as of the date filed, true and accurate and in accordance with the requirements of theHSR Act. Each of Buyer and Sellers agrees to make available to the other such information as each of them may reasonably request relative to its business,assets and property (including, in the case of Sellers, the Business) as may be required of each of them to file any additional information requested by suchagencies under the HSR Act. Each of Buyer and Sellers agree to provide to the other copies of all correspondence between it (or its advisors) and any suchagency relating to this Agreement or any of the matters described in this Section 7.3(c); provided that such correspondence does not contain or revealconfidential information of Buyer, Sellers or their respective Affiliates. Buyer and Sellers agree that, except as either party may otherwise agree, all telephoniccalls and meetings with such agencies regarding the transactions contemplated hereby or any of the matters described in this Section 7.3(c) shall includerepresentatives of each of Buyer and Sellers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Buyer shallnot have any obligation under this Agreement to divest or agree to divest (or cause any of its Affiliates to divest or agree to divest) any of its respectivebusinesses, product lines or assets or to take or agree to take (or cause any of its Affiliates to take or agree to take) any other action or to agree (or cause any ofits Affiliates to agree) to any limitation or restriction on any of its respective businesses, product lines or assets. 7.4. Operations Prior to the Closing Date. (a) Sellers shall operate and carry on the Business only in the ordinary course andsubstantially as presently operated. Consistent with the foregoing, Sellers shall keep and maintain the Purchased Assets in good operating condition and repairand shall use their reasonable best efforts consistent with good business practice to maintain the business organization of Sellers intact and to preserve thegoodwill of the suppliers, contractors, licensors, employees, customers, distributors and others having business relations with Sellers. (b) Notwithstanding Section 7.4(a), except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or except with the express written approval ofBuyer, Sellers shall not: (i) make any change in the Business or the operations of Sellers with respect to the Business; (ii) make any capital expenditure with respect to the Business or enter into any contract or commitmenttherefor, other than capital expenditures or contracts, agreements or understandings for capital expenditures referred to in the applicablebudget contained in Schedule 5.23; (iii) except as contemplated by Schedule 5.23, enter into any contract, agreement, undertaking or commitmentwhich would have been required to be set forth in Schedule 5.17 if in effect on the date hereof or enter into any contract which cannot beassigned to Buyer or a permitted assignee of Buyer under Section 13.5; 48 (iv) enter into any contract for the purchase of real property to be used in the Business or for the sale of anyOwned Real Property or exercise any option to purchase real property listed in Schedule 5.10(A) or any option to extend a lease listed inSchedule 5.10(B); (v) terminate or fail to renew any Contracts for insurance; (vi) sell, lease (as lessor), transfer or otherwise dispose of (including any transfers by a Seller to any of itsAffiliates), or mortgage or pledge, or impose or suffer to be imposed any Encumbrance on, any of the Purchased Assets, other thaninventory and minor amounts of personal property sold or otherwise disposed of for fair value in the ordinary course of the Businessconsistent with past practice and other than Permitted Encumbrances; (vii) cancel any debts owed to or claims held by Sellers with respect to the Business (including the settlement ofany claims or litigation) other than in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice; (viii) create, incur or assume, or agree to create, incur or assume, any indebtedness for borrowed money inrespect of Sellers or enter into, as lessee, any capitalized lease obligations (as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.13); (ix) accelerate or delay collection of any notes or accounts receivable generated by the Business in advance of orbeyond their regular due dates or the dates when the same would have been collected in the ordinary course of the Business consistent withpast practice; (x) delay or accelerate payment of any account payable or other liability of the Business beyond or in advanceof its due date or the date when such liability would have been paid in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice; (xi) allow the levels of raw materials, supplies, work-in-process, finished goods or other materials included inthe inventory of the Business to vary in any material respect from the levels customarily maintained in the Business; (xii) make, or agree to make, any payment of cash or distribution of assets to a Seller or any of its Affiliates(other than cash realized upon collection of receivables generated in the ordinary course of the Business); (xiii) institute any increase in any profit-sharing, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, insurance,pension, retirement, medical, hospital, disability, welfare or other employee benefit plan with respect to employees of Sellers; (xiv) make any change in the compensation of the employees of Sellers, other than changes made in accordancewith normal compensation practices and consistent with past compensation practices; (xv) communicate with any employee regarding any compensation or benefits to be provided by Buyer or anyof its Affiliates after the Closing without the prior consent of Buyer; 49 (xvi) prepare or file any Tax Return inconsistent with past practice or, on any such Tax Return, take anyposition, make any election, or adopt any method that is inconsistent with positions taken, elections made or methods used in preparing orfiling similar Tax Returns in prior periods (including positions, elections or methods which would have the effect of deferring income toperiods for which Buyer is liable pursuant to Section 8.2(a) or accelerating deductions to periods for which Sellers are liable pursuant toSection 8.2(a)); or (xvii) make any change in the accounting policies applied in the preparation of the financial statementscontained in Schedule 5.4(A). 7.5. Reasonable Efforts. Prior to the Closing: (a) the Sellers and the Equityholders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause theconditions set forth in Article IX to be satisfied on a timely basis and (b) Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth inArticle X to be satisfied on a timely basis. 7.6. Commitment for Title Insurance; Surveys. Sellers shall cause to be delivered to Buyer not less than five days prior to the ClosingDate, with respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property (i) a current ALTA commitment for a Title Policy and (ii) a Survey. 7.7. Acquisition Proposals. Sellers will not, and will not authorize or permit any officer, director or employee of Sellers or any Affiliateof a Seller or any investment banker, attorney, accountant or other representative retained by Sellers or any Affiliate of Sellers to, directly or indirectly, solicit,encourage, facilitate, or furnish information with respect to the Business to or engage in any discussions with any Person in connection with, any proposal forthe acquisition of all or a material portion of the Business, other than as contemplated by this Agreement. Sellers will promptly cease or cause to be terminatedany existing activities or discussions with any Person with respect to any of the foregoing and will promptly request the return of any confidential informationprovided to any Person in connection with a prospective acquisition of the Business or any material portion thereof, other than Buyer. ARTICLE VIII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 8.1. Covenant Not to Compete or Solicit Business. (a) In furtherance of the sale of the Purchased Assets and the Business to Buyer hereunder by virtue of the transactions contemplated herebyand more effectively to protect the value and goodwill of the Purchased Assets and the Business so sold, Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph and Sellers severallycovenant and agree that, for a period ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, each of Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph and Sellers shall not,and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly (whether as principal, agent, independent contractor, partner or otherwise): (i) own, manage, operate, control, participate in, perform services for, sell materials to, or otherwise carry on,a business similar to or competitive with the Business anywhere in the world (it being understood by the parties hereto that the Business isnot limited to any particular region of the world and that the Business may be engaged in effectively from any location in the world); 50 (ii) induce or attempt to persuade any employee, agent, supplier or customer of the Business, Sellers or anyAffiliate of a Seller with respect to the Business to terminate such employment, agency or business relationship in order to enter into anysuch relationship on behalf of any other business organization in competition with the Business; (iii) hire or induce or attempt to persuade any of the Transferring Employees to terminate his or heremployment relationship with respect to the Business in order to enter into any employment or business relationship on behalf of any otherbusiness organization; or (iv) make (or cause to be made) to any Person any disparaging, derogatory or other negative or false statementabout Sellers, the Business, Buyer or any of Sellers’ or Buyer’s respective Affiliates (including with respect to the products, services,equipment, suppliers, policies, practices, operations, employees or directors of any such Person); provided, however, that nothing set forth in this Section 8.1 shall prohibit Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph or a Seller or of their respective Affiliates fromowning not in excess of one percent (1%) in the aggregate of any class of capital stock of any corporation if such stock is publicly traded and listed on anynational or regional stock exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Each of Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph and each Seller also covenants and agrees thatfrom and after the Closing Date it will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates to, divulge or make use of any trade secrets or other confidentialinformation of the Business other than to disclose such secrets and information to Buyer or its Affiliates. (b) If Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph, Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates violates any of its obligations under this Section 8.1,Buyer may proceed against such Person in law or in equity for such damages or other relief as a court may deem appropriate. Each of Thomas Joseph,Michael Joseph and Sellers hereby acknowledges that a violation of this Section 8.1 may cause Buyer irreparable harm which may not be adequatelycompensated for by money damages. Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph and each Seller therefore agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened violation ofthis Section 8.1, Buyer shall be entitled, in addition to other remedies that it may have, to a temporary restraining order and to preliminary and final injunctiverelief against Thomas Joseph, Michael Joseph or Sellers or such Affiliate to prevent any violations of this Section 8.1, without the necessity of posting abond. The prevailing party in any action commenced under this Section 8.1 shall also be entitled to receive reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. It is theintent and understanding of each party hereto that if, in any action before any court or agency legally empowered to enforce this Section 8.1, any term,restriction, covenant or promise in this Section 8.1 is found to be unreasonable and for that reason unenforceable, then such term, restriction, covenant orpromise shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to make it enforceable by such court or agency. 51 8.2. Taxes. (a) Sellers and/or Equityholders shall be liable for and shall pay all Taxes (whether assessed or unassessed) applicable to the Business, thePurchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities, in each case attributable to taxable years or periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date and, with respect toany Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date. Buyer shall be liable for and shall pay all Taxes (whetherassessed or unassessed) applicable to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities that are attributable to taxable years or periodsbeginning after the Closing Date and, with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date; provided, thatBuyer shall not be liable for any Taxes for which Sellers and/or Equityholders are liable under this Agreement, including pursuant to the preceding sentence orSection 5.7. For purposes of this Section 8.2, any Straddle Period shall be treated on a “closing of the books” basis as two partial periods, one ending at theclose of the Closing Date and the other beginning on the day after the Closing Date, except that Taxes (such as property Taxes) imposed on a periodic basisshall be allocated on a daily basis. (b) Notwithstanding Section 8.2(a), any sales Tax, use Tax, real property transfer or gains Tax, asset transfer Tax, documentary stampTax or similar Tax attributable to the sale or transfer of the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities shall be split equally between Buyer andSellers. For purposes of the calculation and payment of transfer taxes at the Closing, Buyer and Sellers mutually agree that the Owned Real Estate shall bevalued at One Million Nine Hundred Ninety-five Thousand dollars ($1,995,000). Buyer agrees to timely sign and deliver such certificates or forms as maybe necessary or appropriate to establish an exemption from (or otherwise reduce), or file Tax Returns with respect to, such Taxes. (c) Sellers or Buyer, as the case may be, shall provide reimbursement for any Tax paid by one party all or a portion of which is theresponsibility of the other party in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.2. Within a reasonable time prior to the payment of any such Tax, the partypaying such Tax shall give notice to the other party of the Tax payable and the portion which is the liability of each party, although failure to do so will notrelieve the other party from its liability hereunder. (d) After the Closing Date, each of Sellers and Buyer shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to): (i) assist the other party in preparing any Tax Returns which such other party is responsible for preparing andfiling; (ii) cooperate fully in preparing for any audits of, or disputes with taxing authorities regarding, any TaxReturns required to be filed in respect of the Business or the Purchased Assets; (iii) make available to the other and to any taxing authority (upon written approval of the other or as compelledby law after consultation with the other) as reasonably requested all information, records and documents relating to Taxes with respect tothe Business or the Purchased Assets; 52 (iv) provide timely notice to the other in writing of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relatingto Taxes with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets for taxable periods for which the other may have a liability under thisSection 8.2; and (v) furnish the other with copies of all correspondence received from any taxing authority in connection withany Tax audit or information request with respect to any such taxable period for which the other may have liability under this Section 8.2. (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of the parties set forth in this Section 8.2 shall beunconditional and absolute and shall remain in effect without limitation as to time. 8.3. Employees Matters. (a) Buyer or one of its Affiliates shall offer employment (contingent on the Closing) to all of the employees listed on Schedule 8.3 who areeither (i) actively employed as of the date hereof or (ii) absent from work on an authorized leave of absence as of the date hereof and have the right to return toemployment following the expiration of such absence under applicable Requirements of Laws; provided, however, each such employee shall be offeredemployment by Buyer subject to Buyer’s usual and customary, lawful, hiring and employment screening practices, which may include background checks,drug testing, and similar pre-employment screening protocols. Each offer of employment shall provide for substantially comparable terms and conditions ofemployment, in the aggregate, with respect to position, duties, compensation and benefits, as were in effect for or applicable to such employee on the dateimmediately preceding the date of the offer of employment (as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion). Sellers shall use their reasonable best efforts tohave all of Sellers’ employees to whom Buyer offers employment accept such offers. Such individuals who accept such offer of employment in accordancewith its terms and actually begin performing services for Buyer (or one of its Affiliates) on the first Business Day after the Closing Date on which theemployee is scheduled to perform work for Buyer (or one of its Affiliates) are hereinafter referred to as the “Transferring Employees.” To the extent permittedin the applicable employee benefit plans and related insurance contracts, for all Transferring Employees, Buyer shall cause any employee benefit plans thatcover the Transferring Employees to recognize each Transferred Employee’s service prior to the Closing with Sellers and their Affiliates (including service withany other employer that was recognized by Sellers or their Affiliates) for purposes of terms of employment, eligibility, vesting and benefit accruals (but not forpurposes of benefit accrual under a defined benefit pension plan) under such plans and programs, including vacation, sick or other paid leave, severancebenefits and employer contribution rates under retirement plans. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, (i) nothing in this Agreement shallcreate any obligation on the part of the Buyer to continue the employment of any employee for any period following the Closing Date and (ii) nothing in thisAgreement shall preclude Buyer from altering, amending or terminating any of its employee benefit plans, or the participation of any of its employees in suchplans, at any time. 53 (b) Neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall have any liabilities or obligations: (i) related to any employee of Sellers who does notbecome a Transferring Employee; or (ii) related to Transferring Employees to the extent such liability or obligation arises from any action, event, course ofconduct, injury or illness occurring on or prior to the Closing Date. With respect to each Transferring Employee, each Seller shall retain the obligation andliability for any workers’ compensation or similar workers’ protection claims with respect to any such individual, whether incurred prior to, on or after theClosing Date which are the result of an injury or illness originating prior to the Closing Date. Except as otherwise provided for in Section 2.3, neither theBuyer nor any of its Affiliates shall assume or be obligated to pay, perform or discharge any liability, responsibility or obligation under, with respect to orarising in connection with any Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans, Sellers’ Compensation Commitments, Sellers’ ERISA Plans or any other plans or arrangementsmaintained for the benefit of any employee of Sellers. Sellers shall be responsible for satisfying “continuation coverage” requirements for all “group healthplans” under Section 4980B of the Code, Part 6 of Title I of ERISA and comparable state law with respect to each employee of Sellers who does not become aTransferring Employee (and any spouse, dependents or beneficiary of such employee) and with respect to each former employee of Sellers whose employmentterminated before the Closing Date and any spouse, dependents or beneficiary of such former employee of Sellers. (c) Sellers shall transfer to Buyer on the Closing Date complete copies of the personnel records of Sellers’ employees who becomeTransferring Employees. (d) Within four business days of the Closing Date, Sellers shall pay the Transaction Bonuses, the Management Bonuses and the Years-of-Service Bonuses. 8.4. Change in Corporate Name. Each Seller whose name contains the word “Magnum” or “CH&E” agrees promptly after the ClosingDate to change its corporate name to a name that does not include the word “Magnum” or “CH&E” or any variation of either of the foregoing. 8.5. Warranty Claims; Product Liability Claims. (a) After the Closing, as contemplated by Section 2.3, Buyer shall provide or cause to be provided all service, repair or replacement (“Warranty Service”) with respect to Products manufactured, distributed or sold by Sellers on or prior to the Closing Date for claims (“Seller WarrantyClaims”) made under the standard warranties of Sellers for Seller Products as set forth in Schedule 5.24(A) (“Seller Warranties”) and Sellers shall reimburseBuyer for Warranty Costs (as defined below) incurred with respect to Seller Warranty Claims, but only to the extent that all such Warranty Costs in theaggregate exceed the amount of the reserve for warranty expense reflected in the Valuation Date Working Capital Statement and taken into account in thedetermination of the Closing Date Cash Payment (the “Warranty Reserve”). “Warranty Costs” means an amount equal to the sum of (i) either (A) if a thirdparty performs the Warranty Services, any and all third party costs and expenses charged to Buyer for such Warranty Services or (B) if Buyer performs theWarranty Services, any and all direct labor costs and the costs of any parts or replacement products, but excluding any indirect or overhead costs or expenses(or allocations thereof), plus (ii) five percent (5%) of the amount specified in clause (i)(A) or (i)(B), as applicable, plus (iii) all applicable shipping, freight andTaxes. If Buyer satisfies a Seller Warranty Claim through payment of cash or by credit in accordance with Sellers’ standard warranty, then “WarrantyCosts” means the amount so paid or credited. If and to the extent that warranties of a third party will, or are reasonably likely to, provide a defense and/orindemnity in respect of any Seller Warranty Claims, Buyer shall (and shall cause each Buyer Group Member to) use its commercially reasonable efforts torecover proceeds available under such third party warranties. 54 (b) Buyer shall periodically (but no more frequently than monthly) invoice Sellers amounts owed to Buyer under this Section 8.5. Theinvoices shall specify the Warranty Costs in reasonable detail. All invoices shall be paid net thirty days of receipt. Buyer shall provide such supportinginformation with respect to any invoice as Sellers shall from time to time reasonably request. In the event the actual Warranty Costs incurred by the Buyerwithin the period ending three (3) months after the expiration of all warranty periods of Seller Warranties applicable to the Products are less than the amount ofthe Warranty Reserve, the Buyer shall pay the difference between the amount of the Reserve and the amount of the Warranty Costs to the Seller. For purposesof this Section 8.5, the warranty periods of all Products shall be deemed to expire, regardless of whether such Products have been sold or delivered to end-usercustomers, no later than thirty (30) months after the Closing Date (c) Pursuant to Section 11.2(a)(ii), Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Seller Group Member from and against any and allLosses and Expenses incurred by such Seller Group Member with respect to any Product Liability Claim relating to products of the Business that aremanufactured and sold by Buyer or its Affiliates following the Closing. (d) Pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(iii), each Seller and each Equityholder agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless eachBuyer Group Member from and against any and all Losses and Expenses incurred by such Buyer Group Member with respect to any Product Liability Claimrelating to any Products; provided, however, that Sellers and Equityholders shall have no obligation to indemnify a Buyer Group Member to the extent that aProduct Liability Claim relates to a modification or other alternation of a product made by the Buyer or its Affiliates following the Closing. 8.6. Insurance. (a) Solely and exclusively with respect to Sellers’ operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date, if at any time after the Closing, anyPerson asserts a claim with respect to the Business against Buyer or any of its Affiliates or any of their Purchased Assets which is covered by insurancemaintained by the Sellers with respect to the Business as of the date hereof (a “Post-Closing Insurance Claim”), then Sellers shall use commercially reasonableefforts to provide Buyer with the benefit of any insurance policies of Sellers or their respective Affiliates that relate to the applicable Post-Closing InsuranceClaim (“Business Insurance Policies”) and, following the Closing, and at Sellers’ expense, to include Buyer as a named insured on such policies. Sellers shallnot, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, assign or otherwise transfer (including without limitation in any liquidation or dissolution) any interest or right in orto any Business Insurance Policy without requiring, prior to any such assignment or transfer, the applicable assignee or transferee to agree with Buyer to bebound by this Section 8.6. 55 (b) Prior to Closing, the Sellers shall purchase a Tail Policy which provides product liability insurance covering any Product LiabilityClaims relating to the Products in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer which names Buyer as an additional insured. Sellers shall notifyBuyer at least thirty (30) days prior to any planned modification of the Tail Policy and obtain Buyer’s consent prior to implementing any suchmodification. Sellers shall pay all premiums associated with the Tail Policy purchased by Seller pursuant to this paragraph. 8.7. Release. Except as set forth in the following sentence and subject to the limitations set forth therein, each Seller and each Equityholderwill, and hereby does, effective as of the Closing, release and forever discharge each Buyer (as successor to and assignee of the Business) and Seller and eachof their respective managers, directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents and representatives from any and all actions, suits, debts, liens, sums ofmoney, accounts, judgments, claims and demands whatsoever, at law or in equity, either in contract or in tort, whether known or unknown, on account of,arising out of or relating to any act or omission of any kind or character whatsoever of each Seller or any predecessor of each Seller occurring at or prior to theClosing or any operations of each Seller’s or any of its predecessor’s businesses at or prior to the Closing, including the calculation and payment of any andall accrued and unpaid dividends or arising out of or related to the Seller’s or Equityholder’s acquisition or ownership of membership interests in a Seller;provided, however, that such claims shall not include claims arising out of this Agreement or any Seller Ancillary Agreement or claims by employees of aSeller for accrued compensation or benefits arising in the ordinary course of Business consistent with past practice in an amount not in excess of the amountset forth with respect to such claims in the Valuation Date Working Capital Statement or to the extent that such claims constitute an Excluded Liability, orpursuant to the Closing Date Retention Plan. ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER The obligations of Buyer under this Agreement shall, at the option of Buyer, be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date,of the following conditions: 9.1. No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and Warranties. There shall have been no material breach by a Seller orEquityholder in the performance of any of its covenants and agreements herein; each of the representations and warranties of Sellers and Equityholderscontained or referred to herein that is not qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as though made on theClosing Date and each of the representations and warranties of Sellers and Equityholders contained or referred to herein that is qualified as to materiality shallbe true and correct in all respects on the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date, except, in each case, for changes therein specifically permitted bythis Agreement or resulting from any transaction expressly consented to in writing by Buyer or any transaction permitted by Section 7.4. 56 9.2. No Changes or Destruction of Property. Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, there shall have been no event, developmentor effect that has resulted in, or that, when taken as a whole, could reasonably be expected to result in, (a) a material adverse change in the Purchased Assets,the Business or the operations, liabilities, profits, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Sellers with respect to the Business (other than and excluding ageneralized economic condition which affects, or which could affect, the Business in a non-specific manner); (b) a material adverse federal or state legislativeor regulatory change affecting the Business or its products or services; or (c) material damage to the Purchased Assets by fire, flood, casualty, act of God orother cause, regardless of insurance coverage for such damage. 9.3. No Restraint or Litigation. The waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated, and no action, suit,investigation or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain or prohibit or otherwise challenge the legality or validity of the transactionscontemplated hereby. 9.4. Necessary Governmental Approvals. The parties shall have received all approvals and actions of or by all Governmental Bodieswhich are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, which are either specified in Schedule 5.3 or otherwise required to be obtained priorto the Closing by applicable Requirements of Laws or which are necessary to prevent a material adverse change in the Purchased Assets, the Business or theoperations, liabilities, profits, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) with respect to the Business. 9.5. Necessary Consents. Sellers shall have received (or Buyer shall have waived in writing the requirement of obtaining), consents, inform and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, to the transactions contemplated hereby from the other parties to all Seller Agreements and GovernmentalPermits of the Business, respectively, to which a Seller is a party and which are specified in Schedule 9.5 (such Seller Agreements, the “Material SellerAgreements”). 9.6. Customer Due Diligence. Buyer shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion, with the results of its due diligence regarding Sellers’customer relationships set forth in Schedule 9.6, following joint meeting with such customers conducted by Sellers and Buyer prior to Closing. 9.7. Title Insurance. Buyer shall have received a Title Policy with respect to each parcel of the Owned Real Property. 9.8. Sellers’ Deliveries. Sellers shall have made all of the deliveries set forth in Section 4.4. 9.9. SNDAs and Estoppels. With respect to any leases, subleases or occupancy agreements affecting any of the Owned Real Property orLeased Real Property, subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements executed by the landlord and tenant (or sublandlord and subtenant, asapplicable) thereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer or its lender, and/or estoppel certificates executed by any tenant, subtenant oroccupant of any portion of the Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property, or any other Person holding rights’ with respect thereto (including any owners’association or similar entity holding lien rights with respect to any Owned Real Property or Leased Real Property) certifying as to such factual matters asBuyer or its lender may request. 57 ARTICLE X CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS The obligations of Sellers under this Agreement shall, at the option of Sellers, be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date,of the following conditions: 10.1. No Misrepresentation or Breach of Covenants and Warranties. There shall have been no material breach by Buyer in theperformance of any of its covenants and agreements herein; each of the representations and warranties of Buyer contained or referred to in this Agreement thatis not qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date and each of therepresentations and warranties of Buyer contained or referred to in this Agreement that is qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects onthe Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date, except, in each case, for changes therein specifically permitted by this Agreement or resulting from anytransaction expressly consented to in writing by Sellers or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement; and there shall have been delivered to Sellers acertificate to such effect, dated the Closing Date and signed on behalf of Buyer by an authorized officer of Buyer. 10.2. No Restraint or Litigation. The waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated, and no action, suit orproceeding by any Governmental Body shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain, prohibit or otherwise challenge the legality or validity of thetransactions contemplated hereby. 10.3. Necessary Governmental Approvals. The parties shall have received all approvals and actions of or by all Governmental Bodiesnecessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, which are required to be obtained prior to the Closing by applicable Requirements of Laws. 10.4. Buyer Deliveries. Buyer shall have made all of the deliveries set forth in Section 4.3. ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION 11.1. Indemnification by Sellers and Equityholders. (a) Subject to the limitations set forth herein, each Seller and each Equityholder agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and holdharmless each Buyer Group Member from and against any and all Losses and Expenses incurred by such Buyer Group Member (whether or not such Lossesand Expenses involve a Third Person Claim (as defined below)) in connection with or arising from: 58 (i) the failure of a Seller to pay, perform or discharge any Excluded Liability; (ii) any breach of any warranty or the inaccuracy of any representation of a Seller or an Equityholder containedin this Agreement, or any inaccuracy in any certificate delivered by or on behalf of Sellers pursuant hereto (without, solely for the purposeof determining Losses and Expenses (and not for determining whether any breach of any warranty or the inaccuracy of any representationhas occurred), giving effect to any materiality, material adverse effect or similar qualifications limiting the scope of such representation,warranty or certification); (iii) any breach by a Seller or Equityholder of any of its covenants or agreements, or any failure of a Seller orEquityholder to perform any of its obligations, expressly set forth in this Agreement; (iv) any failure of a Seller to obtain prior to the Closing any consent set forth in Schedule 9.5; (v) the matters set forth on Schedule 11.1(A)(v); or (vi) the matter described in Section 11.11; provided, however, that: (A) no Seller and no Equityholder shall be required to indemnify and hold harmless a Buyer Group Member under clause (ii) ofthis Section 11.1(a) with respect to Losses and Expenses incurred by Buyer Group Members (other than Losses and Expenses incurred as a result ofinaccuracies of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.1 (Organization of Sellers and Equityholders), 5.2 (Subsidiaries and Investments),5.3 (Authority of Sellers and Equityholders), 5.7 (Taxes), 5.14 (Title to Property) and 5.15 (Employees and Related Agreements; ERISA) as to which thisproviso shall have no effect) until the aggregate amount of such Losses and Expenses subject to indemnification by Sellers and Equityholders exceeds$400,000 (the “Deductible”), and once such amount is exceeded, each Seller and each Equityholder shall indemnify the Buyer Group Members only forLosses and Expenses exceeding the Deductible; (B) in no event shall the aggregate amount required to be paid by all Sellers or Equityholders pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) (otherthan Losses and Expenses incurred as a result of inaccuracies of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.1 (Organization of Sellers andEquityholders), 5.2 (Subsidiaries and Investments), 5.3 (Authority of Sellers and Equityholders), 5.7 (Taxes), 5.14 (Title to Property) and 5.15 (Employeesand Related Agreements; ERISA)) exceed $6,000,000; and 59 (C) in no event shall the aggregate amount required to be paid by Sellers and Equityholders pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) forLosses and Expenses incurred by a Buyer Group Member as a result of inaccuracies of representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.1 (Organizationof Sellers and Equityholders), 5.2 Subsidiaries and Investments), 5.3 (Authority of Sellers and Equityholders), 5.7 (Taxes), 5.14 (Title to Property) and5.15 (Employees and Related Agreements; ERISA) exceed the Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.1). (b) The indemnification provided for in Section 11.1(a) shall terminate eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date (and no claims may bemade against any Seller Group Member or Equityholder by any Buyer Group Member under Section 11.1(a) thereafter), except that the indemnification bySellers and Equityholders shall continue as to: (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1 (Organization of Sellers and Equityholders), 5.2(Subsidiaries and Investments), 5.3 (Authority of Sellers and Equityholders), 5.14 (Title to Property) and 5.15 (Employees and RelatedAgreements; ERISA) and the covenants of Sellers set forth in Sections 3.6 (Allocation of Purchase Price), 8.2 (Taxes), 8.3 (Employees andEmployee Benefit Plans), 8.5 (Warranty Claims; Product Liability Claims), 8.6 (Insurance), 8.7 (Release), 13.2 (Confidential Nature ofInformation), 13.6 (Access to Records After Closing), and 13.13 (Enforcement of Agreement), as to which no time limitation shall apply; (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.7 (Taxes) and 5.20 (Environmental Matters) andthe covenants set forth in Section 11.1(a)(v) and Section 11.1(a)(vi) for a period equal to the applicable statute of limitations plus ninety(90) days; (iii) the covenant set forth in Section 8.1, as to which the indemnification provided for in this Section 11.1shall terminate ninety (90) days after the expiration of the five year Post-Closing noncompetition period provided for therein; (iv) the covenant set forth in Section 11.1(a)(i), as to which no time limitation shall apply; and (v) any Loss or Expense of which any Buyer Group Member has notified Sellers in accordance with therequirements of Section 11.3 on or prior to the date such indemnification would otherwise terminate in accordance with this Section 11.1,as to which the obligation of Sellers and Equityholders shall continue until the liability of Sellers and Equityholders shall have beendetermined pursuant to this Article XI, and Sellers and Equityholders shall have reimbursed all Buyer Group Members for the full amountof such Loss and Expense in accordance with this Article XI. 60 11.2. Indemnification by Buyer. (a) Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Seller Group Member from and against any and all Losses and Expenses incurredby such Seller Group Member (whether or not such Losses and Expenses involve a Third Person Claim (as defined below)) in connection with or arisingfrom: (i) any breach of any warranty or the inaccuracy of any representation of Buyer contained or referred to in thisAgreement or any inaccuracy in any certificate delivered by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant hereto; or (ii) any breach by Buyer of any of its covenants or agreements, or any failure by Buyer to perform any of itsobligations expressly set forth in this Agreement including without limitation Buyer’s obligations with respect to (1) Assumed Liabilities,(2) any Contract assumed by Buyer, (3) Buyer’s obligations to make Additional Payments to Sellers arising out of the sale of ITEGProducts; and (4) Sections 8.3 (Employee and Employee Benefit Plans) and 8.5 (Warranty Claims; Product Liability Claims), respectively. (b) The indemnification provided for in Section 11.2(a) shall terminate eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date (and no claims shall bemade by Sellers under Section 11.2(a) thereafter), except that the indemnification by Buyer shall continue as to: (i) the obligations of Buyer with respect to Assumed Liabilities and under the Instrument of Assumption, as towhich no time limitation shall apply; (ii) the covenants of Buyer set forth in Sections 3.5, 8.2, 8.5, 13.2, 13.6 and 13.13, as to all of which no timelimitation shall apply; and (iii) Buyer’s agreements set forth in Section 3.5, which shall survive in accordance with its terms; (iv) any Loss or Expense of which Sellers have notified Buyer in accordance with the requirements ofSection 11.3 on or prior to the date such indemnification would otherwise terminate in accordance with this Section 11.2, as to which theobligation of Buyer shall continue until the liability of Buyer shall have been determined pursuant to this Article XI, and Buyer shall havereimbursed all Seller Group Members for the full amount of such Loss and Expense in accordance with this Article XI. (c) If and to the extent that Buyer is entitled to indemnification of Losses or Expenses incurred by it from Sellers or Equityholders, Buyerfirst shall seek to recover such amounts from the Indemnification Escrow, and only after all amounts therein have been exhausted may Buyer seek recovery ofLosses or Expenses directly from Sellers or Equityholders. 61 11.3. Notice of Claims. (a) Any Buyer Group Member or Seller Group Member (the “Indemnified Party”) seeking indemnification hereunder shall give to the partyobligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnified Party (the “Indemnitor”) a notice (a “Claim Notice”) describing in reasonable detail the facts givingrise to any claim for indemnification hereunder and shall include in such Claim Notice (if then known) the amount or the method of computation of theamount of such claim, and a reference to the provision of this Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument executed hereunder or in connectionherewith upon which such claim is based; provided, that a Claim Notice in respect of any pending or threatened action at law or suit in equity by or against athird Person as to which indemnification will be sought (each such action or suit being a “Third Person Claim”) shall be given promptly after the action or suitis commenced; provided further that failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnitor of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it shall have beenprejudiced by such failure. For purposes of this Section 11.3(a) and Section 11.4, the term “Third Person Claim” shall include any action or suit threatenedor brought by a Seller Group Member against a third Person or threatened or brought by a third Person against a Seller Group Member (whether or not broughtor threatened to be brought against a Buyer Group Member) relating to or arising out of (i) those matters set forth on Schedule 11.1(A)(v) or (ii) an ExcludedLiability, and which, in each case, has or could reasonably be expected to have, in any material respect, a continuing effect on the Business. With respect tosuch actions or suits, for purposes of this Section 11.3(a) and Section 11.4, (x) Sellers and Equityholders shall be deemed to be the “Indemnitor” and Buyershall be deemed to be the “Indemnified Party” and (y) Sellers and Equityholders shall provide notice to Buyer or any such matters. (b) After the giving of any Claim Notice pursuant hereto, the amount of indemnification to which an Indemnified Party shall be entitledunder this Article XI shall be determined: (i) by the written agreement between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnitor; (ii) by a final judgment or decree ofany court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) by any other means to which the Indemnified Party and the Indemnitor shall agree. The judgment or decree of acourt shall be deemed final when the time for appeal, if any, shall have expired and no appeal shall have been taken or when all appeals taken shall have beenfinally determined. 11.4. Third Person Claims. (a) Subject to Section 11.4(b), the Indemnified Party shall have the right to conduct and control, through counsel of its choosing, thedefense, compromise or settlement of any Third Person Claim as to which indemnification will be sought by any Indemnified Party from any Indemnitorhereunder, and in any such case the Indemnitor shall cooperate in connection therewith and shall furnish such records, information and testimony and attendsuch conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as may be reasonably requested by the Indemnified Party in connection therewith;provided, that: (i) the Indemnitor may participate, through counsel chosen by it and at its own expense, in the defense of anysuch Third Person Claim as to which the Indemnified Party has so elected to conduct and control the defense thereof; and 62 (ii) the Indemnified Party shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnitor (which written consent shallnot be unreasonably withheld), pay, compromise or settle any such Third Person Claim, except that no such consent shall be required if,following a written request from the Indemnified Party, the Indemnitor shall fail, within 14 days after the making of such request, toacknowledge and agree in writing that, if such Third Person Claim shall be adversely determined, such Indemnitor has an obligation toprovide indemnification hereunder to such Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to pay, settle or compromise any such Third Person Claim without such consent,provided, that in such event the Indemnified Party shall waive any right to indemnity therefor hereunder unless such consent is unreasonably withheld. (b) If any Third Person Claim (i) is solely for money damages (and where Sellers are the Indemnitor, the potential liability of Sellers andEquityholders exceeds the potential liability of Buyer thereunder), and (ii) where Sellers are the Indemnitor, will have no continuing effect in any materialrespect on the Business or the Purchased Assets, then the Indemnitor shall have the right to conduct and control, through counsel of its choosing, the defense,compromise or settlement of any such Third Person Claim against such Indemnified Party as to which indemnification will be sought by any IndemnifiedParty from any Indemnitor hereunder if the Indemnitor has acknowledged and agreed in writing that, if the same is adversely determined, the Indemnitor hasan obligation to provide indemnification to the Indemnified Party in respect thereof, and in any such case the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in connectiontherewith and shall furnish such records, information and testimony and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as maybe reasonably requested by the Indemnitor in connection therewith; provided, that the Indemnified Party may participate, through counsel chosen by it, in thedefense of any such Third Person Claim as to which the Indemnitor has so elected to conduct and control the defense thereof, the expenses of whichparticipation shall, unless there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnitor and the Indemnified Party, be payable by the IndemnifiedParty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to pay, settle or compromise any such Third Person Claim, provided, that insuch event the Indemnified Party shall waive any right to indemnity therefor hereunder unless the Indemnified Party shall have sought the consent of theIndemnitor to such payment, settlement or compromise and such consent was unreasonably withheld, in which event no claim for indemnity thereforhereunder shall be waived. The Indemnitor shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party (which written consent shall not be unreasonablywithheld), pay, compromise or settle any Third Person Claim. (c) Assignment; Reimbursement. If any of the Losses or Expenses for which an Indemnitor is responsible under this Article XI arerecoverable or reasonably likely to be recoverable against any third party at the time that payment is made to an Indemnified Party hereunder, then theIndemnified Party shall assign any and all rights that it may have to recover such Losses and Expenses from such third party to the Indemnitor or, if suchrights are not assignable for any reason, the Indemnified Party shall take commercially reasonable actions to collect any and all such Losses and Expenses inaccount thereof from such third party for the benefit of the Indemnitor; provided, however, that where the Buyer is the Indemnified Party, Buyer shall have noobligation to assign its rights to the Indemnitor or attempt to collect any amounts from the third party if the third party has a continuing relationship with theBusiness. Such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Indemnitor for any and all Losses and Expenses (less any reasonable costs and expenses and anypremiums or taxes incurred by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates in connection with the pursuit or recovery of such amounts, including any futureincrease in insurance premiums, retroactive premiums, costs associated with any loss of insurance and replacement thereof or self-insured component of suchinsurance coverage) paid by the Indemnitor to the Indemnified Party pursuant to this subsection to the extent such amount is subsequently paid to theIndemnified Party by any Person other than the Indemnitor. The Indemnitor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party in respect of any Lossesand Expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with its assignment of rights to the Indemnitor and/or any actions taken by it pursuant to thissubsection. 63 11.5. Setoff. At and after such time as the entirety of the Indemnity Escrow Amount deposited with the Escrow Agent shall have been (i)distributed to Sellers or Buyer pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and/or (ii) subject to an asserted claim by any Buyer Group Member or SellerGroup Member, Buyer shall have the right to withhold and deduct from any amount otherwise payable by any Buyer Group Member under thisAgreement any amounts owed to any Buyer Group Member under this Article XI in respect of (x) any final and non-appealable order of a court of competentjurisdiction and (y) amounts acknowledged in writing by a Seller Group Member to be due and owing to a Buyer Group Member. 11.6. Sole Remedy. Following the Closing, the sole remedy of the Buyer, Sellers and Equityholders for any and all claims with respect toany breach of this Agreement (except in the case of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful misconduct and except for any injunctive relief to which aparty may be entitled) shall be the indemnity set forth in this Article XI, and (except in the case of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful misconductand except for any injunctive relief to which a party may be entitled) neither the Buyer, Sellers nor Equityholders will have any other entitlement, remedy orrecourse, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, against the other parties with respect to any breach of this Agreement, all of such remedies, entitlements andrecourse being expressly waived by the parties hereto the fullest extent permitted by Requirements of Laws. 11.7. No Duplication of Warranties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (a) the Buyer Group Members may not assertmultiple claims under Section 11.1 above, in order to recover duplicative Losses in respect of a single set of facts or circumstances under more than onerepresentation or warranty in this Agreement whether such facts or circumstances would give rise to a breach of more than one representation or warranty inthis Agreement, and (b) the Buyer Group Members may not assert any claim under Section 11.1 above, for any item of Losses in the event and to the extentthe Buyer has already received recovery of such item as a result of an adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 3.3 or to the extent the Buyerreceived credit for a reserve for such item in the final Valuation Date Working Capital Statement. 11.8. Mitigation. Each party to this Agreement hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its Losses andExpenses upon becoming aware of any claim that may be subject to the provisions of this Article XI. 64 11.9. Business Insurance Policies. In calculating any Loss or Expense there shall be deducted any insurance recovery in respect thereofpursuant to Business Insurance Policies (and no right of subrogation shall accrue hereunder to any insurer). If and to the extent that the Tail Policy will, or isreasonably likely to, provide a defense and/or indemnity in respect of any Loss or Expense, Sellers and Equityholders, on the one hand, and Buyer, on theother hand, shall (and shall cause each Seller Group Member and each Buyer Group Member to) use their commercially reasonable efforts to recover such TailPolicy proceeds, and each of them further covenants and agrees to cooperate with the other to do so. 11.10. Adjustment to Purchase Price. Any payment by Buyer or Sellers under this Article XI shall, to the extent such payment can beproperly so characterized under applicable Tax law, be treated by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price. If such treatment later is disallowed inany administrative or court proceedings, the Indemnitor shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for the net Tax effects of such disallowance. The obligationsunder this Section 11.10 shall remain in effect without limitation as to time. 11.11. Lay-Mor Litigation. Anything to the contrary in this Section 11 notwithstanding, the Buyer and the Sellers agree that, with regardto the Lay-Mor litigation described on Schedule 5.19, and any derivative litigation thereof with Mobile Products Inc. (the “Lay-Mor Litigation”): (a) Sellers shall have the exclusive right to conduct and control, through counsel of its choosing, the defense, compromise or settlement ofthe Lay-Mor Litigation, and in any such case the Buyer shall cooperate in connection therewith; provided, that the Sellers shall not, without the consent of theBuyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), pay, compromise or settle the Lay-Mor Litigation. Buyer may participate,through counsel chosen by it, in the defense of the Lay-Mor Litigation, the reasonable Expenses of which counsel shall be paid by Sellers. Buyer recognizesthat settlement of the Lay-Mor Litigation may require agreement on the part of Buyer to modifications to the design of the product that is the subject matter ofthe litigation. Buyer agrees to evaluate any such possible modifications in good faith and agrees to make reasonable modifications to the design of the productthat is the subject matter of the Lay-Mor Litigation that would not in the reasonable judgment of Buyer adversely impact the cost or salability of the product, tothe extent that such modifications are necessary in accomplishing a resolution of the litigation; provided, that any Expense of such modification shall be borneby Sellers. If requested by Sellers, and at Sellers’ Expense, Buyer agrees to make the proposed modifications to the product shown in Schedule 11.11;provided, that any Expense of such modification shall be borne by Sellers. For purposes of this Section 11.11, “Expenses” shall include any internallyallocated costs associated with the Lay-Mor Litigation, including an allocable share of engineering and design costs. (b) Buyer’s right of indemnification pursuant to this Section 11 with respect to the Lay-Mor Litigation shall include Buyer’s Expenses andLosses related to or arising out of the Lay-Mor Litigation, without regard to the Deductible set forth in Section 11.1(a)(A) and the limitation set forth in Section11.1(a)(B); provided, however, that Buyer’s indemnifiable Losses and Expenses pursuant to this Section 11.11 shall specifically exclude all loss of profit,revenue or business opportunity from the sale of the product that is the subject of the Lay-Mor Litigation, regardless of whether such Losses are reasonablyforeseeable or not. 65 (c) Buyer shall cooperate in connection with Sellers’ defense of the Lay-Mor Litigation, including, but not limited to, by furnishingoriginals or copies of such records, materials, and information, by making available employees for consultation and testimony, and by attending suchconferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals, as may be reasonably requested by Sellers in connection therewith (with any Expenses ofBuyer being reimbursed by Sellers). ARTICLE XII TERMINATION 12.1. Termination. Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated at any timeprior to the Closing Date: (a) by the mutual consent of Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative; (b) by Buyer or Sellers if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before October 31, 2011 (or such later date as may be mutually agreedto by Buyer and Sellers); (c) by Buyer in the event of any material breach by Sellers or Equityholders of any of Sellers’ or Equityholders’ agreements,representations or warranties contained herein and the failure of Sellers or Equityholders to cure such breach within fifteen days after receipt of notice fromBuyer requesting such breach to be cured; or (d) by Sellers in the event of any material breach by Buyer of any of Buyer’s agreements, representations or warranties contained hereinand the failure of Buyer to cure such breach within fifteen days after receipt of notice from Sellers requesting such breach to be cured. 12.2. Notice of Termination. Any party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1 shall give notice of suchtermination to the other party to this Agreement. 12.3. Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article XII, all further obligations of the parties under thisAgreement (other than Sections 13.2 , 13.3 and 13.11) shall be terminated without further liability of any party to the other, provided that nothing herein shallrelieve any party from liability for its willful breach of this Agreement. ARTICLE XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.1. Survival of Obligations. All representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement shall survive theconsummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Article XI, the representationsand warranties contained in Articles V and VI shall terminate on the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing Date. Except as otherwise providedherein, no claim shall be made for the breach of any representation or warranty contained in Article V or VI or under any certificate delivered with respectthereto under this Agreement after the date on which such representations and warranties terminate as set forth in this Section. 66 13.2. Confidential Nature of Information. Each party agrees that it will treat in confidence all documents, materials and otherinformation which it shall have obtained regarding the other party during the course of the negotiations leading to the consummation of the transactionscontemplated hereby (whether obtained before or after the date of this Agreement), the investigation provided for herein and the preparation of this Agreementand other related documents, and, if the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated, each party will return to the other party all copies ofnonpublic documents and materials which have been furnished in connection therewith. Such documents, materials and information shall not becommunicated to any third Person (other than, in the case of Buyer, to its counsel, accountants, financial advisors or lenders, and in the case of Sellers, totheir counsel, accountants or financial advisors). No other party shall use any confidential information in any manner whatsoever except solely for thepurpose of evaluating the proposed purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets; provided, however, that after the Closing Buyer may use or disclose anyconfidential information included in the Purchased Assets or otherwise reasonably related to the Business or the Purchased Assets. The obligation of eachparty to treat such documents, materials and other information in confidence shall not apply to any information which (i) is or becomes available to suchparty from a source other than the other party, (ii) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by such party or its agents, (iii) isrequired to be disclosed under applicable law or judicial process, but only to the extent it must be disclosed, or (iv) such party reasonably deems necessary todisclose to obtain any of the consents or approvals contemplated hereby. 13.3. No Public Announcement. Neither Buyer nor Sellers shall, without the approval of the other, make any press release or otherpublic announcement concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except as and to the extent that any such party shall be so obligated by lawor the rules of any stock exchange, in which case the other party shall be advised and, to the extent practicable, be consulted concerning a mutually agreeablerelease or announcement; provided, that the foregoing shall not preclude communications or disclosures necessary to implement the provisions of thisAgreement or to comply with the accounting and Securities and Exchange Commission disclosure obligations. 13.4. Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) whendelivered personally, (b) if transmitted by facsimile upon confirmation that such facsimile transmission has been received or (c) one business day followingthe day sent when sent by registered or certified mail or by overnight courier that obtains a receipt, in each case at the following addresses and facsimilenumbers: 67 If to Buyer, to: Magnum Power Products, LLCc/o Generac Power Systems, Inc.S45 W29290 Highway 59Waukesha, Wisconsin 53189Attention: Aaron JagdfeldFacsimile: (262) 968-3374 With a required copy to: Sidley Austin LLPOne South Dearborn StreetChicago, Illinois 60603Attention: Gary D. GerstmanFacsimile: (312) 853-7036 If to any Seller or Equityholder to: Thomas JosephSellers’ Representative4490 Harbor Village DriveOmro, Wisconsin 54963Facsimile: (920) 361-2214 With a required copy to: Godfrey & Kahn, S.C.333 Main Street, Suite 600P.O. Box 13067Green Bay, Wisconsin 54307-3067Attention: Timothy J. McCoyFacsimile: (920) 436-7988Email: tmccoy@gklaw.comor to such other address as such party may indicate by a notice delivered to the other party hereto. 13.5. Successors and Assigns. (a) The rights of any party under this Agreement shall not be assignable by such party hereto prior to the Closing without the writtenconsent of the other parties, except that the rights of Buyer hereunder may be assigned prior to the Closing, without the consent of Sellers or Equityholders, toan Affiliate of Buyer; provided, that, any such permitted assignment shall not relieve any assignor of its obligations hereunder. Following the Closing, eitherparty may assign any of its rights hereunder, but no such assignment shall relieve it of its obligations hereunder. (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns. Thesuccessors and permitted assigns hereunder shall include, in the case of Buyer, any permitted assignee as well as the successors in interest to such permittedassignee (whether by merger, liquidation (including successive mergers or liquidations) or otherwise). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, isintended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person other than the parties and successors and assigns permitted by this Section 13.5 any right, remedyor claim under or by reason of this Agreement. 68 13.6. Access to Records after Closing. (a) For a period of six years after the Closing Date, Sellers and their representatives shall have reasonable access to all of the books andrecords of Sellers with respect to the Business transferred to Buyer hereunder to the extent that such access may reasonably be required by Sellers inconnection with matters relating to or affected by the operations of the Business prior to the Closing Date. Such access shall be afforded by Buyer uponreceipt of reasonable advance notice and during normal business hours. Sellers shall be solely responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by it pursuant tothis Section 13.6. If Buyer shall desire to dispose of any of such books and records prior to the expiration of such six-year period, Buyer shall, prior to suchdisposition, give Sellers a reasonable opportunity, at Sellers’ expense, to segregate and remove such books and records as Sellers may select. (b) For a period of six years after the Closing Date, Buyer and its representatives shall have reasonable access to all of the books andrecords relating to the Business which Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates may retain after the Closing Date. Such access shall be afforded by Sellersand their respective Affiliates upon receipt of reasonable advance notice and during normal business hours. Buyer shall be solely responsible for any costsand expenses incurred by it pursuant to this Section 13.6. If Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates shall desire to dispose of any of such books andrecords prior to the expiration of such six-year period, Sellers shall, prior to such disposition, give Buyer a reasonable opportunity, at Buyer’s expense, tosegregate and remove such books and records as Buyer may select. 13.7. Sellers’ Representative. (a) Each Seller and each Equityholder shall irrevocably constitute and appoint Thomas Joseph as “Sellers’ Representative” to act as suchSeller’s or Equityholder’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent and authorize Sellers’ Representative, acting for such Seller or Equityholder and in suchSeller’s or Equityholder’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to do and perform every act and thing required or permitted to be done with respectto all matters arising under this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and any other Seller Ancillary Agreement. Sellers’ Representative shall be so appointed bySellers and the Equityholders pursuant to a Sellers’ Representative Agreement substantially in the form of attached Exhibit F (the “Sellers’ RepresentativeAgreement”). 13.8. Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules referred to herein and the documents deliveredpursuant hereto contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and supersede all prioragreements, understandings or letters of intent between or among any of the parties hereto, including the Confidentiality Agreement and the Letter ofIntent. This Agreement shall not be amended, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by an authorized representative of each of theparties hereto. 69 13.9. Partial Invalidity. Wherever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid underapplicable law, but in case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in anyrespect, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating theremainder of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or provisions or any other provisions hereof, unless such a construction would be unreasonable. 13.10. Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, by the party orparties entitled to the benefit thereof. Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently authorized for the purposes of this Agreement if, as to any party, it isauthorized in writing by an authorized representative of such party. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreementshall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any partythereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequentbreach. 13.11. Expenses. Except for (i) the filing fee under the HSR Act, which shall be paid by Buyer and (ii) the cost of the commitments forthe Title Policy and Survey described in Section 7.6 and the cost of the Title Policy described in Section 9.7, which shall be paid by Sellers, each party heretowill pay all costs and expenses incident to its negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and to its performance and compliance with all agreements andconditions contained herein on its part to be performed or complied with, including the fees, expenses and disbursements of its counsel and accountants. 13.12. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered anoriginal instrument, but all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have beensigned by each of the parties hereto and delivered to Sellers and Buyer. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be aseffective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimiletransmission or e-mail shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement forall purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or e-mail shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 13.13. Enforcement of Agreement. In the event of an action at law or in equity between the parties hereto to enforce any of the provisionshereof, the unsuccessful party to such litigation or proceeding shall pay to the successful party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,incurred therein by such successful party on trial and appeal as adjudged by the court, and if such successful party or parties shall recover judgment in anysuch action or proceeding, such costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees may be included as part of such judgment. 13.14. Further Assurances. From time to time following the Closing, Sellers shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed anddelivered, to Buyer such other instruments of conveyance and transfer as Buyer may reasonably request or as may be otherwise necessary to more effectivelyconvey and transfer to, and vest in, Buyer and put Buyer in possession of, any part of the Purchased Assets, and, in the case of licenses, certificates,approvals, authorizations and agreements, contracts, leases, easements and other commitments included in the Purchased Assets (a) which cannot betransferred or assigned effectively without the consent of third parties which consent has not been obtained prior to the Closing, to cooperate with Buyer at itsrequest in endeavoring to obtain such consent promptly, and if any such consent is unobtainable, to use its reasonable best efforts to secure to Buyer thebenefits thereof in some other manner, including by means of subcontract or other lawful arrangement, or (b) which are otherwise not transferable orassignable, to use its reasonable best efforts jointly with Buyer to secure to Buyer the benefits thereof in some other manner (including the exercise of the rightsof Sellers thereunder), including by means of subcontract or other lawful arrangement; provided, however, that nothing herein shall relieve Sellers of theirrespective obligations under Section 7.3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement toassign any license, certificate, approval, authorization or agreement, contract, lease, easement or other commitment included in the Purchased Assets if anattempted assignment thereof without the consent of a third party thereto would constitute a breach thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, each Sellercovenants and agrees that it shall maintain and preserve its legal existence for a period of eighteen (18) months from the Closing Date. 70 13.15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State ofWisconsin, except for any such laws that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. 13.16. Time is of the Essence. With respect to all dates and time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is of the essence. 13.17. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The parties hereby irrevocably submit in any suit, action or proceedingarising out of or related to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for theEastern District of Wisconsin, Milwaukee Division and the jurisdiction of any court of the State of Wisconsin located in Milwaukee County and waive anyand all objections to jurisdiction that they may have under the laws of the State of Wisconsin or the United States. EACH OF THE PARTIESKNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY REQUIREMENTS LAWS, ALLRIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. [Signature page(s) follow.] 71 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. Buyer: MAGNUM POWER PRODUCTS, LLC By: _/s/ York A. Ragen___________________ Name: __York A. Ragen _______________ Title: __Secretary and Treasurer_________ Sellers: MAGNUM PRODUCTS, LLC By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph_______________ Title: __Manager______________________ CH&E PUMPS ACQUISITION, LLC By: Magnum Products, LLCIts: Sole Member By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph_______________ Title: __Manager______________________ MAGNUM PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL, INC. By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph _______________ Title: __President______________________ MAGNUM PRODUCTS SERVICES, LLC By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph_______________ Title: __Manager______________________ Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement72 MAGNUM PRODUCTS CANADA, INC. By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph _______________ Title: __President______________________ JOSEPH PROPERTIES, LLC By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph _______________ Title: __Sole Member___________________ Equityholders: TOM JOSEPH, INC. By: _/s/ Thomas J. Joseph__________________ Name: __Thomas J. Joseph _______________ Title: __Manager______________________ MIKE JOSEPH, INC. By: _/s/ Michael Joseph__________________ Name: __Michael Joseph_________________ Title: __President______________________ Thomas Joseph, individually __/s/ Thomas J. Joseph_____________________ Michael Joseph, individually __/s/ Michael Joseph______________________ Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement73 THOMAS J. JOSEPH 2010 IRREVOCABLE TRUST (u/a/d December 27, 2010) By: _/s/_ Keith Pohlnow____________________ Keith Pohlnow, Trustee Sellers’ Representative: Thomas Joseph, individually ____/s/ Thomas J. Joseph____________________Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement74 [Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The exhibits and schedules will be provided to the SEC uponrequest.] EXHIBITS EXHIBITDESCRIPTIONAInstrument of AssignmentBInstrument of AssumptionCEscrow AgreementD1Opinion Letter of Counsel to SellerD2Opinion Letter of Counsel to BuyerEConsulting Agreement (Michael Joseph)FSellers’ Representative AgreementGClosing Date Retention PlanHSubcontract AgreementIEmployee Disclosure and Noncompete Agreement 75 LIST OF SCHEDULES SCHEDULEDESCRIPTION 1.1(A)Closing Date Retention Plan Participants1.1(B)Management Bonuses1.1(C)Sellers’ Knowledge Group1.1(D)Transaction Bonuses1.1(E)UAR Plan Participants1.1(F)Years-of-Service Bonuses1.2Line Items Included in Computation of Valuation Date Working Capital2.2Excluded Assets3.5ITEG Products and Customers of ITEG Products3.6Purchase Price Allocation5.1(A)Organization and Foreign Qualification of Sellers5.1(D)Ownership of Sellers5.1(E)Joseph Properties and Magnum Products Services5.2(A)Subsidiaries5.2(B)Ownership of Subsidiaries5.2(C)Organization and Foreign Qualification of Subsidiaries5.3(B)Conflicts and Consents5.4(A)Financial Statements5.5(B)Operations Since Balance Sheet Date5.6No Undisclosed Liabilities5.7(A)Taxes5.7(B)Payments, Other Benefits, and Acceleration of Vesting5.8Availability of Assets5.9Governmental Permits5.10(A)Survey; Owned Real Property5.10(B)Leased Real Property5.11(A)Owned Personal Property5.11(B)Leased Personal Property5.12(A)Owned or Licensed Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks5.12(B)Owned or Licensed Software5.12(C)Licensed Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks; Trade Secrets; Software5.12(D)Exceptions to Ownership or Right to Use Intellectual Property and Software5.12(E)Registrations and Validity of Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks5.12(F)Infringement5.12(G)Software5.12(H)Operational Limitations of Intellectual Property and Software5.12(I)Creation and Assignment of Intellectual Property 76 5.12(J)Preservation of Intellectual Property5.13Inventory5.14Title to Property5.15(A)Sellers’ Non-ERISA Plans5.15(B)Sellers’ Compensation Commitments5.15(D)Sellers’ ERISA Plans5.15(G)Compliance With Law5.15(L)Employees5.15(M)Conflicts of Interest5.16Employee Relations5.17Contracts5.18(A)Status of Seller Agreements5.18(B)Government Contracting Matters5.19Compliance with Law; Litigation5.20Environmental Matters5.21Insurance5.22Customers and Suppliers5.23Budgets5.24(A)Warranties; Product Defects5.24(B)Product Recalls8.3Offered Employees9.5Necessary Consents9.6Sellers’ Customer Relationships11.1(A)(v)Additional Matters11.11Product Configuration Subject to Lay-Mor Litigation 77 Exhibit 21.1 LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES OF GENERAC HOLDINGS INC. Generac Holdings Inc.Subsidiaries (all 100% owned) Subsidiaries of the Registrant State or Other Jurisdiction of IncorporationGenerac Acquisition Corp. Delaware, U.S.Generac Power Systems, Inc. Wisconsin, U.S.Pro Power Solutions, LLCMagnum Power Products, LLC Georgia, U.S.Wisconsin, U.S. Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-164851) pertaining to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan of GeneracHoldings Inc. of our reports dated March 9, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financialreporting of Generac Holdings Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2011. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Milwaukee, WisconsinMarch 9, 2012Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TOSECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTEDPURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Aaron Jagdfeld, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Generac Holdings Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make thestatements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by thisreport; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects thefinancial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inExchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under oursupervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us byothers within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under oursupervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements forexternal purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about theeffectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's mostrecent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likelyto materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to theregistrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which arereasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internalcontrol over financial reporting. Date: March 9, 2012 /s/ Aaron Jagdfeld----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name: Aaron Jagdfeld Title: Chief Executive OfficerExhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TOSECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTEDPURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, York A. Ragen, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Generac Holdings Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make thestatements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by thisreport; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects thefinancial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inExchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under oursupervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us byothers within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under oursupervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements forexternal purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about theeffectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's mostrecent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likelyto materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to theregistrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which arereasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internalcontrol over financial reporting. Date: March 9, 2012 /s/ York A. Ragen----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name: York A. Ragen Title: Chief Financial OfficerExhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICERPURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTEDBY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned,as Chief Executive Officer of Generac Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge: 1. the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 2. the information contained in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fairly presents, in all materialrespects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 9, 2012 /s/ Aaron Jagdfeld---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name: Aaron Jagdfeld Title: Chief Executive OfficerExhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICERPURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTEDBY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned,as Chief Financial Officer of Generac Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge: 1. the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 2. the information contained in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fairly presents, in all materialrespects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 9, 2012 /s/ York A. Ragen---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name: York A. Ragen Title: Chief Financial Officer 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above